page intentionally left blank - semspub.epa.gov

Page Intentionally Left Blank

Unimatic OU1 RD KC USACE

1

Table of Contents Division 1 Section No. Title 00 01 15 List of Drawings 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 11 01 Community Relations Plan 01 11 10 Surveying 01 12 00 Perimeter Air Monitoring 01 13 00 Odor and Emissions Control 01 14 00 Work Restrictions 01 15 00 Vibration and Leak Detection Monitoring 01 20 20 Project Progress Meetings 01 20 30 Job Site Administration 01 32 01.00 10 Project Schedule 01 32 50 Photograph and Video Construction Documentation 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 35 29.13 Health, Safety, and Emergency Response Procedures for

Contaminated Sites 01 35 45 Chemical Data Quality Control 01 42 00 Sources For Reference Publications 01 45 00.00 10 Contractor Quality Control 01 45 00.15 10 Resident Management System Contractor Mode (RMS CM) 01 50 00 Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls 01 54 00 Security 01 57 19 Temporary Environmental Controls 01 58 00 Project Identification 01 67 00 Green Remediation Requirements 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Division 2 Section No. Title 02 32 00 Subsurface Drilling, Sampling, and Testing 02 41 16 Demolition 02 61 13 Excavation and Handling of Contaminated Material 02 61 15 Dewatering 02 81 00 Transportation and Disposal 02 82 13 Asbestos Abatement 02 83 13 Lead Hazard Control Activities Division 31 Section No. Title 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing 31 23 00 Backfill and Compaction 31 41 16 Metal Sheet Piling Division 32 Section No. Title 32 12 17 Hot Mix Bituminous Pavement 32 92 19 Site Restoration

Unimatic OU1 RD KCUSACE

Document 00 01 15 Page 1

SECTION 00 01 15

LIST OF DRAWINGS

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY This section lists the drawings for the project pursuant to contract clause "DFARS 252.236-7001, Contract Drawings, Maps, and Specifications."

1.2 CONTRACT DRAWINGS Contract drawings are as follows:

DRAWING NO. TITLE

G-00 Cover Sheet and Drawing Index

G-01 General Notes and Legend

G-02 General construction Details – Sheet 1

G-03 General construction Details – Sheet 2

G-04 Erosion Control Details

D-01 Building Demolition Plan

C-01 Site Preparation and Staging Plan

C-02 TSCA Excavation Area Plan

C-03 Overall Excavation Area Plan

C-04 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

C-05 TSCA Excavation Implementation Plan

C-06 Overall Excavation Implementation Plan

C-07 Excavation Sections

C-08 Post Excavation Sampling Plan

C-09 Dewatering Treatment System Schematic

C-10 Site Restoration Plan

-- End of Section --

Unimatic OU1 KC USACE

Section 01 11 00 Page 1

SECTION 01 11 00

SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the remedial action required by the Unimatic Operable Unit 1 (OU1) Record of Decision (ROD) dated September 2016. The remedial action includes the following major elements of work:

• Demolition, removal, and off-site disposal of the existing on-site building, slab, and foundation;

• Installation of sheet piling to facilitate the excavation of contaminated soils and to minimize groundwater entering the excavation that will require collection and treatment;

• Dewatering, management, and treatment or off-site disposal of construction water generated during excavation activities;

• Excavation, temporary storage, handling, and off-site disposal of soils contaminated with PCBs and pesticides to approved disposal facilities;

• Backfilling excavated areas with clean soil; • Compliance with applicable requirements of 40 CFR Part 761 for

handling and disposal of materials and soils contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); and

• Site restoration. 1.1.1 Project Background and Description The Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation (Unimatic) Superfund Site is located in Fairfield, Essex County, New Jersey. The site consists of the property at 25 Sherwood Lane and portions of 21 Sherwood Lane, 30 Sherwood Lane, and the adjacent Jersey City Municipal Utilities Authority (JCMUA) property. Unimatic operated an aluminum die casting manufacturing process from 1955 until 2001. The original building was constructed at the center of the property in 1955 and was expanded twice by 1970, resulting in its current size of 22,000 square feet (sf). As part of the die casting process a lubricating oil called a “mold-releasing agent” was used. Reportedly, the lubricating oil contained PCBs. The lubricating oil was sprayed throughout the shop area, and overspray covered the floor and walls to a height of approximately 8 feet. Unimatic reportedly washed the PCB-contaminated oil from the floor and walls into floor trenches, which subsequently conveyed the PCB-contaminated wash water to leaking wastewater pipes located on the northeastern side of the building and resulted in PCB-contaminated water discharging on to the 30 Sherwood Lane and JCMUA property. Active PCB use at the site ended in approximately 1979 when PCBs were banned nationwide; however, wastewater was still discharged through the leaking wastewater pipes from at least 1980 until 1988. As a result of the manufacturing activities, the soils at the site are contaminated with PCBs and pesticides. PCBs are present in the Unimatic building materials/structures and soils on the Unimatic property, JCMUA property and 21 and 30 Sherwood Lane properties. During the 2016 Remedial Investigation (RI), the highest concentration of PCBs detected in the



building materials (which includes the floor surface, walls, and concrete cores of the floor) was 1,900 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) and the highest concentration of PCBs in on-site soil was 7,000 mg/kg. Groundwater at the site is also contaminated with PCBs, volatile organic compounds (VOCs), semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs), and pesticides. The work covered under this contract is only for removal of the Unimatic building, slab, and foundation and removal and off-site disposal of contaminated soils, which is designated as OU1. Contaminated groundwater and sediment is designated as Operable Unit 2 (OU2) and will be remediated under a separate contract.

1.1.2. Remediation Goals Remedial action objectives (RAOs) for the OU1 Unimatic Superfund Site are defined in the ROD published in September 2016. The RAOs are as follows:

• Reduce or eliminate human exposure via inhalation, incidental ingestion, and dermal adsorption to contamination present within the site building;

• Reduce or eliminate the human exposure threat via inhalation, incidental ingestion, and dermal adsorption to contaminated site soils to levels protective of current land use and anticipated future use;

• Prevent/minimize the migration of site contaminants off-site through surface runoff and storm sewer discharge; and

• Prevent/minimize the migration of contamination in soil to groundwater and sediment.

In order to meet the RAOs, the ROD required the Unimatic building to be demolished and soils exceeding remedial goals to be excavated and disposed off-site. The remediation goals for PCBs and pesticides published in the ROD were identified from the New Jersey Non-Residential Direct Contact Soil Remediation Standard (NJNRDCSRS) defined in New Jersey Administrative Code (NJAC) 7:26D and the site-specific impact to groundwater (IGW) remediation standard.

Table 1. Remediation Goals

Chemical of Concern Remediation Goal (mg/kg) Reference

Total PCBs 1.0 NJNRDCSRS 4,4’-dichlorodiphenyldichloroethene

9.0 NJNRDCSRS

4,4’-dichlorodiphenyldichloroethane

8.0 NJNRDCSRS

Aldrin 0.2 NJNRDCSRS Chlordane (alpha(cic)and gamma) 1.0 NJNRDCSRS Dieldrin 0.03 IGW Heptachlor 0.7 NJNRDCSRS Heptachlor epoxide 0.3 NJNRDCSRS Lindane 0.002 IGW

1.1.3 Information Resources



The following information resources are listed for information purposes only:

• HDR OBG JV, 2018. Pre-Design Investigation for OU1 Soil and Building

Remediation, Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation Superfund Site. • CDM Smith, 2016. Final Remedial Investigation Report for OU1 for the

Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation Site. July 2016. • CDM Smith, 2019. Final Remedial Investigation Report for OU2 for the

Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation Site. Tbd 2020. • Ebasco, 1989. Final Offsite Remedial Investigation Report for

Caldwell Trucking Company Site. July 1989. • Eckenfelder Inc., 2995. Off-Site Groundwater Remediation Pre-Design

Investigation Report. January 1995. .

1.1.4 Physical Site Description The Unimatic property is approximately 1.23 acres and contains a centrally located 22,000 sf building and a partially paved parking lot. The building covers approximately 40% of the site and requires demolition before soils can be excavated. The Unimatic property sits at a higher elevation than surrounding properties. The topography is gently sloping on the property and slopes away from the building in all directions. Most of the runoff on the property flows north, northwest, and northeast toward the adjacent properties at 21 and 30 Sherwood Lane and toward the JCMUA property, which is 6 to 8 feet lower in elevation than the Unimatic property. During heavy rainfall runoff from the site drains to the JCMUA property to a storm drain that discharges to an unnamed tributary of Deepavaal Brook, which feeds the Passaic River. To the north of the Unimatic property is the JCMUA property. This property is approximately 40 ft wide and accommodates two 72-inch diameter water transfer mains estimated to be buried between 4 and 6 feet below the surface. The approximate location of these water mains are shown on the contract drawings.

1.1.5 Project Sequencing The remediation of the OU1 Unimatic Superfund Site includes the following major components in their anticipated order of occurrence:

• Mobilization and site preparation; • Utility clearance; • Demolition of the building structure and off-site disposal of

building materials; • Installation of vibration monitoring and leak detection equipment

and systems; • Collection of TSCA pre-excavation samples; • Installation of perimeter sheet pile wall; • Setup of a staging area and installation/setup of the dewatering

and treatment system; • Excavation, temporary storage, handling and off-site disposal of

contaminated soils containing PCBs with concentrations greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg;



• Confirmation sampling to verify limits of soil contaminated with PCBs greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg;

• Excavation, temporary storage, handling and off-site disposal of contaminated soils containing PCBs with concentrations less than 50 mg/kg but more than 1 mg/kg;

• Confirmation sampling to verify limits of soil contaminated with PCBs and pesticides meet the remedial goals.

• Shallow excavation (2-4 ft depth) on the JCMUA property and demarcation barrier installation;

• Sheet pile wall removal; • Site restoration; and • Demobilization.

1.1.5.1 Overall Implementation Schedule The Contractor shall develop an overall construction schedule in accordance with the requirements of these contract documents and Section 01 32 01.00 10 PROJECT SCHEDULE.

1.2 METHOD OF CONTRACTING AND PROJECT EXECUTION

This is a cost reimbursable fixed fee contract. The Bid Schedules have been configured for the Contractor to provide pricing to complete the work.

1.3 LIMIT OF WORK

The limits of work are as indicated on the contract drawings. Access agreements for staging areas shown off the Unimatic Property on the contract drawings will be provided by the Government. If additional areas are required to perform the work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Government.

1.4 WORK PLANS

The Contractor shall submit work plans for all work at the site in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.

1.5 LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES

Utility locations shown on the contract drawings are for information purposes only. The Contractor shall contact all local utilities and New Jersey One Call (at 811 or 800-272-1000) to identify all underground utilities prior to the start of excavation. Contact local utility locating service a minimum of 48 hours prior to excavating or drilling, to mark utilities, and within sufficient time required if work occurs on a Monday or after a Holiday.

Identify and mark all other utilities not managed and located by the local utility companies. Scan the construction site with Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR), electromagnetic, or sonic equipment, and mark the surface of the ground or paved surface where existing underground utilities are discovered. Verify the elevations of existing piping, utilities, and any type of underground obstruction not indicated, or specified to be removed, that is indicated or discovered during scanning, in the excavation area.



1.5.1 Notification Prior to Subsurface Work

Notify the Contracting Officer and USACE at least 15 days prior to starting excavation work.

1.5.2 JCMUA Water Mains

Two large (72-inch diameter) water mains exist along the north of the Unimatic property on the JCMUA property. These water mains are located inside the remediation area for the Unimatic OU1 site. The Contractor shall verify the location of these water mains and buried depth prior to beginning any work associated with the excavation. The centerline and outer edges of both pipes shall be visibly marked in the field.

Pipes shall be protected during the work, and leak detection and vibration monitoring should be conducted continuously. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all work with the JCMUA and notifying the JCMUA prior to beginning any work within the JCMUA property. Additional restrictions that apply to work conducted on the JCMUA property are discussed in Section 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS. The contractor shall, with the Contracting Officer’s approval, make every effort to follow and/or act in accordance with any JCUMA requirements or suggestions for operating on the JCMUA property.

1.6 PERMITS/PERMIT EQUIVALENCIES

The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all local, state, and federal permit equivalencies necessary to perform the work defined in this contract that have not already been provided by the Government.

The Contractor shall submit all permit equivalency applications to the Contracting Officer or their representative for review prior to submitting it to the applicable local, state, or federal agency.

1.7 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL

The Contractor is responsible for quality control and shall establish and maintain an effective quality control system as specified in Section 01 45 00.15 10 RESIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONTRACTOR MODE (RMS CM). Contractor shall submit the Contractor Quality Control Plan to the Contracting Officer and EPA for approval in accordance with Section 01 45 00.00 10 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Protect human and natural environments during demolition, excavation, and restoration. Environmental protection requires consideration of air, water, and land resources and involves noise, solid waste management, and management of other pollutants. Prevent, abate, and control all environmental pollution arising from the construction activities in performance of this contract. Comply with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Perform all work in such a manner as to minimize the pollution of air, water, or land, and, within reasonable limits, control noise and disposal of solid waste materials, as well as other pollutants. This includes controlling surface water runoff from the site during rain events. Do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs,



except in areas to be cleared, without the Contracting Officer’s permission.

The Contractor shall prepare an Environmental Protection Plan in accordance with Section 01 57 19 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS outlining the methods that will be implemented by the Contractor to protect human and the natural environments during the work.

1.9 QUALITY OF LIFE REQUIREMENTS

Planned remedial activities at the Unimatic property will impact the surrounding community. The following shall be considered by the Contractor when developing their Work Plan for performing the remedial action:

• Air Quality • Noise • Lighting • Odor and Dust • Traffic • Working Hours

1.10 GREEN POLICY

Contractor shall use technologies and practices that are sustainable in accordance with EPA Region 2 Clean and Green Policy (March 2010) or most current version found at https://www.epa.gov/greenercleanups/epa-region-2-clean-and-green-policy.

PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used.




SECTION 01 11 01

COMMUNITY RELATIONS PLAN

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The EPA Community Involvement Coordinator (CIC) has primary responsibility and the contractor shall provide support to EPA and USACE, as required by EPA and USACE. This section includes the Contractor’s responsibilities and deliverable requirements for community relations. The Contractor is required to prepare for and participate in community relations related activities including public meetings/site visits/local briefings/public information sessions and preparing project fact sheets. The Contractor shall prepare for and attend all activities identified in this Section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COMMUNITY RELATIONS The Contractor shall plan to attend periodic meetings/site visits/local briefings and provide adequate effort and time to prepare for such meetings. A formal public meeting will be held at the outset of the project. There will also be at least one (1) health and safety meeting with local emergency response agencies soon after the Contractor is engaged. The Project will be explained, and the Contractor's project manager will be introduced to the public. The Contractor will be expected to attend this meeting. During the course of the project, one (1) or more additional public meetings may be held and require attendance by the Contractor. Listed below is the Community Relations Overview for project requirements: 1. Community Relations Overview: Primary community relations

responsibilities assigned by contract will be performed by the USEPA CIC, who will develop and implement the site specific community relations program throughout the duration of the project, with the support of the Contractor. Upon notification to proceed, the Contractor will be called upon to assist in the presentation of the remediation scope of work to municipal, county, state and federal officials, the news media, other governmental agencies and the general public.

2. Community Relations Deliverables: The Contractor should be prepared to present and discuss technical activities involving the construction project to a lay audience at the request of the USACE and USEPA upon notification to proceed. This may include, at a minimum, assisting the USACE, USEPA and the Engineer with the following:



a. Fact Sheets: These are usually two (2) to three (3) pages long and provide information about the activities and objectives related to the project. These fact sheets may describe construction goals, emergency management procedures, health and safety procedures, test and laboratory findings, scheduling, etc. The Contractor will prepare a draft. USACE and USEPA will use this information to develop a final fact sheet to be distributed publicly.

b. Site Visits and/or Local Briefings: These will be scheduled by the USACE or USEPA as needed to present information about remedial action implementation to local officials and the public. Primary responsibility will reside with the USACE and the Contractor under USEPA direction.

c. Public Information Sessions and/or Public Meetings: Formal public

meetings may be required at this stage of the project, however, informal public information sessions using an open-house style are more common. Primary responsibility to conduct such meeting or sessions will reside with the USACE Community and the Contractor under USEPA direction.

d. Information Requests: In general, all information requests from

the public, elected officials and the media concerning the project should be referred to the USACE site manager who will, in turn, refer them to the USACE CIC. If the USACE site manager is not available, these requests should be referred directly to the USEPA CIC Lindsay Carrera at (212)637-3621 or (212)637-3660 after hours. The Contractor shall follow this protocol if approached for information by residents, officials or news media either at the site or elsewhere during remedial action activities.



SECTION 01 11 10 Page 1

SECTION 01 11 10

SURVEYING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK Contractor shall have a NJ-licensed surveyor prepare surveys and measurements required for completion of the remedial action, including an initial site survey, intermediate surveys, and final as-built surveys.

1.2 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only or as otherwise designated. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings Initial Site Survey; G Intermediate Excavation Surveys; G

SD-05 Design In-Place Volume Calculations; G

SD-07 Certificates Surveyor Elevation/Location Certifications; G Surveyor Quantity Certifications; G SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Surveyor Field Notes Data; G

Submit original and one copy of Surveyor's field book, calculations, and graphical layouts to the Contracting Officer upon completion of each phase of survey work. Include an accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses, all field notes, notations, and descriptions used and compiled during the field survey.

Final Excavation Limit Drawings; G As-Built Drawings; G

Structure and topographic survey maps after final grading and site restoration.

1.3 QUALITY CONTROL Maintain responsibility for all surveying performed at the site. The surveyor shall be a qualified and Registered Land Surveyor in the State of New Jersey. The surveyor shall have a minimum of two years of experience in construction surveying and layout and maintenance of record construction



drawings, with a record of performing horizontal and vertical control requirements as stated in this section.

Submit Surveyor Elevation/Location Certifications verifying accuracy of survey work to the Contracting Officer. Certificates signed by the Surveyor stating that elevations and locations of site construction features are in conformance, or nonconformance, with Contract Documents shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at the completion of each phase of work requiring services of the Surveyor.


PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL Contractor shall provide all slope stakes, batter boards, and all other working lines, elevations and cut sheets.

Provide all material required for benchmarks, control points, batter boards, grade stakes, and structure and elevation stakes.

Contractor shall be solely responsible for all locations, dimensions and levels.

Safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, monuments and benchmarks made or established for the work. Re-establish same if disturbed.

Keep transit and leveling instruments on the site at all times and a skilled instrument person available whenever necessary for layout of the work.

Keep professional, accurate, well organized, and legible notes of all measurements and calculations. The Contractor shall provide and/or pay for all field engineering services required for the execution of their work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Survey work required to execute the contract scope of work. Existing survey control points are indicated on the drawings and are to be utilized to establish base data. Field monuments are to be verified for accuracy prior to start of work.

2. Civil, structural, or other professional engineering services specified or required to execute Contractor’s chosen means and methods to complete the contract scope of work.

3. The accuracy of the survey shall be maintained horizontally to 0.1 foot and vertically to 0.01 foot.

4. All final surveys must be signed, sealed, and certified by a Land Survey licensed in the State of New Jersey.

3.2 INSPECTION



3.2.1 Existing Conditions Verify and define the existing conditions, contours, and location of structures within the construction limits, and as defined on the Contract Drawings.

3.2.2 Work Control Points Establish the exact location of all work site reference and survey control points, which will be provided during the Pre-Work Conference, prior to the start of work. All work shall be referenced to and established from the control points (shown on the Contract Drawings), re-established where necessary, and maintained throughout the life of the contract. Horizontal and vertical control points shall be referenced to the permanent control monuments to an accuracy of one part in ten thousand. Any errors or apparent discrepancies found on the Contract Drawings or Specifications shall be called to the Contracting Officer's attention for interpretation prior to proceeding with the work. The Contracting Officer must be promptly notified of any discrepancies discovered. Provide control points at each location of work using closed traverse and leveling loops. Establish, place, and replace, as required, such additional stakes, markers, and other controls as may be necessary for control, intermediate checks, and guidance of construction operations. The Contractor shall locate, verify accuracy, and protect control points located outside the limits of work prior to starting site work, and preserve the permanent reference points during construction.

1. Promptly report to the Contracting Officer the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons.

2. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to the Contracting Officer.

3. Report to the Contracting Officer when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or required relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations.

4. Replace project control points that are lost or destroyed. Establish replacements based on original survey control.

The Contractor shall establish new permanent benchmarks on the project site, outside the limits of excavation, to be used as control points. A description and elevation to the nearest one-hundreth foot shall be provided for benchmark set.

3.3 SURVEY CHECKS Provide the Contracting Officer with survey level, tripod, rod, and measuring tape to perform survey checks of the work. Provide an individual to assist Contracting Officer in performing survey checks.

3.4 SURVEY MAPS Plot required survey information on a reproducible map at a scale of 1 inch = 20 feet with 1-foot elevation contours. Mapping shall conform to the National Map Accuracy Specifications and shall bear the seal of a licensed land surveyor registered in New Jersey. The map shall contain a title block



with the name and address of the Contractor and the signature of the registered surveyor. The map shall also include notes indicating the date of when the survey work was conducted. Indicate on a separate drawing excavation limits and verification of sampling points. Utilize AutoCAD Version 2016-compatible electronic files for all maps. Provide data on compact discs.

3.4.1 Initial Site Survey Contractor shall have the surveyor prepare an initial topographic map including the location of existing aboveground and underground structures that are adjacent to the proposed remedial action. The Initial Survey Drawing shall include labeled contour lines, property line locations including bearings and distances and horizontal grid systems. Indicate locations of physical features on site including: structures, utilities, roadways, driveways, fences, etc. The drawing shall also indicate the excavation limits. The initial survey shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer 30 days prior to the start of work and will be the basis for providing in-place estimates and limits of the remedial action area.

3.4.2 Intermediate Site Surveys Contractor shall have the surveyor prepare intermediate survey drawings showing the completed excavation depths and locations of confirmatory samples. At a minimum two intermediate survey drawings shall be provided, one for final excavation depths for the TSCA excavation areas and one for the overall excavation areas. Depending upon how the excavation work is executed additional intermediate surveys may be needed to completely depict final excavation areas and samples collected. Drawings shall include labeled contour lines, property line locations, locations of final confirmatory and TSCA confirmatory sample locations, horizontal grid systems, cross-sections and details (as applicable). Drawings shall also indicate the final bottom elevation of excavations completed. Confirmatory sample locations shall be shown and identified with a specific identifier for each location. Intermediate surveys shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer 30 days after the survey work has been completed for a specific phase of the work. The Contractor shall submit the in-place excavation volume for each intermediate site survey submitted. Submit all calculations to verify the in-place volume calculations. Submit Surveyor Quantities Certification signed and sealed by the surveyor stating the accuracy of quantities excavated. A separate certification should be provided for each volume calculation.

3.4.3 Final Excavation Limits Site Surveys Contractor shall have the surveyor prepare survey drawings showing the final outer limits for the TSCA excavation and overall excavation. The drawing shall include property lines with bearings and distances, final outer excavation limits, and final confirmatory sample locations. The plan shall also indicate any areas where attainment of soil cleanup objectives have not been met and where a demarcation barrier is installed. These areas shall be clearly delineated on the plan. Final excavation limits surveys shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer as part of the close out documents.



3.4.3 As-Built Drawings Contractor shall have the surveyor prepare a final As-Built Drawing documenting the final conditions of the site and adjacent properties disturbed during the remedial action. Prepare and submit as-built drawings documenting the following:

• Contours of the final grading for all areas disturbed during the

remedial action. • All aboveground structures including but not limited to: pavement

limits, curbing, fencing, visible utilities (manholes, grates, etc.), vegetation, utility poles, overhead wires, drainage ditches, monitoring wells, etc.

3.5 COORDINATE LIST Compute the coordinates of each surveyed point on the New Jersey State Plane Coordinate System using the 1983 North American Datum. The list of coordinates shall be provided in electronic format in Microsoft Excel and shall include a point identifier, easting and northing, elevation, and point description. List of coordinates shall be provided for each survey submitted.

3.6 SURVEY NOTES Record all fieldwork in a clear, legible, and complete manner. The Field Notes shall contain a complete description of the nature and location of the new and existing points. Include a sketch of the point locations and monument witness points in the Field Notes.

3.7 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS Establish lines and levels and locate and layout, utilizing total station instrumentation or similar means, all site features to be constructed or executed. These include, but are not limited to support zone facilities layout and areas of contamination. Re-verify layouts and volumes periodically during construction by the same means.

3.8 UTILITIES Scan the construction site with Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR), electromagnetic, or sonic equipment, and mark the surface of the ground where existing underground utilities are discovered. Verify the elevations of existing piping, utilities, and all type of underground obstructions not indicated or specified to be removed but indicated or discovered during scanning in locations to be traversed. Verify elevations before installing new work closer than nearest manhole or other structure at which an adjustment in grade can be made. Record locations and elevations of all utilities.

-- End of Section -



SECTION 01 12 00

PERIMETER AIR MONITORING

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to perform perimeter air monitoring (PAM) to ensure there is no unacceptable exposure from the inhalation of airborne contaminants by off-site receptors. The PAM shall be conducted in accordance with NJDEP requirements and the requirements of this specification section. Provisions for air monitoring within the work zone and for employee safety is discussed in Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES.

1.2 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) EPA 600/4-82-060 Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution

Measurement Systems: Volume IV. Meteorological Instruments

EPA Method TO-4A Compendium of Methods for the Determination of

Toxic Organic Compounds in Ambient Air, Determination of Pesticides and Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Ambient Air Using High Volume Polyurethane Foam (PUF) Sampling Followed by Gas Chromatographic/Multi-Detector Detection (GC/MD)

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

40 CFR 50 Protection of Environment, National Primary and

Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards 40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Manufacturing,

Processing, Distribution in Commerce, and Use Prohibitions

NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (NIOSH)

NIOSH 94-113 (1994; 4th Ed) NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods

NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION (NJDEP) NJAC 7:26E Technical Requirements for Site Remediation



NJDEP Response to Charge Question on Public Health Committee – Perimeter Air Monitoring; Summary Report of the NJDEP Science Advisory Board (November 8, 2013)

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-01 Pre-Construction Submittals

Perimeter Air Monitoring Plan; G The Contractor shall develop and implement a Perimeter Air Monitoring Plan to address air monitoring for public protection purposes. This air monitoring shall be conducted in conjunction with the work zone air monitoring required under Section 01 35 29.13 HEATH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES for on-site personnel and worker health and safety purposes.

SD-06 Test Reports

Air Monitoring Data; G The Contractor shall report all field data sheets relating to the perimeter air monitoring in an electronic format.

1.4 PERIMETER AIR MONITORING PLAN (PAMP) CONTENTS

The Contractor shall prepare and submit a PAMP for approval prior to beginning work. The PAMP shall include the minimum requirements discussed below.

1. Introduction and Purpose: Include an introduction and purpose for the

PAMP. Provide clear objectives for the PAMP. 2. Contaminants of Concern and Community Action Levels: Discuss the

contaminants of concern at the site. Discuss proposed action levels along with any backup calculations for how levels were derived. Derivation of action levels shall be in accordance with NJDEP and EPA guidance.

3. Real Time Monitoring: Outline procedures, practices and logistics for collecting, interpreting, and acting on the real time monitoring data collected. Discuss the locations of monitoring stations and include a map showing proposed locations along with the prevailing wind direction and location and distances to receptors. Discuss procedures to be implemented when action levels are exceeded. Provide procedures for reporting and documenting any exceedances that could occur.

4. Analytical Air Sampling: List all target analytes, reference methods, and air sampling media in table format. Establish naming convention for air samples collected. Provide the location where documentation samples will be collected along with a schedule for when samples will be collected and analyzed.



5. Data Management: Discuss what deliverables will be provided as part of the PAMP. Include narrative on quality assurance and quality control procedures to be implemented.

6. Project Organization and Responsibilities: Provide the organizational structure for implementation of the PAMP. Identify persons responsible for fulfilling specific roles identified.

1.5 STAFF ORGANIZATION, QUALIFICATIONS, AND RESPONSBILITIES The Contractor's project team shall include:

1.5.1 Air Quality Specialist The services of an Air Quality Specialist (AQS), who is experienced in air monitoring and sampling, shall be utilized. The Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) can also serve as the AQS if he/she meets the qualification requirements of an AQS listed in Paragraph QUALIFICATIONS below. This specialist shall be familiar with this site's hazards and the scope of this project.

1.5.1.1 Qualifications The Contractor shall document the specialist's name, and qualifications in the PAMP. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Contracting Officer that this AQS has the following credentials:

a. At least one year of experience in air monitoring or sampling,

including the following: 1) Serving in responsible professional charge on at least one

project in which the impacts of site work on community air was measured.

2) At least 40 hours of hands-on experience (each) in taking ambient air measurements and samples by EPA methods.

b. A scientific or engineering college degree that included the study of air quality issues. The Contracting Officer may accept equivalent training at his or her sole discretion.

c. Appropriate credentials for working on the site under the SSHP. 1.5.1.2 Responsibilities This AQS shall be responsible for:

a. Preparation of the air monitoring and sampling protocols for the

site work, b. Selecting the equipment to be used for air monitoring and

sampling c. Determining the times, durations, and locations of air

measurements and samples d. Develop protocols to determine upwind location and to adjust

monitoring and sample results for ambient background. e. Approving the qualifications of any technicians that will collect

air measurements or samples f. Interpreting the results of the air monitoring and sampling

effort g. Approving and signing reports of air quality that the Contractor

provides to the Contracting Officer or his representatives.



h. Periodically evaluating if the selected equipment and protocols are adequately representing perimeter conditions.

i. Periodically audit the implementation of the PAMP, and take corrective action when necessary.

1.5.2 Air Monitoring and Sampling Technician (AM&ST) During intrusive activities by the Contractor, an AM&ST shall perform the air monitoring activities as specified in the PAMP. The Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) can also serve as the AM&ST with the Contracting Officer’s approval. The AM&ST shall have appropriate training approved by the Contracting Officer.

1.6 ACTION LEVELS

The Contractor shall include proposed action levels within the PAMP to be submitted to the Contracting Officer for approval. Action levels shall be developed based on the applicable risk-based screening levels (RSL) for residential populations for the duration of the remediation project using the EPA Risk Based Screening Levels methodology: Regional Screening Levels for Chemical Contaminants at Superfund Sites. Action levels shall be included for contaminants of concern including but not limited to volatile organic compounds (VOCs), particulates, and PCBs. Lead and asbestos will be monitored during demolition activities.. Calculated action levels shall be not less stringent than those action levels specified below.

1.6.1 Particulates Calculated particulate action levels shall not exceed the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) of 150 µg/m3 (average readings over 15 minute intervals) for stop work, and 100 µg/m3 (average readings over 15 minute intervals) for change in work activities.

1.6.2 VOCs Calculated VOC action levels shall not exceed 1 parts per million (ppm). This is based on the PEL for vinyl chloride which is the VOC compound having the lowest action level that was detected in groundwater at the site.

1.6.3 PCBs

PEL for PCBs of 0.5 mg/m3 on an 8-hour time weighted average basis. 1.6.4 Lead

Lead concentrations shall not exceed the NAAQS of 0.15 µg/m3. 1.6.5 Asbestos

Asbestos concentrations shall not exceed the permissible exposure limit of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA), and an excursion limit (EL) of 1.0 asbestos fiber per cubic centimeter of a 30-minute period.

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL



1.7.1 Equipment Calibration Equipment utilized for air monitoring or sampling in accordance with this section shall be calibrated before and after each use, as required, and maintained as per specified methods, manufacturer's recommendations, and good industrial hygiene practices. Test instruments used in the calibration of air sampling equipment shall be calibrated and traceable to NIST standards. 1.7.2 Equipment Calibration Log The Contractor shall document, in the site log or site files, the regular calibration of each instrument used. Only individuals trained to operate this equipment shall do so.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT 2.1.1 Air Monitoring Equipment The air monitoring equipment shall be capable of providing the following:

a. Downloadable data capable of providing continuous graph of

readings.

The AQS shall certify that the air monitoring equipment proposed is consistent with Perimeter Air Monitoring objectives and associated action levels presented in this section.

2.1.2 Particulate Monitor Monitoring of airborne particulates will be conducted with a TSI DustTrak Real Time Aerosol Monitor or equivalent. The equipment must be able to detect PM10 fraction of particulate with a 15-minute interval monitoring period and audible alarm.

2.1.3 Volatile Organic Contaminants Monitor Volatile organic contaminants will be measured using a photoionization detector (PID) with data logging capabilities. The PID should be equipped with a 10.6 eV lamp and have a detection limit necessary to determine levels are in compliance with identified action levels for total VOCs.

2.1.4 Weather Station Provide a weather station capable of monitoring wind direction, wind speed, temperature, relative humidity, and barometric pressure. The wind speed sensor to be used will be a Met One 014A or equivalent and the wind direction sensor to be used is a Met One 024A or equivalent. The weather station will be constructed and operated in accordance with USEPA guidelines EPA 600/4-82-060.

a. The wind speed sensor will be calibrated when set up or on a quarterly basis in accordance with the manufacturers specifications. The wind direction sensor will be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's specification once per year or when the station is moved.



b. For this project, the wind speed sensor proposed is a Met One

014A or equivalent and the wind direction sensor is a Met One 024A or equivalent. The wind sensors will have the following performance characteristics:

1) Wind direction threshold 1.0 miles per hour 2) Wind direction accuracy +/- 5 degrees 3) Wind speed threshold .0 miles per hour 4) Wind speed accuracy +/- 1.5 degrees of scale

c. Data from the sensors will be recorded by a data logger capable of generating on-site summary information including the data necessary to generate hourly average wind information.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MONITORING FOR BUILDING DEMOLITION 3.1.1 Monitoring Locations

Monitoring of perimeter airborne particulates will be conducted at a minimum of four (4) stations set up around the perimeter of the site, outside the limits of the work area. A figure showing the proposed locations along with the prevailing wind direction will be provided to the Contracting Officer as part of the PAMP. Wind speed and wind direction will be recorded from the weather station throughout demolition activities. A windsock or weather vane will also be used to provide a visual indication of wind directions.

3.1.2 Monitoring Schedule 3.1.2.1 Baseline Conditions

Prior to the start of a project, the Contractor shall establish baseline conditions at the site. This step involves conducting short-term air monitoring before any emissions-generating activities begin.

3.1.2.2 Real Time Monitoring

Conduct real-time monitoring for particulates 24 hours per day for the first three days of demolition activities to verify that emissions are largely restricted to periods of active building demolition. Based on the results of first three days, real time monitoring may be decreased to being conducted only during active demolition activities.

3.1.2.3 Air Sampling Collect air samples for laboratory analysis as follows:

3.1.2.3.1 PCBs

Samples for PCBs shall be collected during working hours daily for at least the first 3 days of demolition and analyzed with 48-hour turnaround time. If acceptable results are achieved, sampling can continue once a week during building demolition activities. This frequency may be reduced by



the Contracting Officer based on review of the initial results obtained. If in the course of demolition, an unexpected condition occurs (such as unacceptable odors), additional sampling may be required. Air samples for PCB analysis shall be in accordance with EPA TO-4A and shall be conducted over an eight hour work day.

3.1.2.3.2 Lead

Samples for lead shall be collected during working hours daily for at least the first 3 days of demolition and analyzed with 48-hour turnaround time. If acceptable results are achieved, sampling can continue once a week during building demolition activities. This frequency may be reduced by the Contracting officer based on review of the initial results obtained. If in the course of demolition, an unexpected condition occurs (such as unacceptable odors), additional sampling may be required. Air samples for lead analysis shall be in accordance with EPA 6020A and shall be conducted over an eight hour work day.

3.1.2.3.3 Asbestos

Samples for asbestos shall be collected daily during working hours. If daily monitoring results indicate that asbestos is being adequately contained the frequency may be reduced. A reduction in sampling will require concurrence from the Contracting Officer and submission of documentation to the Contracting Officer supporting a reduction in the monitoring frequency. Any changes in the process, personnel, production, engineering controls, work practices or other changes that may be reasonably expected to alter exposure limits would require monitoring to be reinstituted. Contractor shall use the latest revision of OSHA Reference Method ID-160 or the NIOSH method 7400 (Asbestos and Other Fibers by PCM) to collect and analyze asbestos air samples. Air samples shall be collected over an eight hour work day.

3.2 MONITORING FOR EXCAVATION ACTIVITIES 3.2.1 Monitoring Stations

Monitoring of perimeter airborne particulates and VOCs will be conducted at a minimum of four (4) stations. Three stations will be set up around the perimeter of the site, outside the limits of the work area. One station will be set up directly downwind of the work zone. A figure showing the proposed locations along with the prevailing wind direction will be provided to the Contracting Officer as part of the PAMP. Wind speed and wind direction will be recorded from the weather station throughout construction activities. A windsock or weather vane will also be used to provide a visual indication of wind directions.

3.2.2 Monitoring Schedule 3.2.2.1 Background Monitoring

Background monitoring for PCBs will be conducted for one 8-hour period prior to start of excavation activities to determine baseline conditions for PCBs. Samples for PCBs will be collected and analyzed in accordance with US EPA Method, TO-4A. Sample result should be received prior to beginning soil disturbance activities.



3.2.2.2 Real Time Monitoring

Conduct real-time monitoring 24 hours per day for particulates and VOCs for the first three days of excavation activities to verify that emissions are largely restricted to periods of active soil disturbance. Based on the results of first three days, real time monitoring may be decreased to being conducted only during active remediation activities. Active remediation activities include but are not limited to soil excavation, drilling, sheet pile installation, dewatering and demolition of onsite structures.

3.2.2.3 Air Sampling Collect air samples for laboratory analysis as follows:

3.2.2.3.1 VOCs

Samples for VOCs analysis will be collected during working hours daily for at least the first 3 days of excavation. If acceptable results are achieved, sampling can continue at a minimum of once per week for VOC analysis. Samples collected for VOC analysis shall be in accordance with EPA TO-15 and shall be collected over an eight-hour work day.

3.2.2.3.2 PCBs/Pesticides

Samples for PCBs/Pesticides analysis will be collected during working hours daily for at least the first 3 days of excavation. If acceptable results are achieved, sampling can continue twice a week during excavation of soils contaminated with PCBs greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg and once per week when excavating soils having PCB concentrations less than 50 mg/kg. If in the course of excavation, an unexpected condition occurs (such as unacceptable odors), additional sampling may be required. Air samples for pesticide and PCB analysis shall be in accordance with EPA TO-4A and shall be conducted over an eight hour work day.

3.3 ACTION LEVEL RESPONSES

3.3.1 Stations Immediately Downwind of Work Zones

Any potential adverse change in emission conditions at monitoring stations directly downwind of the work zone shall be investigated and evaluated to determine the cause. Any increase in particulate and/or VOC concentrations due to the remedial activities shall require proactive steps to be taken to ensure an alarm condition does not occur at the perimeter.

3.3.2 Perimeter Monitoring Stations

For an initial alarm at the perimeter where the period of the exceedance is less than 15 minutes, the cause of alarm shall be investigated. If the alarm persists into the next 15 minute period and are a result of remedial construction activities, corrective actions must be implemented. If after implementing corrective actions the alarm continues to persist within the following 15 minute period all remedial activities must cease.

3.3.3 Exceedances Caused by Activities Unrelated to Remediation



In the event that a short-term exceedances is caused by an activity that is unrelated to the remedial activities (i.e. idling vehicle, emissions from off-site source, equipment malfunction) the Contractor shall document the reason for the exceedances and proceed with site activities. Where possible the Contractor should take actions to eliminate the cause of the short-term exceedances. If the exceedances is caused by equipment malfunction the equipment must be immediately reset, repaired, or replaced as appropriate. If the short term exceedances is caused by an unrelated off-site source, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer and the NJDEP Enforcement at 1-877-WARN DEP.

3.3.4 Exceedances from Laboratory Sample Results

Given that the laboratory analytical data results will be received after the workday activities are completed, no immediate actions (i.e. stop work, dust suppression) can be taken based on the laboratory data; however, it can be used to determine if future work needs to be conducted under more or less stringent criteria, or if different mitigation measures should be employed. If exceedances of action levels are noted based on laboratory analytical results, the Contractor shall implement mitigation measures necessary to reduce air emissions below action levels specified.




SECTION 01 13 00

ODOR AND EMISSIONS CONTROL


This section includes requirements for dust and odor control. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials needed to control dust and odors generated as a result of remedial activities. Levels of dust and odors shall be maintained within acceptable levels to be protective of health and safety of on-site workers and the community, and to minimize potential nuisance to the surrounding properties.

1.2 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation; submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only or as otherwise designated. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals Dust and Odor Control Plan; G

1.3 DUST AND ODOR CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a Dust and Odor Control Plan. The Plan shall identify materials, equipment, and methods to be used to monitor and control dust and odors during the remedial action, including provisions for supplying clean water and trailer mounted water spraying equipment. At a minimum the plan shall cover the following:

a. Use of real-time airborne monitoring equipment to measure dust levels along the perimeter of the excavation and at the site perimeter.

b. The use of water-based dust suppressing agent to prevent the creation and dispersion of dust. Methods that generate slippery conditions or sticky mud shall be avoided.

c. Trucks carrying soil and debris shall be covered and sealed to control dust and odor releases.

d. Covering stockpiles when not in use to control dust and odor releases.

e. Haul roads shall be stoned or otherwise treated to minimize dusty conditions.

f. Provisions for limiting speeds for on-site traffic to less than 10 mph to reduce dusty conditions.

g. The SSHO shall be responsible for ensuring dust and odor suppression methods are properly employed and are effective.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not used.



PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

The Contractor shall conduct the demolition, earthmoving, and related operations in a manner that will minimize the creation of dust and odors. For the dust and any resultant odors generated, the Contractor shall implement temporary dust suppression measures described in the Dust and Odor Control Plan. The Contractor shall maintain all excavations, backfill areas, stockpiles, haul roads, and all other work areas within or outside the project boundaries free from excess dust to avoid causing a hazard or nuisance to others. Dust and odor controls shall be performed as the Work proceeds and whenever a dust or odor nuisance or hazard occurs as specified herein and in SECTION 01 12 00 – PERIMETER AIR MONITORING.

3.2 PROCEDURES

The Contractor shall conduct his operations utilizing the information obtained from the air quality monitoring conducted in accordance with SECTION 01 12 00 - PERIMETER AIR MONITORING. Action is required to control dust when the concentration in air exceeds 100 ug/m3, as specified in SECTION 01 12 00 - PERIMETER AIR MONITORING, or when dust or odor becomes a nuisance as determined by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall monitor the air during the remedial action operations, in accordance with the requirements of SECTION 01 12 00 - PERIMETER AIR MONITORING, to determine the dust concentration. When the dust concentration exceeds the action level, the Contractor shall reduce the concentration by changing operations to control or minimize the production of dust or implementing dust suppression measures. The Contractor shall cease operations in the event dust or odors cannot be controlled. The Contractor shall maintain the vehicles, equipment and supplies necessary for control of dust and odor at or near the site of the work, so that minimum delay occurs when dust and odor control operations become necessary.




SECTION 01 14 00

WORK RESTRICTIONS


The Contractor shall ensure all work is done in accordance with the site restrictions outlined within this section. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all work completed on the JCMUA property and ensuring construction activities do not adversely impact the existing water mains.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

List of Contact Personnel; G

1.3 JCMUA REQUIREMENTS 1.3.1 Notification Requirements

All work within the JCMUA easement will require coordination and prior notification to the JCMUA. This includes but is not limited to excavations, vibration monitoring, leak detection, backfilling, and restoration activities. A contact for JCMUA will be provided by the Government prior to beginning work. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 48 hours notification prior to conducting any work within the JCMUA property.

1.3.2 Subcontractor Requirements

All work (clearing, excavations, and restoration) performed on the JCMUA property shall be completed by a JCMUA approved subcontractor. JCMUA-approved contractors currently include: J. Fletcher Creamer & Son, Joseph M. Sanzari, Inc. and Montana Construction Corp., Inc. An updated list of JCMUA-approved contractors shall be provided to the Contractor prior to contract award. The selected contractor shall use individuals that are 40-hour HAZWOPER trained for completing work covered under this contract.

1.3.2.1 JCMUA Subcontractor Requirements

Leak detection monitoring and vibration monitoring shall be conducted either by one of the pre-approved JCMUA contractors listed above or by another qualified subcontractor who is approved by the JCMUA. JCMUA approval of these subcontractors is required prior to any work commencing on the JCMUA property.



1.3.3 Monitoring Requirements

All vibration causing activities (included but not limited to excavations, sheet pile installation/extraction, etc.) will require vibration monitoring of the water mains. Leak detection will be conducted continuously through the duration of construction and one year following construction completion. Subcontractors performing these activities shall be approved by the JCMUA. Leak detection monitoring shall be conducted continuously using acoustic technology manufactured by Echologics, or an approved equal.

1.3.4 Equipment Restrictions

Excavation performed within 4-ft of the pipe (and not deeper than the spring line) must be accomplished by soft-dig, manually, or by a rubber bucket. No equipment is permitted to be driven over the water mains at any time.

1.3.5 Pipelines

Heavy machinery shall never cross over the JCMUA pipelines. No material shall be stockpiled in the vicinity of the pipelines. Excavations conducted within the vicinity of the pipeline should be limited to the spring-line of the pipes which is approximately 7-ft below grade. Any excavations beyond the limits shown on the drawings will require approval from the Contracting Officer. No more than 10-ft of the pipe shall be exposed at any one time.

1.3.6 Insurance The contractor will be working on and near to JCMUA property and shall be required to provide insurances meeting or exceeding the JCMUA’s insurances requirements. The policies should name the JCMUA, its engineers, representatives and agents as named insureds or additional insureds (Attachment A).

1.4 CONTRACTOR ACCESS AND USE OF PREMISES 1.4.1 Subcontractors and Personnel Contacts

Provide a list of contact personnel of the Contractor and subcontractors including addresses and telephone numbers for use in the event of an emergency. As changes occur and additional information becomes available, correct and change the information contained in previous lists.

1.4.2 Working Hours

Regular working hours must consist of a period established by the Contracting Officer and shall be between the hours of 7 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding Government holidays.

1.4.3 Work Outside Regular Hours

Work outside regular working hours requires prior approval by the Contracting Officer. Make application 15 calendar days prior to such work to allow arrangements to be made by the Government for inspecting the work



in progress, giving the specific dates, hours, location, type of work to be performed, contract number and project title. Based on the justification provided, the Contracting Officer may approve work outside regular hours. During periods of darkness, the different parts of the work must be lighted in a manner approved by the Contracting Officer.

1.4.4 Occupied Buildings

The Contractor shall be working around existing commercial buildings which are occupied. Do not enter the buildings without prior approval of the Contracting Officer.

The Contractor shall maintain safe access to buildings throughout construction duration.

1.5 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing security measures in accordance with Section 01 54 00 SECURITY.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES NEAR AIRPORTS

The property is located approximately 1,100 feet from the Threshold of Runway 28 at the Essex County Airport (CDW). The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requires a notification of construction to be filed in order for an airspace evaluation to be performed. The notification should be filed a minimum of 3 months prior to beginning any construction. To file the notification the Contractor shall complete Form 7460-1 using the e-file system (www.oeaaa.faa.gov) or mailing the form into the address below:

Mail Processing Center Federal Aviation Administration Southwest Regional Office Obstruction Evaluation Group 10101 Hillwood Parkway Fort Worth, TX 76177 Fax: (817) 222-5920

The final determination will address any restrictions required to be followed during construction. Restrictions may include but not be limited to lowering the crane during periods of darkness and reduced visibility or affixing a light to the top of the crane. Additionally the crane operator may be required to contact the CDW Air Traffic Control Tower to coordinate times when the crane will be at use at the site.

An initial determination was made by the FAA for construction activities proposed at this site and is included as Attachment B. This initial determination is provided for the Contractor’s information only and the Contractor will be required to submit a new notification prior to beginning any construction.

PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used



PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used


Section 01 14 00 - Attachment A

Mail Processing CenterFederal Aviation AdministrationSouthwest Regional OfficeObstruction Evaluation Group10101 Hillwood ParkwayFort Worth, TX 76177

Aeronautical Study No.2019-AEA-9710-OEPrior Study No.---OE

Page 1 of 8

Issued Date: 11/04/2019

Trevor AndersonUSEPA290 Broadway19th FloorNew York, NY 10007

**DETERMINATION OF NO HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION FOR TEMPORARY STRUCTURE**

The Federal Aviation Administration has conducted an aeronautical study under the provisions of 49 U.S.C.,Section 44718 and if applicable Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations, part 77, concerning:

Structure: Crane Crane to install Sheet PileLocation: Fairfield, NJLatitude: 40-52-43.09N NAD 83Longitude: 74-16-09.87WHeights: 185 feet site elevation (SE)

75 feet above ground level (AGL)260 feet above mean sea level (AMSL)

This aeronautical study revealed that the temporary structure does exceed obstruction standards but would notbe a hazard to air navigation provided the condition(s), if any, in this letter is (are) met:

**SEE ATTACHMENT FOR ADDITIONAL CONDITION(S) OR INFORMATION**

This determination is based, in part, on the foregoing description which includes specific coordinates, heights,frequency(ies) and power. Any changes in coordinates, heights and frequencies or use of greater power, exceptthose frequencies specified in the Colo Void Clause Coalition; Antenna System Co-Location; Voluntary BestPractices, effective 21 Nov 2007, will void this determination. Any future construction or alteration, includingincrease to heights, power or the addition of other transmitters, requires separate notice to the FAA. Thisdetermination includes all previously filed frequencies and power for this structure.

This determination does include temporary construction equipment such as cranes, derricks, etc., which may beused during actual construction of a structure. However, this equipment shall not exceed the overall heights asindicated above. Equipment which has a height greater than the studied structure requires separate notice to theFAA.

This determination did not include an evaluation of the permanent structure associated with the useof this temporary structure. If the permanent structure will exceed Title 14 of the Code of FederalRegulations, part 77.9, a separate aeronautical study and FAA determination is required.

Section 01 14 00 - Attachment B

of 8

This determination concerns the effect of this temporary structure on the safe and efficient use of navigableairspace by aircraft and does not relieve the sponsor of compliance responsibilities relating to any law,ordinance, or regulation of any Federal, State, or local government body.

A copy of this determination will be forwarded to the Federal Aviation Administration Flight Procedures Officeif the structure is subject to the issuance of a Notice To Airman (NOTAM).

If you have any questions, please contact our office at (404) 305-6531, or [email protected]. On any futurecorrespondence concerning this matter, please refer to Aeronautical Study Number 2019-AEA-9710-OE

Signature Control No: 415434881-421687337 ( TMP )Darin ClipperSpecialist

of 8

Additional Condition(s) or Information for ASN 2019-AEA-9710-OE

Proposal: To construct and/or operate a(n) Crane to a height of 75 feet above ground level, 260 feet abovemean sea level.

Location: The structure will be located 0.58 nautical miles east of CDW Airport reference point.

Case Description for ASN 2019-AEA-9710-OE

This is for planning purposes only. USEPA plans to remediate the Unimatic Superfund Site at a future date. The work will require sheet pile installation using a crane. The height of the crane is expected to be 60 to 75-ft above grade. Installation and removal will each take about 20 days.

Part 77 Obstruction Standard(s) Exceeded and Aeronautical Impacts, if any:Section 77.17 (a) (5) a height that affects an Airport Surface by penetrating:Section 77.19 (d) Approach Surface by 41 feet as applied to CDW.

RWY 28: Threshold already displaced 822 ft. due to trees. RWY 28 is right traffic only.

Preliminary FAA study indicates that the above mentioned structure would:have no effect on any existing or proposed arrival, departure, or en route instrument flight rules (IFR)operations or procedures.have no effect on any existing or proposed arrival, departure, or en route instrument/visual flight rules (IFR/VFR) minimum flight altitudes.have no physical or electromagnetic effect on the operation of air navigation and communications facilities.have no effect on any airspace and routes used by the military.

Based on this aeronautical study, the structure would not constitute a substantial adverse effect on aeronauticaloperations or procedures because it will be temporary. The temporary structure would not be considered ahazard to air navigation provided all of the conditions specified in this determination are strictly met.

As a condition to this Determination, the structure is to be marked/lighted in accordance with FAAAdvisory circular 70/7460-1 L Change 2, Obstruction Marking and Lighting, flags/red lights - Chapters3(Marked),4,5(Red),&12.

Any failure or malfunction that lasts more than thirty (30) minutes and affects a top light or flashing obstructionlight, regardless of its position, should be reported immediately to (877) 487-6867 so a Notice to Airmen(NOTAM) can be issued. As soon as the normal operation is restored, notify the same number.

As a condition to this determination, the temporary structure must be lowered to the ground when not in use andduring the hours between sunset and sunrise.

It is required that the manager of ESSEX COUNTY (CDW) at (973) 227-4567 be notified at least 3 businessdays prior to the temporary structure being erected and again when the structure is removed from the site.

It is required that the manager of CDW Air Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) Manager at (973) 575-5020 benotified at least 3 business days prior to the temporary structure being erected and again when the structure isremoved from the site. Additionally, please provide contact information for the onsite operator in the event thatAir Traffic Control requires the temporary structure to be lowered immediately.

of 8

This determination expires on 05/04/2021 unless extended, revised, or terminated by the issuing office.

NOTE: REQUEST FOR EXTENSION OF THE EFFECTIVE PERIOD OF THIS DETERMINATION MUSTBE E-FILED AT LEAST 15 DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE. AFTER RE-EVALUATIONOF CURRENT OPERATIONS IN THE AREA OF THE STRUCTURE TO DETERMINE THAT NOSIGNIFICANT AERONAUTICAL CHANGES HAVE OCCURRED, YOUR DETERMINATION MAY BEELIGIBLE FOR ONE EXTENSION OF THE EFFECTIVE PERIOD.

See conditions 1 - 7 as noted below.

of 8

Additional information for ASN 2019-AEA-9710-OE

The proposed temporary crane does not constitute substantial adverse effect because the structure would be temporary. The proposed temporary crane would not be a hazard to air navigation provided the conditions noted on page 1 and below of this determination are strictly met. Additional Conditions: 1. The temporary crane shall have a flags and red lights in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 70/7460-1, "Obstruction Marking and Lighting." This document is available on the Internet at: https://oeaaa.faa.gov. 2. The temporary crane operator shall contact CDW Airport Manager, Mr. Tom Gomez at (973) 227-4567 a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the temporary crane being raised, and when the crane is dismantled. 3. The temporary crane operator shall contact CDW Air Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) Manager at (973) 575-5020 a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the temporary crane being raised, and when the crane is dismantled. 4. The temporary crane operator and site foreman shall maintain a form of direct two way communications at all times with the CDW AM and ATCT by providing his phone number on initial contact. 5. The crane operator shall lower the crane below 30 ft. AMSL when not in use, during IFR conditions, or as directed by CDW ATCT. Contact the tower when weather conditions are in question. If directed by air traffic control personnel to lower the crane as noted above, compliance is mandatory. 6. The CDW Airport Manager is responsible for the issuance of a local NOTAM while the crane is operational and the CDW ATCT is responsible for the dissemination of ATIS broadcast information while the crane is in use. 7. Notify [email protected] and [email protected] when crane operations are complete.

of 8

Verified Map for ASN 2019-AEA-9710-OE

of 8

TOPO Map for ASN 2019-AEA-9710-OE

of 8

Sectional Map for ASN 2019-AEA-9710-OE



SECTION 01 15 00

VIBRATION AND LEAK DETECTION MONITORING


The Contractor shall conduct vibration monitoring of all existing structures within 100-ft of the construction during all vibration producing activities (including but not limited to building demolition, excavation, sheet pile installation/extraction, vibratory compacting, etc.). Vibration monitoring shall be conducted at the 72-inch JCMUA water mains during vibration-producing activities regardless of distance from the construction activities. Leak detection monitoring of the JCMUA water mains shall be conducted during the entire duration of the remedial action. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to conduct the work in a manner to preclude damage to existing structures and undue annoyance to adjacent properties.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

Vibration Monitoring and Leak Detection Work Plan; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Vibration Monitoring Pilot Study Results Vibration Monitoring Data Existing/Post Construction Surveys Leak Detection Monitoring Data

1.3 JCMUA COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS

All work within the JCMUA easement will require coordination and prior notification to the JCMUA. Work conducted on the JCMUA property, including the leak detection will be performed by a JCMUA-approved subcontractor. Leak detection will be conducted continuously throughout the Remedial Action and for a period of one year following completion of the RA. Refer to Section 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS for a list of JCMUA approved contractors. Requirements for leak detection will be proposed by the leak detection contractor and will be included as part of the Vibration Monitoring Work Plan which will be reviewed and approved by JCMUA and the Contracting Officer prior to beginning work.

1.4 VIBRATION MONITORING AND LEAK DETECTION WORK PLAN

The Contractor shall submit a Work Plan 30 days following notice to proceed to the Contracting Officer for approval. The Contracting Officer shall be responsible for providing the Work Plan to JCMUA for approval. The Work Plan shall include the following minimum information:

• Condition survey



• Vibration monitoring plans (including format for reporting the vibration readings);

• Vibration Monitoring Pilot Study • Qualifications and resume for vibration specialist; • Details for establishing and employing an alarm system to announce

immediate shut down of vibration causing activities; • Anticipated vibration levels at the closest water main; • Coordination activities with JCMUA; and • Leak detection (to be provided by an approved JCMUA subcontractor) • Corrective action measures and procedures to be implemented if

vibrations exceed acceptable levels. 1.4.1 Conditions Survey

The Contractor shall conduct a survey of the existing water mains and any structures within 100-ft of the construction activities prior beginning work. The survey will include visual observations, measurements, sketches, and photographs of the inside and outside of structures and uncovered sections of the pipe. As part of excavation, the location and depth of the top of the JCMUA water mains shall be visually verified by uncovering the top of the mains via soft digging methods (air knife). No more than 10 feet of pipe shall be exposed at any given time. A report summarizing the findings of the survey and any areas of concern shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to beginning construction activities. The survey shall be performed by a person experienced in evaluating structural vulnerabilities and vibration monitoring. The EPA will be responsible for obtaining access for completing structural surveys inside of affected structures. The requirement to conduct a survey of the inside of structures will be waived if access is not attainable. The Contractor shall perform a post-construction survey and analysis of the existing structures and underground water main pipes to determine if any structural changes are the result of the construction activity. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with a copy of all post construction survey reports, daily summary logs for vibration monitors, and analysis documents comparing pre and post structural condition following completion of the excavation and sheet pile activities as part of the closeout documentation.

1.4.2 Vibration Controls The Contractor shall employ a qualified vibration specialist to verify that 0.25 peak particle velocity (PPV) is a safe vibration limit for the existing structures. Vibrations at the water mains will be maintained at levels below 0.25 PPV. This specialist shall also supervise the Contractors vibration-monitoring program. During all vibration producing activities, the Contractor shall monitor vibration levels at existing structures within 100-ft of the construction activities and the nearest water main. JCMUA or their representative may be on site during any activities performed that would cause or require vibration monitoring. However, it is strongly recommended that a representative of JCMUA be present onsite during any activities that would cause o require vibration monitoring.



The vibration monitoring equipment shall be capable of continuously recording the PPV and providing a permanent record of the entire vibration event. JCMUA shall be consulted for information and specifications on any vibration monitoring equipment before it is used on site. Copies of all vibration records and associated construction activity data shall be provided to the Contracting Officer weekly during construction activities.

1.4.3 Vibration Monitoring Pilot Study

The Contractor shall perform a vibration monitoring pilot study during installation of sheet piling installed farthest from the JCMUA pipe lines. At a minimum the pilot study shall include continuous vibration monitoring during sheet pile installation activities at distances of 10-ft, 15-ft, 20-ft, and 25-ft from the sheet pile installation. The pilot study should be conducted for a minimum of 16 hours. Results of the pilot study should be provided in a summary report which will indicate the levels observed at each of the distances. The Contracting Officer will review the results to determine whether adjustments are needed to the minimum specified distance for sheet pile installation and/or changes to the sheet pile installation methods are necessary. Details for the vibration monitoring pilot study shall be outlined in the Vibration Monitoring Work Plan.

1.4.4 Vibration Monitoring Procedures Immediately cease work if the PPV is greater than 0.25 PPV and immediately notify the Contracting Officer, JCMUA, and EPA. The Contractor shall conduct a post-alarm survey to verify whether any damage has occurred to the water mains and existing structures and to try and determine the source of the vibrations. The shutdown will remain in effect until the cause of the alarm is identified and the Contracting Officer is satisfied with the resolution. Possible resolution includes but is not limited to replacing faulty monitoring equipment, change in work process, or change in equipment being used. Work shall not resume until approved by the Contracting Officer. Note that vibration monitoring is not required during compaction in the vicinity of the JCMUA water mains. 1.5 Quality Control

1.5.1 Vibration Monitoring Specialist The Contractor shall engage the services of a vibration monitoring specialist for vibration monitoring required for this work. The Contractor shall submit proof and details of at least two projects in the past five years where the vibration monitoring specialist monitored construction operations by recording the maximum peak particle velocities (PPVs) in a satisfactory manner. Subcontractors used to perform vibration monitoring shall be approved by JCMUA.


UNIMATIC OU1 RD KUSACE


SECTION 01 20 20

PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY This section includes minimum requirements for conducting Project Meetings during execution of the construction work. Meetings discussed in this section include: • Pre-Work Conference • Preconstruction Conference • Preconstruction Quality Control Conference • Pre-Construction Safety Conference • Project Progress Meetings

1.2 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

Project Submittal Schedule; G

The Contractor shall prepare and submit the Project Submittal Schedule in accordance with paragraph entitled, "Project Progress Meetings," of this section. A Project Submittal Schedule shall be submitted showing full coordination with the project schedule. All products and tests under each submittal number shall be prioritized and linked to the progress schedule.

SD-03 Product Data

Monthly Progress Report; G

The Contractor shall submit a Monthly Progress Report at the first meeting of each month.

The Monthly Progress Report shall address as a minimum: 1. Progress Schedule. 2. Potential Factor of Delay. 3. Deficiencies. 4. Material Delivery Schedule. 5. Submittals. 6. Health and Safety Issues. 7. Field Change Orders. 8. Any additional data pertinent to the progress of the

work and record keeping for the project including but



not limited to: volume of soil excavated, extension of excavation areas, confirmation samples collected with summary of results, amount of soil disposed off site, and areas backfilled.

Conference Meeting Minutes; G

The Contractor shall record the minutes of the meetings including significant proceedings and decisions arising from Pre-Construction, Pre-Work, Pre-Construction Quality Control, and Pre-Construction Safety conferences, and within five (5) calendar days after each meeting furnish 5 copies of the minutes to the Contracting Officer. After the Contracting Officer's review and approval, the Contractor shall distribute copies to each participant in the meeting and to parties affected by decisions made at the meeting.

PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The Contracting Officer shall schedule and administer the Pre-Construction Conference, Pre-Work Conference, Pre-Construction Quality Control Conference, Pre-Construction Safety Conference, and Project Progress Meetings as specified in Paragraphs 3.2 through 3.6 of this section. The Pre-Construction Conference and Coordination Meetings (Pre-Construction Quality Control Conference) are directed by the Government and can be scheduled once the Quality Control Plan and Accident Prevention Plan are submitted and approved by the Government. Unless otherwise stated, meetings shall take place at the project site or via teleconference call-in. Other locations convenient to both the Contracting Officer and Contractor may be acceptable with prior approval from the Contracting Officer.

3.1.1 General Conference Meeting Requirements The Contractor shall be responsible for the following general activities for the conference meetings:

1. Prepare agenda for conferences. 2. Make physical arrangements for conferences. 3. Preside at conferences. 4. Record the minutes including a detailed description of proceedings

and decisions.

3.1.2 Attendance The following persons shall attend the meetings:

• Contracting Officer or its representative

• Contractor’s Site Superintendent



• Contractor’s Project Manager

• Contractor’s Quality Control personnel

• Contractor’s Safety personnel

• Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda

• Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda

• Others as requested by the Contracting Officer or as appropriate to the agenda.

• JCMUA representative.

3.2 PRE-WORK CONFERENCE

3.2.1 Meeting Time and Location The Pre-Work Conference shall be held within 15 calendar days after issuance of Notice to Proceed (NTP). The Preconstruction Conference shall be a teleconference unless otherwise required by the Contracting Officer. The time and date shall be selected by the Government.

3.2.2 Meeting Purpose and Objectives The purpose of the Preconstruction Conference is to develop a mutual understanding of the Contract prior to initiation of work. The meeting will specifically address the contract clauses (Division 0), overall project schedule, and any questions the Contractor may have on the administrative or technical requirements of the contract. The Job Superintendent, the office project manager, quality control personnel, and safety personnel of the Contractor, as well as any major subcontractor(s), will be required to attend the conference.

3.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 3.3.1 Meeting Time and Location Within 30 calendar days after the Pre-Work Conference (within 45 days after NTP and during the Work Plan review period) and prior to mobilization, a Preconstruction Conference will be held between the Contractor and Contracting Officer. The conference will take place at the Contractor’s office, EPA Region 2 Headquarters, or another assigned location, or will be held as a teleconference.

3.3.2 Meeting Purpose and Objective The purpose of this conference is to review preconstruction submittals, safety procedures, payrolls and labor relations, environmental protection procedures, project schedules and payment, permit status, and procurement of materials.



Unless specified otherwise, at least 15 calendar days prior to the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall submit 6 copies of the following for review at the Preconstruction Conference:

1. Initial Project Schedule. 2. Demolition Plan 3. Site Operations and Excavation Plan. 4. Contractor Quality Control Plan 5. Contractor Uniformed Procedures Quality Assurance Project Plan

(UPF-QAPP) 6. Perimeter Air Monitoring Plan. 7. Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. 8. Decontamination Plan. 9. Accident Prevention Plan. 10. Environmental Protection Plan. 11. Security Plan. 12. Temporary Site Facilities Layout Plan and Trailer’s Floor Plan. 13. Vibration Monitoring and Leak Detection Plan.

These will be briefly reviewed to provide the Contracting Officer with a general understanding of the submitted documents. The Contractor's schedule, particularly for the initial startup period, will be discussed. Questions concerning the administrative requirements outlined during the Pre-Work Conference or any other aspect of the project may also be addressed.

3.4 PRECONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL CONFERENCE

3.4.1 Meeting Time and Location A Preconstruction Quality Control Conference will be held a minimum of 10 calendar days prior to mobilization at the site. The Quality Control Conference may be combined with the Preconstruction Conference if agreed upon by the Contracting Officer. The Preconstruction Quality Control Conference if held separate from the Preconstruction Meeting will be held as a teleconference. The date and time of the conference will be coordinated by the Contractor.

3.4.2 Meeting Purpose and Objectives The purpose of this conference is to discuss the quality control procedures to be used for all on-site and off-site work, and defining the interrelationship of the Contractor's Management and the Contracting Officer’s Quality Assurance. During this meeting the Contractor’s Quality Control (CQC) Plan will be briefly reviewed to provide the contracting Officer with a general understanding of the Contractor’s quality control procedures. The Contractor’s project schedule for the initial startup period, will be discussed along with Definable Features of Work, the inspection procedures and QC testing requirements. Questions concerning the administrative requirements outlined during the Pre-Work Conference or any other aspect of the project may also be addressed.

3.5 PRECONSTRUCTION SAFETY CONFERENCE 3.5.1 Meeting Time and Location



A Preconstruction Safety Conference will be held a minimum of 10 calendar days prior to mobilization at the site. The Preconstruction Safety Conference may be combined with the Preconstruction Conference if agreed upon by the Contracting Officer. The Preconstruction Safety Conference if held separate from the Preconstruction Meeting will be conducted as a teleconference. The date and time of the conference will be coordinated by the Contractor.

3.5.2 Meeting Purpose and Objectives The purpose of this conference is to discuss how work will be implemented including, but not limited to, work procedures, safety considerations associated with those work procedures, heavy equipment to be used, training to operate equipment, and safety requirements, such as training and safety equipment.

3.6 PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS

3.6.1 Meeting Time and Location The Contractor will be responsible for scheduling progress meetings during the course of the work. Progress meetings will generally be held as teleconference meetings although some meetings may also be conducted at the site. During work plan preparation and prior to active construction being performed at the site progress meetings will be conducted on a monthly basis. Once equipment is mobilized to the site and construction begins meetings will be held every two weeks (twice per month) unless otherwise required by the Contracting Officer.

3.6.2 Meeting Purpose and Objectives The purpose of the progress meetings is to update the Contracting Officer on the progress of work, discuss any scheduling problems, status of submittals, field orders, change orders and other pertinent matters. During progress meetings the Contractor shall prepared to discuss the following items, as applicable:

1. Status of permits and local approvals. 2. Revised and updated schedule to show the progress of the work and

effects on the project schedule. 3. Any current test results pertaining to monitoring, backfill and the

disposal of soils and liquids. 4. Contractor's daily quality control reports. 5. Proposed work for the coming two weeks. 6. Any additional data pertinent to the progress of the work and

recordkeeping for the project. 7. Discuss and finalize previous meeting minutes. 8. Contract Modifications/Field Orders. 9. Health & Safety Issues.

Following each progress meeting the Contractor will record minutes and distribute copies for comment within three working days after the meeting.

3.7 OTHER MEETINGS



Contractor shall attend special meetings which may be required or called for by Federal, State or Local authorities, utility companies, Government, Contracting Officer or any other firm, person or organization related to the project. Attendance by the Contractor shall include the Contractor's Superintendent and office manager, and major Subcontractors (if required by Contracting Officer). Neither Government nor Contracting Officer wishes to meet solely with a subcontractor and requests for such meetings will be discouraged. If a meeting is deemed necessary, every effort will be made to have Contractor attend. If, for some reason, circumstances do not allow such, the meeting may be held, minutes of the meeting will be sent to contractor and decisions on any major questions will be reserved until contractor has been consulted. Subcontractors may accompany contractor to meetings provided contractor notifies Contracting Officer in advance.


UNIMATIC OU1 RD KCUSACE


SECTION 01 20 30

JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide all services required to assure site safety, site security, site communication, project management, recordkeeping, and individual additional task performance. These services shall include the provision of qualified personnel to be accepted by the Contracting Officer and the equipment necessary to complete performance of such tasks.

1.2 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation; submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the “G” designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-01 Pre-Construction Submittals

Project Organizational Chart; G The Contractor shall submit an organizational chart including all personnel to be used on the project.

Project Manager Name and Experience; G

The Contractor shall submit the name and experience of the Project Manager for the project.

Data Retrieval Record Keeping System; G

The Contractor shall submit a description of the proposed Data Retrieval Record Keeping System.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SITE SAFETY The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe operation of the work at the site and shall employ a Safety and Health Manager (SHM) and a Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO). These individuals shall be responsible for the administration of site health and safety, and shall have the responsibilities as defined in Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES .

3.2 QUALITY CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible for the overall management of quality control and shall employ a Contractor Quality Control System Manager (CQCSM) who shall have the authority to act in all quality control matters for the



Contractor. The CQCSM shall have the overall responsibility for quality control as defined in Section 01 45 00.00 10 – CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL.

3.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND RECORDKEEPING 3.3.1 Project Team The Contractor shall provide an overall project management team including a Project Manager and administrative personnel qualified and capable of providing management for the project including construction supervision, expediting labor relations, staffing and recordkeeping. The Contractor shall submit a detailed Project Organizational Chart, which shows the key individuals directly, involved in the project.

3.3.2 Conducting the Work The Project Manager shall take overall responsibility for conducting the work and for assuring that the work is conducted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall be responsible for communication and information exchange with the Contracting Officer and shall officially represent the Contractor in all project related activities. The Project Manager, at a minimum, shall have authority to sign payments and change orders. The Contractor shall submit within 10 business days following the Notice to Proceed, the name and experience of the Project Manager in writing to the Contracting Officer.

3.3.3 Data Retrieval System The Contractor shall provide a data retrieval recordkeeping system as approved by the Contracting Officer which will make available in a timely manner records of all site activity, quantities of materials delivered to the site, quantities of materials utilized, materials demolished and disposed of, soils excavated, treated water discharged to surface water (or sanitary sewer), excavation sheeting, waste quantities produced, laboratory results, waste transportation activity information and all other information required to support requests for payment.

3.3.4 Phasing of Work Prior to initiating the work, the Project Manager may be required to meet with local government and residents with the permission from the Contracting Officer, and in the presence of USEPA, to discuss the planned construction approach and phasing of work. Items to be discussed shall include, but are not limited to:

a. Planned construction methods to be used. b. Review the type and size of equipment and operating procedures

including heavy equipment operations, mechanical equipment operations, etc.

c. Review the effect of construction on overhead and buried utilities. d. Review the community protection requirements. e. Review temporary traffic control patterns. f. Planned work hours. g. Emergency contact procedures.

The Contractor shall record the minutes of the meeting and include all significant proceedings and decisions.



3.4 WORKING HOURS Working hours shall be between 7:00 am to 6:00 pm, Monday through Friday unless otherwise authorized by the Contracting Officer. All activities requiring the utilization of heavy equipment scheduled to occur outside these working hours shall require prior approval by the Contracting Officer. Work conducted more than five days a week (Monday through Friday) will require prior authorization from the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall request authorization at least 10 work days prior to implementing an increased work day schedule. Work shall not be permitted on holidays.



Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 1

SECTION 01 32 01.00 10

PROJECT SCHEDULE

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and maintaining a project schedule during the duration of the contract. Requirements for the following project schedules are included in this section:

• Preliminary Project Schedule • Initial Project Schedule • Periodic Schedule Updates


AACE INTERNATIONAL (AACE)

AACE 29R-03 (2011) Forensic Schedule Analysis

AACE 52R-06 (2006) Time Impact Analysis - As Applied in Construction

U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)

ER 1-1-11 (1995) Administration -- Progress, Schedules,

and Network Analysis Systems

1.3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Project Scheduler Qualifications; Preliminary Project Schedule; G Initial Project Schedule; G

SD-03 Product Data

Periodic Schedule Update; G

1.4 PROJECT SCHEDULER QUALIFICATIONS Designate an authorized representative to be responsible for the preparation of the schedule and all required updating and production of reports. The authorized representative must have a minimum of 2-years experience


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 2

scheduling construction projects similar in size and nature to this project with scheduling software that meets the requirements of this specification. Representative must have a comprehensive knowledge of Critical Path Method (CPM) scheduling principles and application. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Prepare for approval a Project Schedule, as specified herein. Show in the schedule the proposed sequence to perform the work and dates contemplated for starting and completing all schedule activities. The scheduling of the entire project is required. The scheduling of construction is the responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor management personnel must actively participate in its development. Subcontractors and suppliers working on the project must also contribute in developing and maintaining an accurate Project Schedule. Provide a schedule that is a forward planning as well as a project monitoring tool. Use the CPM of network calculation to generate all Project Schedules. Prepare each Project Schedule using the Precedence Diagram Method (PDM). 3.2 PROJECT SCHEDULE DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 3.2.1 Level of Detail Required Develop the Project Schedule to the appropriate level of detail to address major milestones and to allow for satisfactory project planning and execution. Failure to develop the Project Schedule to an appropriate level of detail will result in its disapproval. The Contracting Officer will consider, but is not limited to, the following characteristics and requirements to determine appropriate level of detail:

3.2.2 Activity Durations Reasonable activity durations are those that allow the progress of ongoing activities to be accurately determined between update periods. Less than 2 percent of all non-procurement activities may have Original Durations (OD) greater than 20 work days or 30 calendar days.

3.2.3 Procurement Activities Include activities associated with the critical submittals and their approvals, procurement, fabrication, and delivery of long lead materials, equipment, fabricated assemblies, and supplies. Long lead procurement activities are those with an anticipated procurement sequence of over 90 calendar days.

3.2.4 Mandatory Tasks Include the following activities/tasks in the initial project schedule and all updates.


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 3

a. Submission, review and acceptance of SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals (individual activity for each).

b. Submission, review and acceptance of features require design completion

c. Long procurement activities d. Submission and approval of as-built drawings.

e. Contractor's pre-final inspection.

f. Correction of punch list from Contractor's pre-final inspection.

g. Government's pre-final inspection.

h. Correction of punch list from Government's pre-final inspection.

i. Final inspection.

3.2.5 Government Activities Show Government and other agency activities that could impact progress. These activities include, but are not limited to: approvals, environmental permit approvals and notifications required by Federal, State, or local regulators, inspections, and Notice to Proceed (NTP) for phasing requirements.

3.2.6 Standard Activity Coding Dictionary Use the activity coding structure defined in the Standard Data Exchange Format (SDEF) in ER 1-1-11. This exact structure is mandatory. Develop and assign all Activity Codes to activities as detailed herein. A template SDEF compatible schedule backup file is available on the QCS web site: http://rms.usace.army.mil.

The SDEF format is as follows: Field Activity Code Length Description

1 WRKP 3 Workers per day

2 RESP 4 Responsible party

3 AREA 4 Area of work

4 MODF 6 Modification Number

5 BIDI 6 Bid Item (CLIN)

6 PHAS 2 Phase of work

7 CATW 1 Category of work

8 FOW 20 Feature of work*

http://rms.usace.army.mil/


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 4

Field Activity Code Length Description

*Some systems require that FEATURE OF WORK values be placed in several activity code fields. The notation shown is for Primavera P6. Refer to the specific software guidelines with respect to the FEATURE OF WORK field requirements.

3.2.6.1 Workers Per Day (WRKP) Assign Workers per Day for all field construction or direct work activities, if directed by the Contracting Officer. Workers per day is based on the average number of workers expected each day to perform a task for the duration of that activity.

3.2.6.2 Responsible Party Coding (RESP) Assign responsibility code for all activities to the Prime Contractor, Subcontractor(s) or Government agency(ies) responsible for performing the activity.

a. Activities coded with a Government Responsibility code include, but are

not limited to: Government approvals, Government design reviews, environmental permit approvals by State regulators, and Notice to Proceed (NTP) for phasing requirements.

b. Activities cannot have more than one Responsibility Code. Examples of

acceptable activity code values are: DOR (for the designer of record); ELEC (for the electrical subcontractor); MECH (for the mechanical subcontractor); and GOVT (for USACE).

3.2.6.3 Area of Work Coding (AREA) Assign Work Area code to activities based upon the work area in which the activity occurs. Define work areas based on resource constraints or space constraints that would preclude a resource, such as a particular trade or craft work crew from working in more than one work area at a time due to restraints on resources or space. Examples of Work Area Coding include different areas within a floor of a building, different floors within a building, and different buildings within a complex of buildings. Activities cannot have more than one Work Area Code.

Not all activities are required to be Work Area coded. A lack of Work Area coding indicates the activity is not resource or space constrained.

3.2.6.4 Modification Number (MODF) Assign a Modification Number Code to any activity or sequence of activities added to the schedule as a result of a Contract Modification, when approved by Contracting Officer. Key all Code values to the Government's modification numbering system. An activity can have only one Modification Number Code.

3.2.6.5 Bid Item Coding (BIDI)


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 5

Assign a Bid Item Code to all activities using the Contract Line Item Schedule (CLIN) to which the activity belongs, even when an activity is not cost loaded. An activity can have only one BIDI Code.

3.2.6.6 Phase of Work Coding (PHAS) Assign Phase of Work Code to all activities. Examples of phase of work are procurement phase and construction phase. Each activity can have only one Phase of Work code.

a. Code proposed fast track design and construction phases proposed to

allow filtering and organizing the schedule by fast track design and construction packages.

b. If the contract specifies phasing with separately defined performance

periods, identify a Phase Code to allow filtering and organizing the schedule accordingly.

3.2.6.7 Category of Work Coding (CATW) Assign a Category of Work Code to all activities. Category of Work Codes include, but are not limited to construction submittal, procurement, fabrication, weather sensitive installation, non-weather sensitive installation, start-up, and testing activities. Each activity can have no more than one Category of Work Code.

3.2.6.8 Feature of Work Coding (FOW) Assign a Feature of Work Code to appropriate activities based on the Definable Feature of Work to which the activity belongs based on the approved QC plan.

Definable Feature of Work is defined in Section 01 45 00.00 10 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL. An activity can have only one Feature of Work Code.

3.2.7 Contract Milestones and Constraints Milestone activities are to be used for significant project events including, but not limited to, project phasing, project start and end activities, or interim completion dates. The use of artificial float constraints such as "zero free float" or "zero total float" are prohibited.

Mandatory constraints that ignore or effect network logic are prohibited. No constrained dates are allowed in the schedule other than those specified herein. Submit additional constraints to the Contracting Officer for approval on a case by case basis.

3.2.7.1 Project Start Date Milestone and Constraint The first activity in the project schedule must be a start milestone titled "NTP Acknowledged," which must have a "Start On" constraint date equal to the date that the NTP is acknowledged.

3.2.7.2 End Project Finish Milestone and Constraint The last activity in the schedule must be a finish milestone titled "End Project."


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 6

Constrain the project schedule to the Contract Completion Date in such a way that if the schedule calculates an early finish, then the float calculation for "End Project" milestone reflects positive float on the longest path. If the project schedule calculates a late finish, then the "End Project" milestone float calculation reflects negative float on the longest path. The Government is under no obligation to accelerate Government activities to support a Contractor's early completion.

3.2.7.3 Interim Completion Dates and Constraints Constrain contractually specified interim completion dates to show negative float when the calculated late finish date of the last activity in that phase is later than the specified interim completion date.

3.2.7.3.1 Start Phase Use a start milestone as the first activity for a project phase. Call the start milestone "Start Phase X" where "X" refers to the phase of work.

3.2.7.3.2 End Phase Use a finish milestone as the last activity for a project phase. Call the finish milestone "End Phase X" where "X" refers to the phase of work.

3.2.8 Calendars Schedule activities on a Calendar to which the activity logically belongs. Develop calendars to accommodate any contract defined work period such as a 7-day calendar for Government Acceptance activities, concrete cure times, etc. Develop the default Calendar to match the physical work plan with non-work periods identified including weekends and holidays. Develop Seasonal Calendar(s) and assign to seasonally affected activities as applicable.

If an activity is weather sensitive it should be assigned to a calendar showing non-work days on a monthly basis, with the non-work days selected at random across the weeks of the calendar, using the anticipated days provided in the contract clause TIME EXTENSIONS FOR UNUSUALLY SEVERE WEATHER. Assign non-work days over a seven-day week as weather records are compiled on seven-day weeks, which may cause some of the weather related non-work days to fall on weekends.

3.2.9 Open Ended Logic Only two open ended activities are allowed: the first activity "NTP Acknowledged" may have no predecessor logic, and the last activity -"End Project" may have no successor logic.

Predecessor open ended logic may be allowed in a time impact analyses upon the Contracting Officer’s approval.

3.2.10 Default Progress Data Disallowed Actual Start and Finish dates must not automatically update with default mechanisms included in the scheduling software. Updating of the percent complete and the remaining duration of any activity must be independent functions. Disable program features that calculate one of these parameters


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 7

from the other. Activity Actual Start (AS) and Actual Finish (AF) dates assigned during the updating process must match those dates provided in the Contractor Quality Control Reports. Failure to document the AS and AF dates in the Daily Quality Control report will result in disapproval of the Contractor's schedule.

3.2.11 Out-of-Sequence Progress Activities that have progressed before all preceding logic has been satisfied (Out-of-Sequence Progress) will be allowed only on a case-by-case basis subject to approval by the Contracting Officer. Propose logic corrections to eliminate out of sequence progress or justify not changing the sequencing for approval prior to submitting an updated project schedule. Address out of sequence progress or logic changes in the Narrative Report and in the periodic schedule update meetings.

3.2.12 Added and Deleted Activities Do not delete activities from the project schedule or add new activities to the schedule without approval from the Contracting Officer. Activity ID and description changes are considered new activities and cannot be changed without Contracting Officer approval.

3.2.13 Original Durations Activity Original Durations (OD) must be reasonable to perform the work item. OD changes are prohibited unless justification is provided and approved by the Contracting Officer.

3.2.14 Leads, Lags, and Start to Finish Relationships Lags must be reasonable as determined by the Government and not used in place of realistic original durations, must not be in place to artificially absorb float, or to replace proper schedule logic.

a. Leads (negative lags) are prohibited.

b. Start to Finish (SF) relationships are prohibited.

3.2.15 Retained Logic Schedule calculations must retain the logic between predecessors and successors ("retained logic" mode) even when the successor activity(s) starts and the predecessor activity(s) has not finished (out-of-sequence progress). Software features that in effect sever the tie between predecessor and successor activities when the successor has started and the predecessor logic is not satisfied ("progress override") are not be allowed.

3.2.16 Percent Complete Update the percent complete for each activity started, based on the realistic assessment of earned value. Activities which are complete but for remaining minor punch list work and which do not restrain the initiation of successor activities may be declared 100 percent complete to allow for proper schedule management.


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 8

3.2.17 Remaining Duration Update the remaining duration for each activity based on the number of estimated work days it will take to complete the activity. Remaining duration may not mathematically correlate with percentage found under paragraph entitled Percent Complete.

3.2.18 Cost Loading of Closeout Activities Cost load the "Correction of punch list from Government pre-final inspection" activity(ies) not less than 1 percent of the present contract value. Activity(ies) may be declared 100 percent complete upon the Government's verification of completion and correction of all punch list work identified during Government pre-final inspection(s).

3.2.18.1 As-Built Drawings If there is no separate contract line item (CLIN) for as-built drawings, cost load the "Submission and approval of as-built drawings" activity not less than $35,000 or 1 percent of the present contract value, which ever is greater, up to $200,000. Activity will be declared 100 percent complete upon the Government's approval.

3.2.19 Anticipated Adverse Weather Paragraph applicable to contracts with clause entitled TIME EXTENSIONS FOR UNUSUALLY SEVERE WEATHER. Reflect the number of anticipated adverse weather delays allocated to a weather sensitive activity in the activity's calendar.

3.2.20 Early Completion Schedule and the Right to Finish Early An Early Completion Schedule is an Initial Project Schedule (IPS) that indicates all scope of the required contract work will be completed before the contractually required completion date.

a. No IPS indicating an Early Completion will be accepted without being

fully resource-loaded (including crew sizes and man hours) and the Government agreeing that the schedule is reasonable and achievable.

b. The Government is under no obligation to accelerate work items it is

responsible for to ensure that the early completion is met nor is it responsible to modify incremental funding (if applicable) for the project to meet the contractor's accelerated work.

3.3 PROJECT SCHEDULE SUBMISSIONS Provide the submissions as described below. The electronic files, reports, and network diagrams required for each submission are contained in paragraph SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS. If the Contractor fails or refuses to furnish the information and schedule updates as set forth herein, then the Contractor will be deemed not to have provided an estimate upon which a progress payment can be made.

Review comments made by the Government on the schedule(s) do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents.


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 9

3.3.1 Preliminary Project Schedule Submission Within 15 calendar days after the NTP is acknowledged submit the Preliminary Project Schedule defining the planned operations detailed for the first 90 calendar days for approval. The approved Preliminary Project Schedule will be used for payment purposes not to exceed 90 calendar days after NTP. Completely cost load the Preliminary Project Schedule to balance the contract award CLINS shown on the Bid Schedule. The Preliminary Project Schedule may be summary in nature for the remaining performance period. It must be early start and late finish constrained and logically tied as specified. The Preliminary Project Schedule forms the basis for the Initial Project Schedule specified herein and must include all of the required plan and program preparations, submissions and approvals identified in the contract (for example, Quality Control Plan, Accident Prevention Plan (APP), and Environmental Protection Plan) as well as design activities, planned submissions of all early design packages, permitting activities, design review conference activities, and other non-construction activities intended to occur within the first 90 calendar days. Government acceptance of the associated design package(s) and all other specified Program and Plan approvals must occur prior to any planned construction activities. Activity code any activities that are summary in nature after the first 90 calendar days with Bid Item (CLIN) code (BIDI), Responsibility Code (RESP) and Feature of Work code (FOW).

3.3.2 Initial Project Schedule Submission Submit the Initial Project Schedule for approval within 45 calendar days after notice to proceed is issued. The schedule must demonstrate a reasonable and realistic sequence of activities which represent all work through the entire contract performance period. No payment will be made for work items not fully detailed in the Project Schedule.

3.3.3 Periodic Schedule Updates Update the Project Schedule on a regular basis, monthly at a minimum. Provide a draft Periodic Schedule Update for review at the schedule update meetings as prescribed in the paragraph PERIODIC SCHEDULE UPDATE MEETINGS. These updates will enable the Government to assess Contractor's progress.

a. Update information including Actual Start Dates (AS), Actual Finish

Dates (AF), Remaining Durations (RD), and Percent Complete. Updates are subject to the approval of the Government at the meeting.

b. AS and AF dates must match the date(s) reported on the Contractor's

Quality Control Report for an activity start or finish. 3.4 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS Submit the following items for the Preliminary Schedule, Initial Schedule, and every Periodic Schedule Update throughout the life of the project:

3.4.1 Electronic Files Electronic files shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES paragraph 1.5.3.


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 10

3.4.2 Narrative Report Provide a Narrative Report with each schedule submission. The Narrative Report is expected to communicate to the Government the thorough analysis of the schedule output and the plans to compensate for any problems, either current or potential, which are revealed through that analysis. Include the following information as minimum in the Narrative Report:

a. Identify and discuss the work scheduled to start in the next update

period.

b. A description of activities along the two most critical paths where the total float is less than or equal to 20 work days.

c. A description of current and anticipated problem areas or delaying

factors and their impact and an explanation of corrective actions taken or required to be taken.

d. Identify and explain why activities based on their calculated late

dates should have either started or finished during the update period but did not.

e. Identify and discuss all schedule changes by activity ID and activity

name including what specifically was changed and why the change was needed. Include at a minimum new and deleted activities, logic changes, duration changes, calendar changes, lag changes, resource changes, and actual start and finish date changes.

f. Identify and discuss out-of-sequence work.

3.5 PERIODIC SCHEDULE UPDATE 3.5.1 Periodic Schedule Update Meetings Conduct periodic schedule update meetings for the purpose of reviewing the proposed Periodic Schedule Update, Narrative Report, and progress payment. Conduct meetings at least monthly within five days of the proposed schedule data date. Meetings should be scheduled to be conducted during the project progress meetings required by Section 01 20 20 PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS. Provide a draft of the proposed narrative report and schedule data file to the Government a minimum of two workdays in advance of the meeting. The Contractor's Project Manager and scheduler must attend the meeting with the authorized representative of the Contracting Officer. Superintendents, foremen and major subcontractors must attend the meeting as required to discuss the project schedule and work. Following the periodic schedule update meeting, make corrections to the draft submission. Include only those changes approved by the Government in the submission and invoice for payment.

3.5.2 Update Submission Following Progress Meeting Submit the complete Periodic Schedule Update of the Project Schedule containing all approved progress, revisions, and adjustments, pursuant to paragraph SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS not later than 4 work days after the periodic schedule update meeting.


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 11

3.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS Conduct progress meetings in accordance with Section 01 20 20 PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS.

3.7 REQUESTS FOR TIME EXTENSIONS Provide a justification of delay to the Contracting Officer in accordance with the contract provisions and clauses for approval within 10 days of a delay occurring. Also prepare a time impact analysis for each Government RFP to justify time extensions.

3.7.1 Justification of Delay Provide a description of the event(s) that caused the delay and/or impact to the work. As part of the description, identify all schedule activities impacted. Show that the event that caused the delay/impact was the responsibility of the Government. Provide a time impact analysis that demonstrates the effects of the delay or impact on the project completion date or interim completion date(s). Evaluate multiple impacts chronologically; each with its own justification of delay. With multiple impacts consider any concurrency of delay. A time extension and the schedule fragnet becomes part of the project schedule and all future schedule updates upon approval by the Contracting Officer.

3.7.2 Time Impact Analysis (Prospective Analysis) Prepare a time impact analysis for approval by the Contracting Officer based on industry standard AACE 52R-06. Utilize a copy of the last approved schedule prior to the first day of the impact or delay for the time impact analysis. If Contracting Officer determines the time frame between the last approved schedule and the first day of impact is too great, prepare an interim updated schedule to perform the time impact analysis. Unless approved by the Contracting Officer, no other changes may be incorporated into the schedule being used to justify the time impact.

3.7.3 Forensic Schedule Analysis (Retrospective Analysis) Prepare an analysis for approval by the Contracting Officer based on industry standard AACE 29R-03.

3.7.4 Fragmentary Network (Fragnet) Prepare a proposed fragnet for time impact analysis consisting of a sequence of new activities that are proposed to be added to the project schedule to demonstrate the influence of the delay or impact to the project's contractual dates. Clearly show how the proposed fragnet is to be tied into the project schedule including all predecessors and successors to the fragnet activities. The proposed fragnet must be approved by the Contracting Officer prior to incorporation into the project schedule.

3.7.5 Time Extension The Contracting Officer must approve the Justification of Delay including the time impact analysis before a time extension will be granted. No time extension will be granted unless the delay consumes all available Project


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 12

Float and extends the projected finish date ("End Project" milestone) beyond the Contract Completion Date. The time extension will be in calendar days.

Actual delays that are found to be caused by the Contractor's own actions, which result in a calculated schedule delay, will not be a cause for an extension to the performance period, completion date, or any interim milestone date.

3.7.6 Impact to Early Completion Schedule No extended overhead will be paid for delay prior to the original Contract Completion Date for an Early Completion IPS unless the Contractor actually performed work in accordance with that Early Completion Schedule. The Contractor must show that an early completion was achievable had it not been for the impact.

3.8 FAILURE TO ACHIEVE PROGRESS Should the progress fall behind the approved project schedule for reasons other than those that are excusable within the terms of the contract, the Contracting Officer may require provision of a written recovery plan for approval. The plan must detail how progress will be made-up to include which activities will be accelerated by adding additional crews, longer work hours, extra work days, etc.

3.8.1 Artificially Improving Progress Artificially improving progress by means such as, but not limited to, revising the schedule logic, modifying or adding constraints, shortening activity durations, or changing calendars in the project schedule is prohibited. Indicate assumptions made and the basis for any logic, constraint, duration and calendar changes used in the creation of the recovery plan. Any additional resources, manpower, or daily and weekly work hour changes proposed in the recovery plan must be evident at the work site and documented in the daily report along with the Schedule Narrative Report.

3.8.2 Failure to Perform Failure to perform work and maintain progress in accordance with the supplemental recovery plan may result in an interim and final unsatisfactory performance rating and may result in corrective action directed by the Contracting Officer.

3.8.3 Recovery Schedule Should the Contracting Officer find it necessary, submit a recovery schedule.

3.9 OWNERSHIP OF FLOAT Except for the provision given in the paragraph IMPACT TO EARLY COMPLETION SCHEDULE, float available in the schedule, at any time, may not be considered for the exclusive use of either the Government or the Contractor including activity and/or project float. Activity float is the number of work days that an activity can be delayed without causing a delay to the "End Project" finish milestone. Project float (if applicable) is the number


Section 01 32 01.00 10 Page 13

of work days between the projected early finish and the contract completion date milestone.

3.10 TRANSFER OF SCHEDULE DATA INTO RMS/QCS Import the schedule data into the Quality Control System (QCS) and export the QCS data to the Government. This data is considered to be additional supporting data in a form and detail required by the Contracting Officer. The receipt of a proper payment request pursuant to FAR 52.232-27 - Prompt Payment for Construction Contracts is contingent upon the Government receiving both acceptable and approvable hard copies and matching electronic export from QCS of the application for progress payment.




SECTION 01 32 50

PHOTOGRAPH AND VIDEO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

The Contractor shall document the existing conditions and progress of construction activities by taking color photographs and video in accordance with this section and as directed by the Contracting Officer. The intent of this requirement is to document the existing conditions of the subject property (25 Sherwood Lane), Sherwood Lane, and adjacent properties prior to beginning construction, and then documenting the final condition of these properties following completion of the remedial activities. All photographs and videos taken are the property of the government and shall not be released to the public.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Pre-Construction and Post Construction Photographs; G

Pre-Construction and Post Construction Video; G

Progress Photographs;

1.3 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.3.1 VIEW LOCATION MAP

Submit, prior to or with the first digital photograph submittals, a sketch or drawing indicating the views where photographs will be taken. This sketch shall be updated if locations are added or moved.

1.3.2 PHOTOGRAPH REQUIREMENTS

Photographs shall be digital photographs, taken by minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels (4000 x 3000 x 48 bit true color) or higher camera, and 150 pixel per inch (ppi) minimum resolution in JPEG file format. In addition to supplying the digital JPEG file format the Contractor shall provide photographs on an 8.5”x11” size paper as a portable adobe file (PDF) format showing the photograph having a minimum size of 6”x8” with a footer including the following information:



REMEDIAL ACTION UNIMATIC SUPERFUND SITE - OU1

IFB Project No._____________________C.O.E. Contract No.__________________ Designer:________________________________________________________________ Contractor:______________________________________________________________ Phone:________________________________ Address:__________________________ Property Designation_____________________________________________________ Photograph No.___________________________________________________________ Date:____________________________________________________________________ Time:____________________________________________________________________ Description:_____________________________________________________________ 1.3.3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

Before work begins, the Contractor shall document existing conditions by including the following minimum views:

• General site showing all areas affected by the project; • Existing condition of areas used for temporary staging of the

groundwater treatment system; • Existing condition of 6/10 Kingbridge; • Existing condition of JCMUA Property and uncovered pipe

conditions; • Existing condition of Sherwood Lane along 25 Sherwood Lane; and • Existing condition of the 21 and 30 Sherwood Lane properties,

which will be impacted by the excavation activities. No intrusive work shall commence prior to completion of pre-construction photo documentation activities. The photographs shall be taken to adequately show the existing condition of structures including but not limited to pavement condition (cracking), existing vegetation and plants, fencing, and drainage facilities with the project area (including all staging areas). The actual number of exposures shall be determined based on the existing condition but shall not be less than 60 total photographs. The location of the pre-construction photographs shall be designated by the Contracting Officer.

1.3.4 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS After construction operations have been started at a site, the Contractor shall photographically record all construction activities. A minimum of 30 progress photographs shall be taken each week throughout the duration of the work from a minimum of ten views from points identified by the Contracting Officer. The progress photographs shall include a minimum coverage of the following:

a) Building Demolition; b) Staging Area Setup and Utility Mark-Out; c) Pre-Excavation Sampling; d) TSCA Excavation; e) Non-TSCA Excavation; f) JCMUA Property Excavations;



g) Water Treatment and Discharge; h) Air Monitoring; i) Truck Loading and Decontamination; j) Employee Decontamination; k) Unanticipated Events of Spillage, releases, or Related Accidents; l) Temporary Facilities and Staging Area Statuses; and m) Site Restoration.

The actual views to be taken will be as directed by the Contracting Officer.

1.3.5 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS After completion of work the Contractor shall take a minimum of 60 exposures of the site including the following minimum views:

• General site showing all areas affected by the project; • Final condition of areas used for temporary staging of the

groundwater treatment system; • Final condition of 6/10 Kingbridge; • Final condition of JCMUA property; • Final condition of Sherwood Lane along 25 Sherwood Lane; and • Final condition of the 21 and 30 Sherwood Lane properties, which

will be impacted by the excavation activities. Photographs taken during the pre-construction phase of the project shall be retaken as closely as possible to their original positions during the post-construction phase.

1.3.6 DELIVERY OF PHOTOGRAPHS

The Contractor or their representative shall submit digital photograph files monthly. Files submitted monthly shall be submitted electronically in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS. The electronic files shall contain all photographs taken to date (cumulative) along with the sketch showing the view locations where photographs were taken. The CD or DVD shall be organized using sub-folders separating photographs by month and each file shall be named to indicate the date and view location (based on sketch) that it was taken. Digital files of the view location map shall be named with the date it was updated or created. All photographs shall be submitted as part of the Closeout Documentation required under Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. The Contractor shall also submit to the Contracting Officer or their representative three (3) printed copies of the prints on 8.5”x11” paper. Hard copies of prints shall be submitted within 14 calendar days after taking the photographs or as otherwise approved by the Contracting Officer or their representative. All photographs are U.S. Government property and shall not be released by the Contractor to the public or news media. The photographs should be enclosed back-to-back in double-face plastic sleeves punched to fit standard three-ring binders, provided by the Contractor.



1.4 CONSTRUCTION VIDEOS

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to provide a color audio/video recording of the project site to record the existing and post construction conditions of the site and surrounding areas. Video recordings shall be conducted before beginning any work and after completion of the work. The Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Officer or their representative an original and two copies of each video on DVD.

1.4.1 VIDEO/AUDIO QUALITY The Contracting Officer or their representative reserves the right to reject the video images because of poor quality, unintelligible audio, or uncontrolled pan or zoom. Any videotaping rejected by the Contracting Officer shall be re-taken. Under no circumstances shall construction begin until the Contracting Officer has received and accepted the pre-construction video recording. Audio shall be recorded in a clear, professional and concise manner at the same time as the video recording and shall include the same information on the viewing screen.

1.4.2 VIDEO/AUDIO REQUIREMENTS Audio/video recordings shall be provided using the most recent video technology available. Each recording shall begin with the Contracting Officer’s name, Contract name and number, Contractor’s name, date and location information such as street name, direction of travel, viewing side, etc. Information appearing on the recording must be continuous and run simultaneously by computer-generated transparent digital information. No editing or overlaying of information at a later date will be acceptable. Time must be accurate to within 1/10 of a second and be continuously generated. Written documentation must coincide with the information on the DVD to facilitate easy retrieval of information. The DVD used for the recordings shall be professional quality 12 cm color DVD media that conforms to either DVD-R or DVD+R recording standards using high quality DVD video and audio bitrates. No DVDs used for any previous recording will be allowed for use. The recorded DVD shall be compatible for playback with any standard DVD-R or DVD+R player. All DVDs and containers shall be provided with the following information:

a. DVD Number b. Contract Name and Number c. Project Site d. Date of Taping e. Contracting Officer’s Name f. Location g. Total recording time



1.4.3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION/POST CONSTRUCTION VIDEO

Furnish a continuous, color DVD recording along the Construction Limits documenting the site conditions before and after construction. Coverage shall include, but not be limited to, entire limits of the project including but not limited to:

• General project site showing all areas affected by the project; • Areas that may be used for temporary staging of the groundwater

treatment system; • 6/10 Kingbridge property; • The full length of Sherwood Lane with special attention to the

roadway directly in front of 25 Sherwood Lane; and • 21 and 30 Sherwood Lane properties, which will be impacted by the

construction activities.

Videos shall focus on the condition of existing site features such as pavement condition, vegetation, drainage facilities, and structures adjacent to the construction area, above ground utilities, landscaping, trees, signage, fencing and other physical features located within the Construction Limits, and any other adjacent properties. The coverage may be expanded if directed by the Contracting Officer. In addition, the haul route to the nearest state or federal highway shall be video-recorded. All videoing shall be done during daylight hours. No videoing shall be performed if weather is not acceptable to the Contracting Officer. In order to produce the proper detail and perspective, artificial lighting shall be required for all interior taping and where it is necessary to fill in the shadow area caused by trees, utility poles, road signs, and other such objects. The post construction and restoration video survey shall cover areas included for the pre-construction survey.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DIGITAL CAMERA The digital camera shall meet the following minimum requirements:

a. 12.0 megapixel (4,000 x 3,000 Resolution) or higher

b. 48 Bit Color Depth c. 16 GB flash card or better d. 3.6x Optical Zoom e. 2.7” TFT LCD Monitor f. 3 Modes Built in Flash g. Wide aperture setting (f-stop)

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.




SECTION 01 33 00

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contracting Officer may request submittals in addition to those specified when deemed necessary to adequately describe the work covered in the respective sections.

Units of weights and measures used on all submittals are to be the same as those used in the contract drawings.

Each submittal is to be complete and in sufficient detail to allow ready determination of compliance with contract requirements.

Contractor's Quality Control (CQC) System Manager shall check and approve all items prior to submittal and stamp, sign, and date indicating action taken. Proposed deviations from the contract requirements are to be clearly identified. Include within submittals items such as: Contractor's, manufacturer's, or fabricator's drawings; descriptive literature including (but not limited to) catalog cuts, diagrams, operating charts or curves; test reports; test cylinders; samples; O&M manuals (including parts list); certifications; warranties; and other such required submittals.

Submittals requiring Government approval are to be scheduled and made prior to the acquisition of the material or equipment covered thereby. Pick up and dispose of samples not incorporated into the work in accordance with manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and in compliance with existing laws and regulations.

A submittal register showing items of equipment and materials for when submittals are required by the specifications is provided as "Attachment A - Submittal Register."

1.2 DEFINITIONS 1.2.1 Submittal Descriptions (SD) Submittals requirements are specified in the technical sections. Submittals are identified by Submittal Description (SD) numbers and titles as follows:


Submittals required prior to the start of construction include but are not limited to the following:

Certificates of insurance List of proposed Subcontractors List of proposed products Construction progress schedule



Network Analysis Schedule (NAS) Submittal register Schedule of prices or Earned Value Report Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plans (UFP-QAPP) Health and safety plan Work plans Quality Control(QC) plan Environmental protection plan

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Drawings, diagrams, and schedules specifically prepared to illustrate some portion of the work. Diagrams and instructions from a manufacturer or fabricator for use in producing the product and as aids to the Contractor for integrating the product or system into the project. Drawings prepared by or for the Contractor to show how multiple systems and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated.

SD-03 Product Data

Catalog cuts, illustrations, schedules, diagrams, performance charts, instructions and brochures illustrating size, physical appearance and other characteristics of materials, systems or equipment for some portion of the work. Samples of warranty language when the contract requires extended product warranties.

SD-04 Samples

Fabricated or unfabricated physical examples of materials, equipment or workmanship that illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of a material or product and establish standards by which the work can be judged. Color samples from the manufacturer's standard line (or custom color samples if specified) to be used in selecting or approving colors for the project. Field samples and mock-ups constructed on the project site establish standards by which the ensuring work can be judged. Includes assemblies or portions of assemblies which are to be incorporated into the project and those which will be removed at conclusion of the work.



SD-05 Design Data

Design calculations, mix designs, analyses or other data pertaining to a part of work.

SD-06 Test Reports

Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that a material, product or system identical to the material, product or system to be provided has been tested in accord with specified requirements. Unless specified in another section, testing must have been within three years of date of contract award for the project. Report which includes findings of a test required to be performed by the Contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype prepared for the project before shipment to job site. Report which includes finding of a test made at the job site or on sample taken from the job site, on portion of work during or after installation. Investigation reports. Daily logs and checklists. Final acceptance test and operational test procedure.

SD-07 Certificates

Statements printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and signed by responsible officials of manufacturer of product, system or material attesting that the product, system, or material meets specification requirements. Must be dated after award of project contract and clearly name the project. Document required of Contractor, or of a manufacturer, supplier, installer or Subcontractor through Contractor. The document purpose is to further promote the orderly progression of a portion of the work by documenting procedures, acceptability of methods, or personnel qualifications. Confined space entry permits. Text of posted operating instructions.

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system or material, including special notices and (SDS) concerning impedances, hazards and safety precautions.

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Data that are furnished by the manufacturer, or the system provider, to the equipment operating and maintenance personnel, including manufacturer's help and product line documentation



necessary to maintain and install equipment. These data are needed by operating and maintenance personnel for the safe and efficient operation, maintenance and repair of the item. These data are intended to be incorporated in an operations and maintenance manual or control system.


Documentation to record compliance with technical or administrative requirements or to establish an administrative mechanism. Submittals required for Guiding Principle Validation (GPV) or Third Party Certification (TPC). Special requirements necessary to properly close out a construction contract. For example, Record Drawings and as-built drawings. Also, submittal requirements necessary to properly close out a major phase of construction on a multi-phase contract.

1.2.2 Approving Authority Office or designated person authorized to approve submittal.

1.2.3 Work As used in this section, on- and off-site construction required by contract documents, including labor necessary to produce submittals, except those SD-01 Pre-Construction Submittals noted above, construction, materials, products, equipment, and systems incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction.

1.3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. Submit the following in accordance with this section.


Submittal Register; G

1.4 SUBMITTAL CLASSIFICATION Submittals are classified as follows:

1.4.1 Designer of Record Approved (DA) Designer of Record (DA) approval is required for extensions of design, critical materials, any deviations from the solicitation, the accepted proposal, or the completed design, equipment whose compatibility with the entire system must be checked, and other items as designated by the Contracting Officer. Within the terms of the Contract Clause SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION, they are considered to be "shop drawings." Contractor to provide the Government with the number of copies designated



hereinafter of all DA-approved submittals. The Government may review any or all Designer of Record-approved submittals for conformance to the Solicitation, Accepted Proposal and the completed design. The Government will review all submittals designated as deviating from the Solicitation or Accepted Proposal, as described below. Generally, design submittals should be identified as SD-05 Design Data submittals.

1.4.2 Government Approved (G) Government approval is required for extensions of design, critical materials, deviations, equipment whose compatibility with the entire system must be checked, and other items as designated by the Contracting Officer. Within the terms of the Contract Clause SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION, they are considered to be "shop drawings."

1.4.3 For Information Only Submittals not requiring Government approval will be for information only. They are not considered to be "shop drawings" within the terms of the Contract Clause referred to above.

Schedule submittals for these items throughout the course of construction as provided; do not wait until closeout.

1.5 PREPARATION 1.5.1 Transmittal Form Use the attached sample transmittal form in Attachment B ENG Form 4025-R for submitting both Government approved and information only submittals in accordance with the instructions on the reverse side of the form. These forms will be furnished to the Contractor. Properly complete this form by filling out all the heading blank spaces and identifying each item submitted. Exercise special care to ensure proper listing of the specification paragraph and sheet number of the contract drawings pertinent to the data submitted for each item.

1.5.2 Source Drawings for Shop Drawings The entire set of Source Drawing files (DWG) will not be provided to the Contractor. Only those requested by the Contractor to prepare shop drawings may be provided. Request the specific Drawing Number only for the preparation of Shop Drawings. These drawings may only be provided after award.

1.5.2.1 Terms and Conditions Data contained on these electronic files must not be used for any purpose other than as a convenience in the preparation of construction data for the referenced project. Any other use or reuse shall be at the sole risk of the Contractor and without liability or legal exposure to the Government. The Contractor must make no claim and waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim or cause of action of any nature against the Government, its agents or sub consultants that may arise out of or in connection with the use of these electronic files. The Contractor must, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the Government harmless against all damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable attorney's fees and



defense costs, arising out of or resulting from the use of these electronic files. These electronic Source Drawing files are not construction documents. Differences may exist between the Source Drawing files and the corresponding construction documents. The Government makes no representation regarding the accuracy or completeness of the electronic Source Drawing files, nor does it make representation to the compatibility of these files with the Contractor hardware or software. In the event that a conflict arises between the signed and sealed construction documents prepared by the Government and the furnished Source Drawing files, the signed and sealed construction documents govern. The Contractor is responsible for determining if any conflict exists. Use of these Source Drawing files does not relieve the Contractor of duty to fully comply with the contract documents, including and without limitation, the need to check, confirm and coordinate the work of all contractors for the project. If the Contractor uses, duplicates or modifies these electronic Source Drawing files for use in producing construction data related to this contract, remove all previous indicia of ownership (seals, logos, signatures, initials and dates).

1.5.3 Electronic File Format Provide submittals in electronic format, with the exception of material samples required for SD-04 Sample items. Compile the submittal file as a single, complete document, to include the Transmittal Form described within. Name the electronic submittal file specifically according to its contents, coordinate the file naming convention with the Contracting Officer. Electronic files must be of sufficient quality that all information is legible. Use PDF as the electronic format, unless otherwise specified or directed by the Contracting Officer. Generate PDF files from original documents with bookmarks so that the text included in the PDF file is both searchable and can be copied. If documents are scanned, Optical Character Resolution (OCR) routines are required. Index and bookmark files exceeding 30 pages to allow efficient navigation of the file. When required, the electronic file must include a valid electronic signature, or scan of a signature.

Email electronic submittal documents fewer than 10MB to an email address as directed by the Contracting Officer. Provide electronic documents over 10MB on an optical disc, or through an electronic file share system such as the DoD SAFE or other system provided by the Contracting Officer. The DoD SAFE web application is located at the following website: https://safe.apps.mil/.

Provide hard copies of submittals when requested by the Contracting Officer. Up to 7 additional hard copies of any submittal may be requested at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

1.6 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS 1.6.1 Number of Copies of SD-02 Shop Drawings Submit six copies of submittals of shop drawings requiring review and approval only by QC organization and seven copies of shop drawings requiring review and approval by Contracting Officer.



1.6.2 Number of Copies of SD-03 Product Data and SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop drawings.

1.6.3 Number of Samples SD-04 Samples

a. Submit two samples, or two sets of samples showing range of variation, of each required item. One approved sample or set of samples will be retained by approving authority and one will be returned to Contractor.

b. Submit one sample panel or provide one sample installation where

directed. Include components listed in technical section or as directed.

c. Submit one sample installation, where directed.

d. Submit one sample of non-solid materials.

1.6.4 Number of Copies SD-05 Design Data and SD-07 Certificates Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop drawings.

1.6.5 Number of Copies SD-06 Test Reports Submit in compliance with quantity and quality requirements specified for shop drawings other than field test results that will be submitted with QC reports.

1.6.6 Number of Copies of SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data Submit three copies of O&M Data to the Contracting Officer for review and approval.

1.6.7 Number of Copies of SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals and SD-11 Closeout Submittals Unless otherwise specified, submit three sets of administrative submittals.

1.7 INFORMATION ONLY SUBMITTALS Normally submittals for information only will not be returned. Approval of the Contracting Officer is not required on information only submittals. The Government reserves the right to require the Contractor to resubmit any item found not to comply with the contract. This does not relieve the Contractor from the obligation to furnish material conforming to the plans and specifications; will not prevent the Contracting Officer from requiring removal and replacement of nonconforming material incorporated in the work; and does not relieve the Contractor of the requirement to furnish samples for testing by the Government laboratory or for check testing by the Government in those instances where the technical specifications so prescribe.

1.8 SUBMITTAL REGISTER Prepare and maintain submittal register as the work progresses. Do not change data which is output in columns (c), (d), (e), and (f) as delivered



by the Government; retain data which is output in columns (a), (g), (h), and (i) as approved. A submittal register showing items of equipment and materials for which submittals are required by the specifications is provided as an attachment. This list may not be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required. Maintain a submittal register for the project in accordance with Section 01 45 00.15 10 RESIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONTRACTOR MODE (RMS CM)). The Government will provide the initial submittal register with the following fields completed, to the extent that will be required by the Government during subsequent usage.

Column (c): Lists specification section in which submittal is required.

Column (d): Lists each submittal description (SD No. and type, e.g. SD-02 Shop Drawings) required in each specification section.

Column (e): Lists one principal paragraph in specification section where a material or product is specified. This listing is only to facilitate locating submitted requirements. Do not consider entries in column (e) as limiting project requirements.

Thereafter, the Contractor is to track all submittals by maintaining a complete list, including completion of all data columns, including dates on which submittals are received and returned by the Government.

1.8.1 Use of Submittal Register Submit submittal register. Submit with QC plan and project schedule. Verify that all submittals required for project are listed and add missing submittals. Coordinate and complete the following fields on the register submitted with the QC plan and the project schedule:

Column (a) Activity Number: Activity number from the project schedule.

Column (g) Contractor Submit Date: Scheduled date for approving authority to receive submittals.

Column (h) Contractor Approval Date: Date Contractor needs approval of submittal.

Column (i) Contractor Material: Date that Contractor needs material delivered to Contractor control.

1.8.2 Contractor Use of Submittal Register Update the following fields with each submittal throughout contract.

Column (b) Transmittal Number: Contractor assigned list of consecutive numbers.

Column (j) Action Code (k): Date of action used to record Contractor's review when forwarding submittals to QC.

Column (l) List date of submittal transmission.

Column (q) List date approval received.



1.8.3 Approving Authority Use of Submittal Register Update the following fields.

Column (b) Transmittal Number: Contractor assigned list of consecutive numbers.

Column (l) List date of submittal receipt.

Column (m) through (p) List Date related to review actions.

Column (q) List date returned to Contractor.

1.8.4 Copies Delivered to the Government Deliver one copy of submittal register updated by Contractor to Government with each invoice request.

1.9 VARIATIONS Variations from contract requirements require both Designer of Record (DOR) and Government approval and will be considered where advantageous to Government.

1.9.1 Considering Variations Discussion with Contracting Officer prior to submission, after consulting with the DOR, will help ensure functional and quality requirements are met and minimize rejections and re-submittals. When contemplating a variation which results in lower cost, consider submission of the variation as a Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP).

Specifically point out variations from contract requirements in transmittal letters. Failure to point out deviations may result in the Government requiring rejection and removal of such work.

1.9.2 Proposing Variations When proposing variation, deliver written request to the Contracting Officer, with documentation of the nature and features of the variation and why the variation is desirable and beneficial to Government, including the DOR's written analysis and approval. If lower cost is a benefit, also include an estimate of the cost savings. In addition to documentation required for variation, include the submittals required for the item. Clearly mark the proposed variation in all documentation.

Check the column "variation" of ENG Form 4025 for submittals which include proposed deviations requested by the Contractor. Set forth in writing the reason for any deviations and annotate such deviations on the submittal. The Government reserves the right to rescind inadvertent approval of submittals containing unnoted deviations.

1.9.3 Warranting that Variations are Compatible When delivering a variation for approval, Contractor, including its Designer(s) of Record, warrants that this contract has been reviewed to



establish that the variation, if incorporated, will be compatible with other elements of work.

1.9.4 Review Schedule Extension In addition to normal submittal review period, a period of 10 working days will be allowed for consideration by the Government of submittals with variations.

1.10 SCHEDULING Schedule and submit concurrently submittals covering component items forming a system or items that are interrelated. Include certifications to be submitted with the pertinent drawings at the same time. No delay damages or time extensions will be allowed for time lost in late submittals. An additional 15 calendar days will be allowed and shown on the register for review and approval of submittals for HVAC control systems.

a. Coordinate scheduling, sequencing, preparing and processing of

submittals with performance of work so that work will not be delayed by submittal processing. Allow for potential resubmittal of requirements.

b. Submittals called for by the contract documents will be listed on the

register. If a submittal is called for but does not pertain to the contract work, the Contractor is to include the submittal in the register and annotate it "N/A" with a brief explanation. Approval by the Contracting Officer does not relieve the Contractor of supplying submittals required by the contract documents but which have been omitted from the register or marked "N/A."

c. Re-submit register and annotate monthly by the Contractor with actual

submission and approval dates. When all items on the register have been fully approved, no further re-submittal is required.

d. Carefully control procurement operations to ensure that each individual

submittal is made on or before the Contractor scheduled submittal date shown on the approved "Submittal Register."

1.11 GOVERNMENT APPROVING AUTHORITY When approving authority is Contracting Officer, the Government will:

a. Note date on which submittal was received.

b. Review submittals for approval within scheduling period specified and

only for conformance with project design concepts and compliance with contract documents.

c. Identify returned submittals with one of the actions defined in

paragraph REVIEW NOTATIONS and with markings appropriate for action indicated.

Upon completion of review of submittals requiring Government approval, stamp and date submittals. Four (4) copies of the submittal will be retained by the Contracting Officer and 3 copies of the submittal will be returned to the Contractor. If the Government performs a conformance review of other



Designer of Record approved submittals, the submittals will be so identified and returned, as described above.

1.11.1 Review Notations Contracting Officer review will be completed within 14 calendar days after date of submission. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor with the following notations:

a. Submittals marked "approved" or "accepted" authorize the Contractor to

proceed with the work covered.

b. Submittals marked "approved as noted" or "approved, except as noted, resubmittal not required," authorize the Contractor to proceed with the work covered provided he takes no exception to the corrections.

c. Submittals marked "not approved" or "disapproved," or "revise and

resubmit," indicate noncompliance with the contract requirements or design concept, or that submittal is incomplete. Resubmit with appropriate changes. No work shall proceed for this item until resubmittal is approved.

d. Submittals marked "not reviewed" will indicate submittal has been

previously reviewed and approved, is not required, does not have evidence of being reviewed and approved by Contractor, or is not complete. A submittal marked "not reviewed" will be returned with an explanation of the reason it is not reviewed. Resubmit submittals returned for lack of review by Contractor or for being incomplete, with appropriate action, coordination, or change.

1.12 DISAPPROVED SUBMITTALS Make corrections required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contractor considers any correction or notation on the returned submittals to constitute a change to the contract drawings or specifications; notice as required under the FAR clause entitled CHANGES, is to be given to the Contracting Officer. Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and design of connection details and construction of work. .

If changes are necessary to submittals, make such revisions and submission of the submittals in accordance with the procedures above. No item of work requiring a submittal change is to be accomplished until the changed submittals are approved.

1.13 APPROVED SUBMITTALS The Contracting Officer's approval or acceptance of submittals is not to be construed as a complete check, and indicates only that the general method of construction, materials, detailing and other information are satisfactory.

Approval or acceptance will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for any error which may exist, as the Contractor under the Contractor Quality Control (CQC) requirements of this contract is responsible for dimensions, the design of adequate connections and details, and the satisfactory construction of all work.



After submittals have been approved or accepted by the Contracting Officer, no resubmittal for the purpose of substituting materials or equipment will be considered unless accompanied by an explanation of why a substitution is necessary.

1.14 APPROVED SAMPLES Approval of a sample is only for the characteristics or use named in such approval and is not be construed to change or modify any contract requirements. Before submitting samples, the Contractor to assure that the materials or equipment will be available in quantities required in the project. No change or substitution will be permitted after a sample has been approved.

Match the approved samples for materials and equipment incorporated in the work. If requested, approved samples, including those which may be damaged in testing, will be returned to the Contractor, upon completion of the contract. Samples not approved will also be returned to the Contractor, if so requested.

Failure of any materials to pass the specified tests will be sufficient cause for refusal to consider, under this contract, any further samples of the same brand or make of that material. Government reserves the right to disapprove any material or equipment which previously has proved unsatisfactory in service.

Samples of various materials or equipment delivered on the site or in place may be taken by the Contracting Officer for testing. Samples failing to meet contract requirements will automatically void previous approvals. Contractor to replace such materials or equipment to meet contract requirements.

Approval of the Contractor's samples by the Contracting Officer does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the contract.

1.15 STAMPS Stamps used by the Contractor on the submittal data to certify that the submittal meets contract requirements is to be similar to the following:



________________________________________________________________________ | CONTRACTOR | | | | (Firm Name) | | | | | | | | _____ Approved | | | | | | _____ Approved with corrections as noted on submittal data and/or | | attached sheet(s) | | | | | | | | SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________ | | | | TITLE: ______________________________________________________________ | | | | DATE: _______________________________________________________________ | | | |________________________________________________________________________| PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used



01

- PR

ECO

N S

UBM

ITTA

LS

02

- SH

OP

DR

AWIN

GS

03

- PR

OD

UC

T D

ATA

04

- SAM

PLES

05

- DES

IGN

DAT

A

06

- TES

T R

EPO

RTS

07

- CER

TIFI

CAT

ES

08

- MFR

S IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

09

- MFR

S FI

ELD

REP

OR

T

10

- O&M

DAT

A

11

- CLO

SEO

UT

SUBM

ITTA

LS

12

- OTH

ER

FIO

- FO

R IN

FOR

MAT

ION

ON

LY

GA

- GO

VER

NM

ENT

APPR

OVE

D

DA

- DES

IGN

ER O

F R

ECO

RD

APP

RO

VAL

CR

- C

ON

FOR

MAN

CE

REV

IEW

DA

/ CR

DA

/ GA

DO

- D

ISTR

ICT

OFF

ICE

AO

- AR

EA O

FFIC

E

RO

- R

ESID

ENT

OFF

ICE

PO

- PR

OJE

CT

OFF

ICE

DR

- D

ESIG

NER

OF

REC

OR

D

AE

- AR

CH

ITEC

T / E

NG

INEE

R

011110 1.2 Initial Site Survey x x011110 1.2 Intermediate Excavation Surveys x x011110 1.2 In-Place Volume Calculations x x011110 1.2 Surveyor Elevation/Location Certifications x x011110 1.2 Surveyor Quantity Certifications x x011110 1.2 Surveyor Field Notes Data x x011110 1.2 Final Excavation Limit Drawings x x011110 1.2 As-Built Drawings x x011200 1.3 Perimeter Air Monitoring Plan x x011200 1.3 Air Monitoring Data x x011300 1.2 Dust and Odor Control Plan x x011400 1.2 List of Contact Personnel x x011500 1.2 Vibration Monitoring and Leak Detection Work Plan x x011500 1.2 Vibration Monitoring Pilot Study Results x x011500 1.2 Vibration Monitoring Data x x011500 1.2 Existing/Post Construction Surveys x x011500 1.2 Leak Detection Monitoring Data x x012020 1.2 Project Submittal Schedule x x012020 1.2 Monthly Progress Report x x012020 1.2 Conference Meeting Minutes x x012030 1.2 Project Organizational Chart x x012030 1.2 Project Manager Name and Experience x x012030 1.2 Data Retrieval Record Keeping System x x

013201.00 10 1.3 Project Scheduler Qualifications x x013201.00 10 1.3 Preliminary Project Schedule x x013201.00 10 1.3 Initial Project Schedule x x013201.00 10 1.3 Periodic Schedule Update x x

013250 1.2 Pre-Construction and Post Construction Photographs x x013250 1.2 Pre-Construction and Post Construction Video x x013250 1.2 Progress Photographs x x013300 1.3 Submittal Register x x

013529.13 1.3 Accident Prevention Plan (APP) , incl. AHA and SSHP x x

DELIVERY ORDER

ATTACHMENT A - RMS SUBMITTAL REGISTER INPUT FORM

Unimatic OU1 RD

TITLE AND LOCATION

SECTION

CLASSIFICATION REVIEWING OFFICETYPE OF SUBMITTAL

DESCRIPTION OF ITEM SUBMITTEDPARAGRAPH NUMBER

CONTRACT NUMBER

Unimatic OU1 Page 1 of 7 KC USACE

01

- PR

ECO

N S

UBM

ITTA

LS

02

- SH

OP

DR

AWIN

GS

03

- PR

OD

UC

T D

ATA

04

- SAM

PLES

05

- DES

IGN

DAT

A

06

- TES

T R

EPO

RTS

07

- CER

TIFI

CAT

ES

08

- MFR

S IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

09

- MFR

S FI

ELD

REP

OR

T

10

- O&M

DAT

A

11

- CLO

SEO

UT

SUBM

ITTA

LS

12

- OTH

ER

FIO

- FO

R IN

FOR

MAT

ION

ON

LY

GA

- GO

VER

NM

ENT

APPR

OVE

D

DA

- DES

IGN

ER O

F R

ECO

RD

APP

RO

VAL

CR

- C

ON

FOR

MAN

CE

REV

IEW

DA

/ CR

DA

/ GA

DO

- D

ISTR

ICT

OFF

ICE

AO

- AR

EA O

FFIC

E

RO

- R

ESID

ENT

OFF

ICE

PO

- PR

OJE

CT

OFF

ICE

DR

- D

ESIG

NER

OF

REC

OR

D

AE

- AR

CH

ITEC

T / E

NG

INEE

R

DELIVERY ORDER


Unimatic OU1 RD

TITLE AND LOCATION

SECTION



CONTRACT NUMBER

013529.13 1.3 Work Zones x x013529.13 1.3 Decontamination Facilities x x013529.13 1.3 Amendments to the APP/SSHP x x013529.13 1.3 Exposure Monitoring/Air Sampling Program x x013529.13 1.3 Site Control Log x x013529.13 1.3 SSHO's Daily Inspection Logs x x013529.13 1.3 Safety Reports x x013529.13 1.3 Accident Reports x x013529.13 1.3 Certificate Of Worker/Visitor Acknowledgement x x013529.13 1.3 Safety and Health Phase-Out Report x x

013545 1.5 Uniform Federal Policy Quality Assurance Project Plan x x013545 1.5 Chemistry Data Package x x013545 1.5 Chemical Data Final Reports x x013545 1.5 EPA Region 2 Electronic Data Deliverable (EDD) x

014500.0010 1.3 Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Plan x x014500.0010 1.3 Verification Statement x x

015000 1.2 Temporary Site Facilities Layout Plan x x015000 1.2 Trailer Floor Plan x x015000 1.2 Traffic Control Plan x x015000 1.2 Housekeeping Plan x x015400 1.3 Security Plan x x015400 1.3 Copies of Visitor Log (weekly) x x015719 1.4 Preconstruction Survey x x015719 1.4 Solid Waste Management Permit x x015719 1.4 Regulatory Notifications x x015719 1.4 Environmental Protection Plan x x015719 1.4 Stormwater Notice of Intent x x015719 1.4 Environmental Manager Qualifications x x015719 1.4 Laboratory Analysis x x015719 1.4 Inspection Reports x x015719 1.4 Solid Waste Management Report x x015719 1.4 Employee Training Records x x


01

- PR

ECO

N S

UBM

ITTA

LS

02

- SH

OP

DR

AWIN

GS

03

- PR

OD

UC

T D

ATA

04

- SAM

PLES

05

- DES

IGN

DAT

A

06

- TES

T R

EPO

RTS

07

- CER

TIFI

CAT

ES

08

- MFR

S IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

09

- MFR

S FI

ELD

REP

OR

T

10

- O&M

DAT

A

11

- CLO

SEO

UT

SUBM

ITTA

LS

12

- OTH

ER

FIO

- FO

R IN

FOR

MAT

ION

ON

LY

GA

- GO

VER

NM

ENT

APPR

OVE

D

DA

- DES

IGN

ER O

F R

ECO

RD

APP

RO

VAL

CR

- C

ON

FOR

MAN

CE

REV

IEW

DA

/ CR

DA

/ GA

DO

- D

ISTR

ICT

OFF

ICE

AO

- AR

EA O

FFIC

E

RO

- R

ESID

ENT

OFF

ICE

PO

- PR

OJE

CT

OFF

ICE

DR

- D

ESIG

NER

OF

REC

OR

D

AE

- AR

CH

ITEC

T / E

NG

INEE

R

DELIVERY ORDER


Unimatic OU1 RD

TITLE AND LOCATION

SECTION



CONTRACT NUMBER

015719 1.4 Certificate of Competency x x015719 1.4 Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector Qualifications x x015719 1.4 SWPPP Compliance Notebook x x015719 1.4 Stormwater Notice of Termination (NPDES) x x015719 1.4 Waste Determination Documentation x x015719 1.4 Assembled Employee Training Records x x015719 1.4 Regulatory Notifications x x015719 1.4 Sales Documentation x x015719 1.4 Contractor Certification x x015800 1.3 Preliminary Drawing Indicating Layout And Text Content x x016700 1.2 Recycling Facility Information x x016700 1.2 Renewable Energy Program x x016700 1.2 Fuel Safety Data Sheet x x016700 1.2 Paper Product Data x x016700 1.2 Receipts for energy purchased x x016700 1.2 Receipts for fuel purchased x x

016700 1.2 Disposal certificates for waste sent to recycling and regeneration facilities x x

016700 1.2 Receipts for paper products purchased x x017800 1.3 Remedial Closeout Package x x023200 1.2 Drilling Log x x023200 1.2 Permits, Certifications, Licenses, and Staff Experience x x023200 1.2 Schedule of Drilling, Sampling, and Testing x x023200 1.2 Soil Analytical Test Results x x024116 1.3 Demolition Plan x x026113 1.3 Excavation Work Plan x x026113 1.3 PCB Notification x x026113 1.3 Vehicle Decontamination Verification x x026115 1.3 Dewatering Work Plan x x026115 1.3 Discharge Permit x x028100 1.3 Waste Transportation and Management Plan x x028100 1.3 Notices of Non-Compliance and Notices of Violation x x


01

- PR

ECO

N S

UBM

ITTA

LS

02

- SH

OP

DR

AWIN

GS

03

- PR

OD

UC

T D

ATA

04

- SAM

PLES

05

- DES

IGN

DAT

A

06

- TES

T R

EPO

RTS

07

- CER

TIFI

CAT

ES

08

- MFR

S IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

09

- MFR

S FI

ELD

REP

OR

T

10

- O&M

DAT

A

11

- CLO

SEO

UT

SUBM

ITTA

LS

12

- OTH

ER

FIO

- FO

R IN

FOR

MAT

ION

ON

LY

GA

- GO

VER

NM

ENT

APPR

OVE

D

DA

- DES

IGN

ER O

F R

ECO

RD

APP

RO

VAL

CR

- C

ON

FOR

MAN

CE

REV

IEW

DA

/ CR

DA

/ GA

DO

- D

ISTR

ICT

OFF

ICE

AO

- AR

EA O

FFIC

E

RO

- R

ESID

ENT

OFF

ICE

PO

- PR

OJE

CT

OFF

ICE

DR

- D

ESIG

NER

OF

REC

OR

D

AE

- AR

CH

ITEC

T / E

NG

INEE

R

DELIVERY ORDER


Unimatic OU1 RD

TITLE AND LOCATION

SECTION



CONTRACT NUMBER

028100 1.3 Packaging Notifications x x028100 1.3 Recordkeeping x x028100 1.3 Exception Report x x028100 1.3 Waste Inspection Area Reports x x028100 1.3 Certification x x028100 1.3 Transportation and Disposal Coordinator x x028100 1.3 Training x x028100 1.3 EPA Offsite Policy x x028100 1.3 Certificates of Disposal x x028100 1.3 Shipping Documents and Packagings Certification x x028100 1.3 Waste Minimization x x028100 1.3 Notification x x

028100 1.3 Transporter certification of notification to EPA of their PCB waste activities and EPA ID numbers x x

028213 1.4 Amended Water x x028213 1.4 Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for All Materials x x028213 1.4 Encapsulants x x028213 1.4 Respirators x x028213 1.4 Local Exhaust Equipment x x028213 1.4 Pressure Differential Automatic Recording Instrument x x028213 1.4 Vacuums x x028213 1.4 Glovebags x x028213 1.4 Air Sampling Results x x

028213 1.4 Pressure Differential Recordings for Local Exhaust System x x

028213 1.4 Encapsulation Test Patches x x028213 1.4 Clearance Sampling x x028213 1.4 Asbestos Disposal Quantity Report x x028213 1.4 Employee Training x x028213 1.4 Notifications x x028213 1.4 Respiratory Protection Program x x028213 1.4 Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan x x


01

- PR

ECO

N S

UBM

ITTA

LS

02

- SH

OP

DR

AWIN

GS

03

- PR

OD

UC

T D

ATA

04

- SAM

PLES

05

- DES

IGN

DAT

A

06

- TES

T R

EPO

RTS

07

- CER

TIFI

CAT

ES

08

- MFR

S IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

09

- MFR

S FI

ELD

REP

OR

T

10

- O&M

DAT

A

11

- CLO

SEO

UT

SUBM

ITTA

LS

12

- OTH

ER

FIO

- FO

R IN

FOR

MAT

ION

ON

LY

GA

- GO

VER

NM

ENT

APPR

OVE

D

DA

- DES

IGN

ER O

F R

ECO

RD

APP

RO

VAL

CR

- C

ON

FOR

MAN

CE

REV

IEW

DA

/ CR

DA

/ GA

DO

- D

ISTR

ICT

OFF

ICE

AO

- AR

EA O

FFIC

E

RO

- R

ESID

ENT

OFF

ICE

PO

- PR

OJE

CT

OFF

ICE

DR

- D

ESIG

NER

OF

REC

OR

D

AE

- AR

CH

ITEC

T / E

NG

INEE

R

DELIVERY ORDER


Unimatic OU1 RD

TITLE AND LOCATION

SECTION



CONTRACT NUMBER

028213 1.4 Testing Laboratory x x028213 1.4 Landfill Approval x x028213 1.4 Delivery Tickets x x028213 1.4 Waste Shipment Records x x028213 1.4 Transporter Certification x x028213 1.4 Medical Certification x x028213 1.4 Private Qualified Person Documentation x x028213 1.4 Competent Person x x028213 1.4 Worker's License x x028213 1.4 Contractor's License x x028213 1.4 Federal, State or Local Citations on Previous Projects x x028213 1.4 Encapsulants x x028213 1.4 Equipment Used to Contain Airborne Asbestos Fibers x x028213 1.4 Water Filtration Equipment x x028213 1.4 Vacuums x x028213 1.4 Ventilation Systems x x028213 1.4 Permits and Licenses x x028213 1.4 Notifications x x028213 1.4 Respirator Program Records x x

028213 1.4 Protective Clothing Decontamination Quality Control Records x x

028213 1.4 Protective Clothing Decontamination Facility Notification x x028213 1.4 Rental Equipment x x028313 1.4 Competent Person Qualifications x x028313 1.4 Training Certification x x

028313 1.4 Occupational and Environmental Assessment Data Report x x

028313 1.4 Medical Examinations x x028313 1.4 Lead Waste Management Plan x x028313 1.4 Licenses, Permits and Notifications x x028313 1.4 Lead Compliance Plan x x028313 1.4 Initial Sample Results x x028313 1.4 Written Evidence of TSD Approval x x


01

- PR

ECO

N S

UBM

ITTA

LS

02

- SH

OP

DR

AWIN

GS

03

- PR

OD

UC

T D

ATA

04

- SAM

PLES

05

- DES

IGN

DAT

A

06

- TES

T R

EPO

RTS

07

- CER

TIFI

CAT

ES

08

- MFR

S IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

09

- MFR

S FI

ELD

REP

OR

T

10

- O&M

DAT

A

11

- CLO

SEO

UT

SUBM

ITTA

LS

12

- OTH

ER

FIO

- FO

R IN

FOR

MAT

ION

ON

LY

GA

- GO

VER

NM

ENT

APPR

OVE

D

DA

- DES

IGN

ER O

F R

ECO

RD

APP

RO

VAL

CR

- C

ON

FOR

MAN

CE

REV

IEW

DA

/ CR

DA

/ GA

DO

- D

ISTR

ICT

OFF

ICE

AO

- AR

EA O

FFIC

E

RO

- R

ESID

ENT

OFF

ICE

PO

- PR

OJE

CT

OFF

ICE

DR

- D

ESIG

NER

OF

REC

OR

D

AE

- AR

CH

ITEC

T / E

NG

INEE

R

DELIVERY ORDER


Unimatic OU1 RD

TITLE AND LOCATION

SECTION



CONTRACT NUMBER

028313 1.4 Respirators x x028313 1.4 Vacuum Filters x x028313 1.4 Materials and Equipment x x028313 1.4 Expendable Supplies x x028313 1.4 Local Exhaust Equipment x x028313 1.4 Pressure Differential Automatic Recording Instrument x x028313 1.4 Sampling and Analysis x x

028313 1.4 Occupational and Environmental Assessment Data Report x x

028313 1.4 Sampling Results x x

028313 1.4 Pressure Differential Recordings for Local Exhaust System x x

028313 1.4 Testing Laboratory x x028313 1.4 Third Party Consultant Qualifications x x

028313 1.4 Notification of the Commencement of Lead Hazard Abatement x x

028313 1.4 Clearance Certification x x028313 1.4 Hazardous Waste Manifest x x028313 1.4 Turn-In Documents or Weight Tickets x x312300 1.3 Borrow Site Testing x x312300 1.3 Borrow Site History x x312300 1.3 Fill and Backfill Sieve Analysis Results x x312300 1.3 Select Material Test x x312300 1.3 Density Tests x x312300 1.3 Moisture Content Tests x x312300 1.3 Topsoil Composition Tests x x314116 1.3 Metal Sheet Piling Installation Work Plan x x314116 1.3 Metal Sheet Piling x x314116 1.3 Driving x x314116 1.3 Pile Driving Equipment x x314116 1.3 Pulling and Redriving x x314116 1.3 Installer Qualifications x x


01

- PR

ECO

N S

UBM

ITTA

LS

02

- SH

OP

DR

AWIN

GS

03

- PR

OD

UC

T D

ATA

04

- SAM

PLES

05

- DES

IGN

DAT

A

06

- TES

T R

EPO

RTS

07

- CER

TIFI

CAT

ES

08

- MFR

S IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

09

- MFR

S FI

ELD

REP

OR

T

10

- O&M

DAT

A

11

- CLO

SEO

UT

SUBM

ITTA

LS

12

- OTH

ER

FIO

- FO

R IN

FOR

MAT

ION

ON

LY

GA

- GO

VER

NM

ENT

APPR

OVE

D

DA

- DES

IGN

ER O

F R

ECO

RD

APP

RO

VAL

CR

- C

ON

FOR

MAN

CE

REV

IEW

DA

/ CR

DA

/ GA

DO

- D

ISTR

ICT

OFF

ICE

AO

- AR

EA O

FFIC

E

RO

- R

ESID

ENT

OFF

ICE

PO

- PR

OJE

CT

OFF

ICE

DR

- D

ESIG

NER

OF

REC

OR

D

AE

- AR

CH

ITEC

T / E

NG

INEE

R

DELIVERY ORDER


Unimatic OU1 RD

TITLE AND LOCATION

SECTION



CONTRACT NUMBER

314116 1.3 Interlocked Joint Strength in Tension Test Procedures x x

314116 1.3 Interlock Sealant x x314116 1.3 Materials Tests x x314116 1.3 Interlocked Joint Strength in Tension Test x x314116 1.3 Pile Driving Record x x314116 1.3 Post Construction Survey x x321217 1.3 Asphalt Cement Binder x x321217 1.3 Job-Mix Designs x x321217 1.3 Bituminous Mix Tests x x321217 1.3 Commercial Laboratory Certification x x329219 1.3 Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch x x329219 1.3 Fertilizer x x329219 1.3 Erosion Control Blank Manufacturer's Specification x x

329219 1.3 Erosion Control Blank Manufacturer's Install. Guidelines x x

329219 1.3 State Certification and Approval for Seed x x329219 1.3 Erosion Control Materials x x


Pa

ge

In

ten

tio

na

lly L

eft

Bla

nk

ENG FORM 4025, MAY 2017 PREVIOUS EDITIONS ARE OBSOLETE. Page 1 of 2

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) TRANSMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS, EQUIPMENT DATA, MATERIAL SAMPLES, OR

MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE For use of this form, see ER 415-1-10; the proponent agency is CECW-CE.

DATE TRANSMITTAL NO.

SECTION I - REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS (This section will be initiated by the contractor)

TO:

PROJECT TITLE AND LOCATIONSPECIFICATION SEC. NO. (Cover only one section with each transmittal)

FROM: CONTRACT NO. CHECK ONE:

THIS TRANSMITTAL IS FOR: (Check one)

THIS IS A NEW TRANSMITTAL

THIS IS A RESUBMITTAL OF

TRANSMITTAL

FIO GA DA CR DA/CR DA/GA

ITEM NO. (See

Note 3)

USACE ACTION CODE

(Note 9)

SUBMITTAL TYPE CODE (See Note 8)

NO. OF

COPIESSPEC.

PARA. NO.DRAWING SHEET NO.

CONTRACTOR REVIEW CODE

VARIATION Enter "Y" if requesting a variation

(See Note 6)

DESCRIPTION OF SUBMITTAL ITEM (Type size, model number/etc.)

a. i.c. d. e. f. g. h.b.

CONTRACT DOCUMENT REFERENCE

REMARKS

SECTION II - APPROVAL ACTION

I certify that the above submitted items had been reviewed in detail and are correct and in strict conformance with the contract drawings and specifications except as otherwise stated.

NAME OF CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR

NAME AND TITLE OF APPROVING AUTHORITY SIGNATURE OF APPROVING AUTHORITY DATEENCLOSURES RETURNED (List by item No.)

Print FormPrint Form Save AsSave As E-mailE-mail

207

TGIORDAN

Text Box

ATTACHMENT B

ENG FORM 4025, MAY 2017 Page 2 of 2

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Section I will be initiated by the Contractor in the required number of copies.

2. Each Transmittal shall be numbered consecutively. The Transmittal Number typically includes two parts separated by a dash (-). The first part is the specification section

number. The second part is a sequential number for the submittals under that spec section. If the Transmittal is a resubmittal, then add a decimal point to the end of the

original Transmittal Number and begin numbering the resubmittal packages sequentially after the decimal.

3. The "Item No." for each entry on this form will be the same "Item No." as indicated on ENG FORM 4288-R.

4. Submittals requiring expeditious handling will be submitted on a separate ENG Form 4025-R.

5. Items transmitted on each transmittal form will be from the same specification section. Do not combine submittal information from different specification sections in a single

transmittal.

6. If the data submitted are intentionally in variance with the contract requirements, indicate a variation in column h, and enter a statement in the Remarks block describing he

detailed reason for the variation.

7. ENG Form 4025-R is self-transmitting - a letter of transmittal is not required.

8. When submittal items are transmitted, indicate the "Submittal Type" (SD-01 through SD-11) in column c of Section I.

Submittal types are the following:

SD-01 - Preconstruction SD-02 - Shop Drawings SD-03 - Product Data SD-04 - Samples SD-05 - Design Data SD-06 - Test Reports SD-07 - Certificates SD-08 - Manufacturer's Instructions SD-09 - Manufacturer's Field Reports SD-10 - O&M Data SD-11 - Closeout

9. For each submittal item, the Contractor will assign Submittal Action Codes in column g of Section I. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers approving authority will assign Submittal

Action Codes in column i of Section I. The Submittal Action Codes are:

A -- Approved as submitted.

B -- Approved, except as noted on drawings. Resubmission not required.

C -- Approved, except as noted on drawings. Refer to attached comments.

Resubmission required.

D -- Will be returned by separate correspondence.

E -- Disapproved. Refer to attached comments.

10. Approval of items does not relieve the contractor from complying with all the requirements of the contract.

F -- Receipt acknowledged.

X -- Receipt acknowledged, does not comply with contract requirements, as noted.

G -- Other action required (Specify)

K -- Government concurs with intermediate design. (For D-B contracts)

R -- Design submittal is acceptable for release for construction. (For D-B contracts)

Print FormPrint Form Save AsSave As E-mailE-mail

208


Section 01 35 29.13 Page 1

SECTION 01 35 29.13

HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

This section provides requirements for implementing practices and procedures for working safely and in compliance with the regulations and guidelines listed below, while performing remedial activities at the Unimatic OU1 Superfund Site. This section primarily addresses safety, health, and emergency response for potential chemical and physical hazards associated with: demolition of the existing building, excavation and removal of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB)-contaminated debris and soil; dewatering and treatment of PCB-contaminated construction water; off-site transportation; and site restoration.

1.2 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API)

API RP 2219 (2016) Safe Operation of Vacuum Trucks

Handling Flammable and Combustible Liquids in Petroleum Service

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATION (ISEA)

ANSI/ISEA Z358.1 (2014) American National Standard for

Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment


NIOSH 85-115 (1985) Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities


EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements Manual ER 385-1-92 (2018) Safety and Occupational Health

Requirements for Environmental Cleanup Projects


29 CFR 1904 Recording and Reporting Occupational Injuries and Illnesses

29 CFR 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards



29 CFR 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response

29 CFR 1910.145 Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs

and Tags 29 CFR 1910.1000 Air Contaminants 29 CFR 1910.1200 Toxic and Hazardous Substances 29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for

Construction 29 CFR 1926.65 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency

Response 40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

Manufacturing, Processing, Distribution in Commerce, and Use Prohibitions

49 CFR 171 General Information, Regulations, and

Definitions 49 CFR 172 Hazardous Materials Table, Special

Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications, Emergency Response Information, and Training Requirements

NEW JERSEY ADMINISTRATIVE CODE (NJAC)

NJAC 8:60 (2004) New Jersey Administrative Code Title 8

Health

NJAC 12:120 (2004) New Jersey Administrative Code Title 12 Labor

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Accident Prevention Plan (APP);

Includes the Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) and Site Specific Site Safety and Health Plan (SSHP)

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Work Zones; G Decontamination Facilities; G

Drawings showing the layout of the personnel and equipment decontamination areas.



SD-03 Product Data

Amendments to the APP/SSHP Exposure Monitoring/Air Sampling Program Site Control Log SSHO's Daily Inspection Logs

SD-06 Test Reports

Safety Reports Submit reports as their incidence occurs, in accordance with the requirements of the paragraph entitled, "Reports."

Accident Reports

Submit accident reports as their incidence occurs, in accordance with the requirements of the paragraph entitled, "Accident Reports."

SD-07 Certificates

Certificate of Worker/Visitor Acknowledgement


Safety and Health Phase-Out Report

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Comply with EM 385-1-1, 29 CFR 1926.65, 29 CFR 1910.120, OSHA requirements in 29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926 and PCB-specific requirements in 40 CFR Part 761 Subparts D and G in addition to all specific OSHA requirements where applicable. Submit to the Contracting Officer for resolution matters of interpretation of standards before starting work. The most stringent requirements apply where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws, criteria, ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary.

1.5 ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN

Use a qualified person to prepare the Accident Prevention Plan (APP). Prepare the APP in accordance with the format and requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1 and as supplemented herein. Cover all paragraph and subparagraph elements in USACE EM 385-1-1, Appendix A, "Minimum Basic Outline for Accident Prevention Plan". Specific requirements for some of the APP elements are described below. The APP shall be job-specific and address any unusual or unique aspects of the project or activity for which it is written. The APP shall interface with the Contractor's overall safety and health program. The Site Safety and Health Plan (SSHP) shall be included as an appendix to the APP. The SSHP shall be in compliance with 29 CFR 1926.65. Include any portions of the Contractor's overall safety and health program referenced in the APP in the applicable APP element with updates required for site-specific circumstances. The Government considers the Prime Contractor to be the "controlling authority" for all work site safety and



health of the subcontractors. Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractors of the safety provisions under the terms of the contract and the penalties for noncompliance, coordinating the work to prevent one craft from interfering with or creating hazardous working conditions for other crafts, and inspecting subcontractor operations to ensure that accident prevention responsibilities are being carried out. The APP shall be signed by the person and firm (senior person) preparing the APP, the Contractor, the on-site superintendent, the designated site safety and health officer, the Contractor Quality control Manager, and designated CSP and/or CIH. The SSHO must provide and maintain the APP and a log of signatures by each subcontractor foreman, attesting that they have read and understand the APP, and make the APP and log available on-site to the Contracting Officer. If English is not the foreman's primary language, the Prime Contractor must provide an interpreter. Submit the APP to the Contracting Officer 15 calendar days prior to the date of the preconstruction conference for acceptance. Work cannot proceed without an accepted APP. Once accepted by the Contracting Officer, the APP and attachments will be enforced as part of the contract. Disregarding the provisions of this contract, actions in conflict with the accepted APP will be cause for stopping of work, at the discretion of the Contracting Officer, until the matter has been rectified. Once work begins, changes to the accepted APP shall be made with the knowledge and concurrence of the Contracting Officer, project superintendent, SSHO, and quality control manager. Continuously review and amend the APP, as necessary, throughout the life of the contract. Incorporate unusual or high-hazard activities not identified in the original APP as they are discovered. Should any severe hazard exposure (i.e., imminent danger) become evident, stop work in the area, secure the area, and develop a plan to remove the exposure and control the hazard. Notify the Contracting Officer within 24 hours of discovery. Eliminate and remove the hazard. In the interim, take all necessary action to restore and maintain safe working conditions in order to safeguard on-site personnel, visitors, the public (as defined by ASSE/SAFE A10.34,) and the environment.

Make available the APP/SSHP in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120, (b)(1)(v) and 29 CFR 1926.65, (b)(1)(v). Copies of the accepted plan will be maintained at the Contracting Officer's office and at the job site.

1.5.1 Names and Qualifications

Provide plans in accordance with the requirements outlined in Appendix A of EM 385-1-1, including the following:

a. Names and qualifications (resumes including education, training,

experience and certifications) of site safety and health personnel designated to perform work on this project to include the designated Site Safety and Health Officer and other competent and qualified personnel to be used. Specify the duties of each position.



b. Qualifications of competent and qualified persons. As a minimum,

designate and submit qualifications of competent persons for each of the following major areas: excavation; scaffolding; fall protection; hazardous energy; confined space; health hazard recognition, evaluation, and control of chemical, physical, and biological agents; and personal protective equipment and clothing to include selection, use and maintenance.

1.5.2 Plans Provide applicable plans in the APP in accordance with the requirements outlined in Appendix A of EM 385-1-1, including the following:

1.5.2.1 Emergency Response and Contingency Procedures

Develop and implement an Emergency Response Plan, that meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120 (l) and 29 CFR 1926.65 (l), as a section of the APP. In the event of any emergency associated with remedial action, without delay, alert all on-site employees and as necessary off-site emergency responders that there is an emergency situation; take action to remove or otherwise minimize the cause of the emergency; alert the Contracting Officer; and institute measures necessary to prevent repetition of the conditions or actions leading to, or resulting in, the emergency. Train employees that are required to respond to hazardous emergency situations to their level of responsibility according to 29 CFR 1910.120(q) and 29 CFR 1926.65(q) requirements. Rehearse the plan regularly as part of the overall training program for site operations. Review the plan periodically and revise as necessary to reflect new or changing site conditions or information. Provide copies of the Emergency Response Portion of the accepted APP to the affected local emergency response agencies. Address, as a minimum, the following elements in the plan:

a. Pre-emergency planning. Coordinate with local emergency response

providers during preparation of the Emergency Response Plan. At a minimum, coordinate with local fire, rescue, hazardous materials response teams, police and emergency medical providers to assure all organizations are capable and willing to respond to and provide services for on-site emergencies. Ensure the Emergency Response Plan for the site is compatible and integrated with the local fire, rescue, medical and police security services available from local emergency response planning agencies.

b. Personnel roles, lines of authority, communications for emergencies.

c. Emergency recognition and prevention.

d. Site topography, layout, and prevailing weather conditions.

e. Criteria and procedures for site evacuation (emergency alerting

procedures, employee alarm system, emergency PPE and equipment, safe distances, places of refuge, evacuation routes, site security and control).



f. Route maps to nearest pre-notified medical facility. Site-support vehicles must be equipped with maps. At the beginning of project operations, drivers of the support vehicles must become familiar with the emergency route and the travel time required.

g. Specific procedures for decontamination and medical treatment of

injured personnel.

h. Emergency alerting and response procedures including posted instructions and a list of names and telephone numbers of emergency contacts (physician, nearby medical facility, fire and police departments, ambulance service, Federal, state, and local environmental agencies; as well as Safety and Health Manager, the Site Superintendent, the Contracting Officer, and their alternates).

i. Criteria for initiating community alert program, contacts, and

responsibilities.

j. Procedures for reporting incidents to appropriate government agencies. In the event that an incident such as an explosion or fire, or a spill or release of toxic materials occurs during the course of the project, the appropriate government agencies must be immediately notified. In addition, verbally notify the Contracting Officer and the local district safety office immediately and submit a written notification within 24 hours. Include within the report the following items:

(1) Name, organization, telephone number, and location of the

Contractor.

(2) Name and title of the person(s) reporting.

(3) Date and time of the incident.

(4) Location of the incident, i.e., site location, facility name.

(5) Brief summary of the incident giving pertinent details, including type of operation ongoing at the time of the incident.

(6) Cause of the incident, if known.

(7) Casualties (fatalities, disabling injuries).

(8) Details of any existing chemical hazard or contamination.

(9) Estimated property damage, if applicable.

(10) Nature of damage, effect on contract schedule.

(11) Action taken to ensure safety and security.

(12) Other damage or injuries sustained, public or private.

k. Procedures for critique of emergency responses and follow-up.



1.5.2.2 Site Safety and Health Plan

Develop and implement a Site Safety and Health Plan (SSHP) as an attachment to the APP. The SSHP shall address all occupational safety and health hazards associated with the excavation and removal of debris and soil contaminated with PCBs, temporary storage and treatment of construction water contaminated with PCBs and site restoration. The SSHP shall meet the requirements of EM 385-1-1 Section 33.B and 29 CFR 1910.120(b)(4)(ii) and 29 CFR 1926.65(b)(4)(ii), and any other applicable Federal, state, and local safety and health requirements. The SSHP shall address those elements which are specific to the site and have the potential for negative impacts on the safety and health of workers. Where a specific element is not applicable, list the element in the plan and state that the element is not applicable with a brief justification for its omission. SSHP elements adequately covered elsewhere in the APP need not be duplicated, but instead can be listed with a reference to the section of the APP where it is already addressed.

Changes and modifications to the SSHP are permitted and shall be made in writing with the knowledge and concurrence of the local SHM and the Contracting Officer.

1.5.2.2.1 Activity Hazard Analysis

An Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) shall be developed for each task/operation to be performed and shall account for all hazards (classic safety, chemical, physical, and biological) likely to be encountered while performing the work. The project schedule shall be used as the basis and any activities listed in the schedule will require an AHA. The AHAs will be developed by the contractor, supplier, or subcontractor and provided to the prime contractor for submittal to the Contracting Officer. The AHA format shall be in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 1. Submit the AHA for review at least 10 working days prior to the start of each phase. Format subsequent AHAs as amendments to the APP. The analysis should be used during daily inspections to ensure the implementation and effectiveness of the activity's safety and health controls. The AHA list will be reviewed periodically (at least monthly) at the Contractor supervisory safety meeting and updated as necessary when procedures, scheduling, or hazards change. Develop the activity hazard analyses using the project schedule as the basis for the activities performed.

1.5.2.3 Excavation Plan

Identify the safety and health aspects of excavation, and provide and prepare the plan in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 25.A and Section 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL.



1.5.2.4 Lead Compliance Plan

Identify the safety and health aspects of lead work, and prepare in accordance with Section 02 83 13 LEAD HAZARD CONTROL ACTIVITIES.

1.5.2.5 Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan

Identify the safety and health aspects of asbestos work, and prepare in accordance with Section 02 82 13 ASBESTOS ABATMENT.

1.5.2.6 Polychlorinated Biphenyls Plan

Identify the safety and health aspects of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) work, and prepare in accordance with Sections 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL.

1.5.2.7 Demolition Plan

Identify the safety and health aspects, and prepare in accordance with Section 02 41 16 DEMOLITION.

1.6 DISPLAY OF SAFETY INFORMATION

Within one calendar days after commencement of work, erect a safety bulletin board at the job site. Where size, duration, or logistics of project do not facilitate a bulletin board, an alternative method, acceptable to the Contracting Officer, that is accessible and includes all mandatory information for employee and visitor review, shall be deemed as meeting the requirement for a bulletin board. Include and maintain information on safety bulletin board as required by EM 385-1-1, section 01.A.07. Additional items required to be posted include:

a. A map denoting the route to the nearest emergency care facility; b. Emergency phone numbers; c. A notice on the bulletin board stating the location of the APP. The

location of the plan shall be accessible on the site by all workers in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120, (b)(1)(v) and 29 CFR 1926.65, (b)(1)(v);

d. The OSHA Form 300A, Summary of Work Related to Injuries and Illnesses, posted in accordance with OSHA requirements. It shall be mounted on or adjacent to the bulletin board accessible to all site workers;

e. A copy of the safety deficiency tracking log or a notice stating the location where it may be access by all workers upon request.

f. Safety promotional posters; g. Date of last lost workday injury and date of last OSHA recordable

injury; h. OSHA Safety and Health Poster; and i. Copy of hazardous materials inventory, identification of use,

approximate quantities and site map detail location as required by EM 385-1-1, section 06.B.01.a.



1.7 SITE SAFETY REFERENCE MATERIALS

Maintain safety-related references applicable to the project, including those listed in the article "References." Maintain applicable equipment and chemical manufacturer's manuals.

1.8 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT

Contractors must arrange for their own emergency medical treatment in accordance with EM 385-1-1. Government has no responsibility to provide emergency medical treatment. The Contractor shall post a map at the facility with the location of the nearest hospital.

1.9 NOTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS 1.9.1 Accident Notification Requirements 1.9.1.1 24-Hour Notifications Notify the Contracting Officer within 24-hours after any mishaps, including recordable accidents, incidents, and near misses, as defined in EM 385-1-1 Appendix Q. Requirements for reporting include property damage exceeding $5,000, days away injuries, days away illnesses, and restricted/transfer injuries. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining appropriate medical and emergency assistance and for notifying fire, law enforcement, and regulatory agencies.

Within the notification include contractor name; contract title; type of contract; name of activity, installation or location where mishap occurred; date and time of mishap; names of personnel injured; extent of property damage, if any; extent of injury, if known, and brief description of accident (to include type of construction equipment used, PPE used, etc.). Preserve the conditions and evidence on the accident site until the Contractor’s investigation team arrives on-site and the Contractor’s investigation is conducted.

1.9.1.2 Immediate Notifications Any incident that has or appears to have any of the below consequences shall be immediately reported to the Contracting Officer in addition to electrical mishaps, to include Arc Flash; shock; uncontrolled release of hazardous energy (includes electrical and non-electrical); and load handling equipment or rigging. These incidents shall be investigated in depth to identify all causes and to recommend hazard control measures.

• Fatal injury/illness; • Permanent totally disabling injury/illness; • Permanent partial disabling injury/illness; • One or more persons hospitalized as inpatients as a result of a single

occurrence; • $500,000 or greater accidental property damage; • Three or more individuals become ill or have a medical condition which

is suspected to be related to a site condition, or a hazardous or toxic agent on the site;



Within the notification include contractor name; contract title; type of contract; name of activity, installation or location where mishap occurred; date and time of mishap; names of personnel injured; extent of property damage, if any; extent of injury, if known, and brief description of accident (to include type of construction equipment used, PPE used, etc.). Preserve the conditions and evidence on the accident site until the Contractor’s investigation team arrives on-site and the Contractor’s investigation is conducted.

The Contractor is responsible for notifying OSHA in accordance with 29 CFR 1904.39 within 8-hours when their employee(s) is fatally injured or one or more persons are hospitalized as inpatients as a result of a single occurrence.

1.9.2 Reports 1.9.2.1 First Aid Treatments

In accordance with EM385-1-1 Section 01.D.08 the Contractor shall maintain and submit to the Contracting Officer upon request all records of first aid treatments. Records shall include at a minimum employee’s name, job title, date and type of mishap, causes and corrective actions taken (i.e., AHA review, process changes, establishment of controls, personnel qualifications and training, etc.).

1.9.2.2 Investigations

Conduct an investigation for recordable injuries and illnesses, property damage, and near misses as defined in as defined in EM385-1-1, to establish the root cause(s) of the accident. Complete the USACE Accident Report Form 3394 and provide the draft report to the Contracting Officer the same day as the incident. Submit the final report to the Contracting Officer within 5 calendar day(s) of the accident. The Contracting Officer will provide copies of any required or special forms.

1.9.2.3 Near Misses

Report all “near misses” to the Contracting Officer, using local mishap reporting procedures, within 24 hours. The Contracting Officer will provide the Contractor with the required forms. Near miss reports are considered positive and proactive Contractor safety management actions.

1.10 STAFF ORGANIZATION, QUALIFICATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES Develop an organizational structure that sets forth lines of authority (chain of command), responsibilities, and communication procedures concerning site safety, health, and emergency response. This organizational structure shall cover management, supervisors, and employees of the Contractor and subcontractors. The structure shall include the means for coordinating and controlling work activities of subcontractors and suppliers.



The APP shall include a description of this organizational structure as well as qualifications and responsibilities of the individuals listed below. The Contractor shall obtain the Contracting Officer's acceptance before replacing any member of the safety and health staff. Requests for replacement shall include the names, qualifications, duties, and responsibilities of each proposed replacement.

1.10.1 Safety and Health Manager

Safety and Health Manager (SHM) must be a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH), Certified Safety Professional (CSP) or Certified Health Physicist (CHP). The name, qualifications (education summary and documentation), and work experience summary shall be included in the APP. Apply the following in conjunction with the required qualifications and responsibilities stated in EM 385-1-1, Section 33.C.01.

1.10.1.1 Additional Qualifications

The Safety and Health Manager (SHM) must have the following qualifications:

a. A minimum of 3 years’ experience in developing and implementing safety and occupational health programs at hazardous waste site cleanup operations.

a. Documented experience in supervising professional and technician level personnel.

b. Documented experience in developing worker exposure assessment programs and air monitoring programs and techniques.

c. Documented experience in managing personal protective equipment (PPE) programs and conducting PPE hazard evaluations for the types of activities and hazards likely to be encountered on the project.

d. Working knowledge of state and Federal occupational safety and health regulations.

e. Documented experience supervising construction safety personnel, performing health and safety audits, developing health and safety action item lists, and providing documented health and safety follow-up for hazardous waste cleanup sites.

1.10.1.2 Responsibilities and Duties

The SHM shall:

a. Development, implementation, oversight, and enforcement of the APP/SSHP.

b. Provide on-site consultation as needed to ensure the APP/SSHP is fully

implemented. c. Conduct initial site-specific training.



d. Be available for consultation during the first 3 days of remedial

activities and at the startup of each new major phase of work. e. Visit the site as needed and at least once per month for the duration

of activities, to audit the effectiveness of the APP/SSHP. f. Be available for emergencies. g. Coordinate any modifications to the APP/SSHP with the Site

Superintendent, the SSHO, and the Contracting Officer. h. Be responsible for evaluating air monitoring data and recommending

changes to engineering controls, work practices, and PPE. i. Provide continued support for upgrading/downgrading of the level of

personal protection. j. Serve as a member of the quality control staff. k. Review accident reports and results of daily inspections. l. Sign and date the APP/SSHP prior to submittal.

1.10.1.3 Support of other Safety and Occupational Health Professionals

The SHM shall enlist the support of safety and occupational health professionals with appropriate education and experience when developing the SSHP, including all health and safety measures related to the remedial activities performed at the site.

1.10.2 Site Safety and Health Officer

Designate an individual and at least one alternate as the Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO). Include the name, qualifications (education and training summary and documentation), and work experience of the Site Safety and Health Officer and alternate(s) in the APP/SSHP. Apply the following in conjunction with the required qualifications and responsibilities stated in EM 385-1-1, Section 33.C.02. The SSHO or an equally-qualified Alternate SSHO must be at the work site at all times to implement and administer the Contractor's safety program and government-accepted Accident Prevention Plan. The SSHO and Alternate SSHO must have the required training, experience, and qualifications in accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section 01.A.17, and all associated sub-paragraphs. If the SSHO is off-site for a period longer than 24 hours, an equally-qualified alternate SSHO must be provided and must fulfill the same roles and responsibilities as the primary SSHO. When the SSHO is temporarily (up to 24 hours) off-site, a Designated Representative (DR), as identified in the AHA may be used in lieu of an Alternate SSHO, and must be on the project site at all times when work is being performed. Note that the DR



is a collateral duty safety position, with safety duties in addition to their full-time occupation.

1.10.2.1 Qualifications

a. A minimum of 1 year experience in implementing SOH programs at inactive hazardous waste sites where Level C personal protective equipment was required.

b. Meet 29 CFR 1910.120/29 CFR 1926.65 requirements for 40-hour initial

and 8-hour supervisor training and, maintain 8-hour refresher training requirements.

c. Specific training in personal and respiratory protective equipment,

confined space entry and in the proper use of air monitoring instruments and air sampling methods to be used on site.

d. Documented experience in construction techniques and construction

safety procedures. e. Working knowledge of Federal and state occupational health and safety

regulations. 1.10.2.2 Responsibilities

The SSHO shall: a. Assist and represent the Safety and Health Manager in on-site training

and the day to day on-site implementation and enforcement of the accepted APP/SSHP.

b. Be assigned to the site on a full-time basis for the duration of field

activities. The SSHO can have collateral duties in addition to SOH related duties. If operations are performed during more than 1 work shift per day, a site Safety and Health Officer must be present for each shift.

c. Have authority to stop work if unacceptable health or safety conditions

exist, and take necessary action to re-establish and maintain safe working conditions.

d. Have authority to ensure site compliance with specified SOH

requirements, Federal, state, and OSHA regulations and all aspects of the APP/SSHP including, but not limited to, activity hazard analyses, air monitoring, use of PPE, decontamination, site control, standard operating procedures used to minimize hazards, safe use of engineering controls, the emergency response plan, confined space entry procedures, spill containment program, and preparation of records by performing a daily SOH inspection and documenting results on the Daily Safety Inspection Log in accordance with 29 CFR 1904.

e. In coordination with site management and the Safety and Health Manager,

recommend corrective actions for identified deficiencies and oversee the corrective actions.



f. Consult with and coordinate any modifications to the APP/SSHP with the Safety and Health Manager, the Site Superintendent, and the Contracting Officer.

g. Conduct daily safety inspection and document SOH findings into the

Daily Safety Inspection Log. Track noted SOH deficiencies to ensure that they are corrected.

h. Conduct accident investigations and prepare accident reports. Maintain

the OSHA Form 300 and Daily Production reports for prime and sub-contractors.

i. Serve as a member of the quality control staff on matters relating to

SOH. j. Maintain a safety and health deficiency tracking system that monitors

outstanding deficiencies until resolution. Post a list of unresolved safety and health deficiencies on the safety bulletin board.

k. Ensure sub-contractor compliance with safety and health requirements.

Failure to perform the above duties will result in dismissal of the superintendent, QC Manager, and/or SSHO, and a project work stoppage. The project work stoppage will remain in effect pending approval of a suitable replacement.

l. Maintain a list of hazardous chemicals on site and their safety data

sheets (SDS). 1.10.3 Additional Certified Health and Safety Support Personnel

Retain safety support from a safety professional certified by the Board of Certified Safety professionals to develop written occupational safety procedures for the APP/SSHP and, when necessary, visit the site to help implement APP/SSHP requirements.

1.10.4 Occupational Physician

Utilize the services of a licensed physician, who is certified in occupational medicine by the American Board of Preventative Medicine, or who, by necessary training and experience is Board eligible. The physician must be familiar with the site's hazards and the scope of this project. Include the medical consultant's name, qualifications, and knowledge of the site's conditions and proposed activities in the APP/SSHP. The physician is responsible for the determination of medical surveillance protocols and for review of examination/test results performed in compliance with 29 CFR 1910.120, (f) and 29 CFR 1926.65, (f) and paragraph MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM.

1.10.5 Persons Certified in First Aid and CPR

At least two persons who are currently certified in first aid and CPR by the American Red Cross or other approved agency must be on-site at all times during site operations. They must be trained in universal precautions and the use of PPE as described in the Bloodborne Pathogens



Standard of 29 CFR 1910, Section 1030. These persons may perform other duties but must be immediately available to render first aid when needed.

1.10.6 Safety and Health Technicians

For each work crew in the exclusion zone, one person, designated as a Safety and Health technician, must perform activities such as air monitoring, decontamination, and safety oversight on behalf of the SSHO. They must have appropriate training equivalent to the SSHO in each specific area for which they have responsibility and report to and be under the supervision of the SSHO.

1.10.7 Competent Person Qualifications

Provide Competent Persons in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Appendix Q and herein. Competent Persons for high risk activities include excavation/trenching, fall protection, and electrical work. The CP for these activities must be designated in writing, and meet the requirements for the specific activity (i.e., competent person, fall protection). The Competent Person identified in the Contractor's Safety and Health Program and accepted Accident Prevention Plan, must be on-site at all times when the work that presents the hazards associated with their professional expertise is being performed. Provide the credentials of the Competent Persons(s) to the Contracting Officer for information in consultation with the Safety Office.

1.10.7.1 Competent Person for Fall Protection

Provide a Competent Person for Fall Protection who meets the requirements of EM 385-1-1, Section 21.C.04, 21.B.03, and herein.

1.10.7.2 Competent Person for Excavation and Trenching

Provide a Competent Person for Excavation and Trenching who meets the requirements of EM 385-1-1, Section 25.A.02 and herein.

1.11 TRAINING Personnel shall receive training in accordance with the Contractor's written safety and health training program and 29 CFR 1910.120, 29 CFR 1926.65, 29 CFR 1926.21, ER 385-1-92, and EM 385-1-1. The APP shall include a section describing training requirements. Copies of current Health and Safety Training Documentation shall be submitted prior to initial entry onto the work site and attached to the SSHP. Copies of recent training certificates shall be kept on site, along with medical surveillance, fit testing, and physician's or health care provider's written opinion that employee is fit for duty.

1.11.1 General Hazardous Waste Operations Training

All personnel shall have successfully completed 40 hours of hazardous waste instruction off the site; 3 days actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor; and 8 hours refresher training annually. On-site supervisors shall have completed the above



training and 8 hours of additional, specialized training covering at least the following topics: the employer's safety and health program, personal protective equipment program, spill containment program, and health hazard monitoring procedures and techniques.

1.11.2 Site-Specific Training

Site-specific training covering site hazards, procedures, and all contents of the approved APP shall be conducted by the SSHO for all on-site employees, including those assigned only to the Support Zone, prior to the commencement of work; for visitors prior to entering the site; and on an ongoing basis. Site-specific training sessions shall be documented in accordance with Section 01.B.05.b of EM 385-1-1.

1.11.3 Initial Session (Pre-entry Briefing)

Prior to commencement of on-site field activities, all site employees shall attend a site-specific safety and health training session. This session shall be conducted by the Safety and Health Manager and the SSHO to ensure that all personnel are familiar with the requirements and responsibilities for maintaining a safe and healthful work environment. Procedures and contents of the accepted APP and Sections 01.B.02 and 28.A.02(4)(c) of EM 385-1-1 shall be thoroughly discussed. The Contracting Officer will be notified at least 5 days prior to the initial site-specific training session so government personnel involved in the project may attend.

1.11.4 Periodic Sessions

Periodic on-site training shall be conducted by the SSHO at least weekly for personnel assigned to work at the site during the following week. The training shall address safety and health procedures, work practices, any changes in the APP, activity hazard analyses, work tasks, or schedule; results of previous week's air monitoring/sampling, review of safety discrepancies and accidents. Detailed meeting minutes of safety discussions at weekly meetings shall be prepared and retained for reference. If an operational change affecting on-site fieldwork is made, a meeting prior to implementation of the change shall be convened to explain safety and health procedures. Site-specific training sessions for new personnel, visitors, and suppliers shall be conducted by the SSHO using the training curriculum outlines developed by the Safety and Health Manager.

1.11.5 Training for Hazardous Materials Shipments

Training for hazardous materials shipments shall be provided to employees transporting hazardous materials in accordance with 49 CFR Part 172 issued 25 March 2003 by the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) of the Department of Transportation (DOT).

1.11.6 Other Training

Persons involved in any aspect of the transportation of hazardous materials shall be trained in accordance with 49 CFR 172 Subpart H.



1.12 MEETINGS 1.12.1 Preconstruction Safety Meeting

a. Contractor representatives who have a responsibility or significant role in accident prevention on the project shall attend the pre-work safety meeting. This includes the project manager, operators, site safety and health officer, quality control supervisor, or any other assigned safety and health professionals who participated in the development of the APP (including the Activity Hazard Analyses (AHAs) and special plans, program and procedures associated with it).

b. Discuss the details of the submitted APP to include incorporated

plans, programs, procedures, and a listing of anticipated AHAs that will be developed and implemented during the performance of the contract. This list of proposed AHAs will be reviewed at the conference and an agreement will be reached between the Contractor and the Contracting Officer as to which phases will require an analysis. In addition, establish a schedule for the preparation, submittal, review, and acceptance of AHAs to preclude project delays.

c. Deficiencies in the submitted APP will be brought to the attention of

the Contractor at the pre-work safety meeting, and the Contractor shall revise the plan to correct deficiencies and re-submit it for acceptance. Do not begin work until there is an accepted APP.

The functions of a Preconstruction conference may take place at the Post-Award Kickoff meeting for Design Build Contracts.

1.12.2 Safety Meetings

Conduct safety meetings to review past activities, plan for new or changed operations, review pertinent aspects of appropriate AHA (by trade), establish safe working procedures for anticipated hazards, and provide pertinent Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) training and motivation. Conduct meetings at least once a month for all supervisors on the project location. The SSHO, supervisors, foremen, or CDSOs must conduct meetings at least once a week for the trade workers. Document meeting minutes to include the date, persons in attendance, subjects discussed, and names of individual(s) who conducted the meeting. Maintain documentation on-site and furnish copies to the Contracting Officer on request. Notify the Contracting Officer of all scheduled meetings 7 calendar days in advance.

1.13 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

The Safety and Health Manager, in conjunction with the Occupational Physician, shall detail, in the Contractor's Safety and Health Program and the APP, the Medical Surveillance Program that includes scheduling of examinations, certification of fitness for duty, compliance with OSHA requirements, and information provided to the physician. Examinations shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, preferably one knowledgeable in occupational medicine, and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place. Medical surveillance protocols and examination and test results shall



be reviewed by the Occupational Physician. The Medical Surveillance Program shall contain the requirements specified below. Personnel working in contaminated areas of the site shall have been examined as prescribed in 29 CFR 1910.120, and 29 CFR 1926.65, and determined medically fit to perform their duties.

1.13.1 Frequency of Examinations

Employees shall have been provided with medical examinations as specified, within the past 12 months and shall receive exams annually thereafter (if contract duration exceeds one year); on termination of employment; reassignment in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(3)(i)(C), and 29 CFR 1926.65(e)(3)(i)(C); if the employee develops signs or symptoms of illness related to workplace exposures; if the physician determines examinations need to be conducted more often than once a year; and when an employee develops a lost-time injury or illness during the period of this Contract. The supervisor shall be provided with a written statement signed by the physician prior to allowing the employee to return to the work site after injury or illness resulting in a lost workday, as defined in 29 CFR 1904.12(f).

1.13.2 Content of Examinations

The following elements shall be included in the Medical Surveillance Program. Additional elements may be included at the discretion of the occupational physician responsible for reviewing the medical surveillance protocols.

a. Complete medical and occupational history (initial exam only) b. General physical examination of major organ systems c. Pulmonary function testing including FVC and FEV1.0 d. CBC with differential e. Blood chemistry screening profile (e.g., SMAC 20/25) f. Urinalysis with microscopic examination and bioassay g. Audiometric testing (as required by Hearing Conservation Program) h. visual acuity i. Chest X-ray (This test should be performed no more frequently than

every four years, unless directed by Occupational Physician.) j. Electrocardiogram (as directed by Occupational Physician)

1.13.3 Information Provided to the Occupational Physician

The physician shall be furnished with the following: a. Site information from paragraph: SITE DESCRIPTION AND CONTAMINATION

CHARACTERIZATION;



b. Information on the employee's anticipated or measured exposure/dose; c. A description of any PPE used or to be used; d. A description of the employee's duties as they relate to the employee's

exposures (including physical demands on the employee and heat/cold stress);

e. A copy of 29 CFR 1910.120, or 29 CFR 1926.65; f. Information from previous examinations not readily available to the

examining physician; g. A copy of Section 5.0 of NIOSH 85-115; h. Information required by 29 CFR 1910.134; and i. A copy of OSHA Respirator Medical Evaluation Questionnaire (Appendix C

to Section 29 CFR 1910.134). 1.13.3 Physician's Written Opinion

Before work begins a copy of the physician's written opinion for each employee shall be obtained and furnished to the Safety and Health Manager and the employee. The opinion shall address the employee's ability to perform hazardous remediation work and shall contain the following:

a. The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's assigned

work and/or PPE usage;

b. The physician's opinion about increased risk to the employee's health resulting from work; and

c. A statement that the employee has been informed and advised about the

results of the examination. 1.13.4 Medical Records

Documentation of medical exams shall be provided as part of the Certificate of Worker or Visitor Acknowledgment. Medical records shall be maintained in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120 and 29 CFR 1926.65.

1.13.4.1 Employee Certificates

Documentation that employees have current satisfactory medical examinations shall be provided on employee certificates.

1.14 AIR MONITORING AND SAMPLING

The Safety and Health Manager shall prepare and implement a worker exposure monitoring program to identify and quantify safety and health hazards and airborne levels of hazardous substances in order to assure proper selection of engineering controls, work practices and personal protective equipment for affected site personnel and the community.



1.14.1 General Requirements

a. The worker exposure monitoring program shall be designed to detect and quantify respirable dust, VOCs, and PCBs. Lead exposure monitoring will also be required during demolition activities. Action levels shall be established by the Contractor except for PCBs. At a minimum, the airborne concentration of PCBs will be below the PEL of 3.10E-08 pound per cubic feet on an 8-hour time weighted average basis. A separate Perimeter Air Monitoring Program shall be completed in accordance with 01 12 00 PERIMETER AIR MONITORING.

b. The worker exposure monitoring program shall be developed and implemented to ensure that the proper level of PPE is used, to document that the level of worker protection is adequate and to ensure compliance with the action levels established in the APP.

c. During each on-site activity, air contaminant levels shall be monitored in each medium through which contaminants can enter the worker's breathing zone during intrusive activities (or at the discretion of the SSHO). The types of measurements to be collected shall be listed in the APP with the instruments specified.

d. Information gathered during the worker exposure monitoring program shall be documented.

e. All required air monitoring/sampling instrumentation shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be maintained and calibrated according to NIOSH, OSHA, and EPA methods and/or manufacturer's recommendations. Air samples will be taken in appropriate workers breathing zones to provide a negative air exposure in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62. Such maintenance and calibration data shall be recorded and included in the project documents.

f. All air monitoring/sampling equipment shall be operated by personnel trained in its specific use.

g. The Safety and Health Manager shall follow the action levels prescribed in the APP or present new action levels which the Contracting Officer will duly consider. New action levels, if presented, shall be defined in the Contractor's APP. If, during the course of the construction project, unanticipated airborne hazards arise for which the established action levels do not provide adequate protection, the Safety and Health Manager shall establish action levels and protection procedures and standard equipment that will provide adequate protection from the new hazard. Establishment of additional action levels and protection procedures and equipment shall be made with the concurrence of the Contracting Officer. If initial air monitoring results are negative (i.e., no exceedances above action levels), Contractor may petition the Contracting Officer to reduce air monitoring frequency. In such a case, the Contractor shall archive all sample cassettes for future reference.

h. At the beginning of each work activity requiring air monitoring/sampling, the Contractor shall complete monitoring/sampling at the locations and frequencies stated in the APP. Criteria for modification of the monitoring locations or frequencies shall be



discussed in the APP. Modifications shall not be implemented without written authorization from the Contracting Officer.

i. When project operations involve intrusive activities such as subsurface drilling, excavation, cutting of gas mains, fuel lines, or sewer lines, the Contractor shall utilize a combination of combustible gas indicator and oxygen monitor. Such monitoring shall be conducted close to the sources of potential leaks and in locations where leaked vapor could accumulate. If concentrations exceed the action levels, the Contractor shall stop work and ventilate the area. Any cutting or hot work done on fuel lines or storage tanks will be done in accordance with applicable API and OSHA standards. When natural gas or sewer lines are involved, the contractor shall require the on-site presence of the utility company representative. All sources of ignition within 100 feet of any minor incident and 500 feet of any gas main shall be extinguished.

1.14.2 Meteorological Monitoring

Provide a portable meteorological station for the measurement of wind speed, wind direction, ambient air temperature, atmospheric pressure, atmospheric humidity, solar insulation, and atmospheric precipitation. Specify the calibration, audit, data reduction, and document control of the meteorological equipment and data. The equipment and its placement shall be in conformance with EPA Ambient Monitoring guidelines for Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD). Standards as specified in PSD regulations promulgated by EPA under the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 (Public Law 95-95) on August 7, 1980, as replaced, modified, or amended shall be used. The station shall be installed in an area relatively free of trees and houses. The station shall include a continuous readout temperature gauge and a rainfall gauge and be able to produce a 24-hour average figure for each parameter such that the weather influences on the air samples can be characterized. In addition, visual wind direction indicators shall be established in a central location at each active work area. Meteorological monitoring results shall be documented in the daily safety log.

1.15 CERTIFICATE OF WORKER/VISITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

A copy of a certificate of worker/visitor acknowledgement must be completed and submitted for each visitor allowed to enter contamination reduction or exclusion zones, and for each employee, following the Example Certificate of Worker/Visitor Acknowledgement at the end of this section.

1.16 INSPECTIONS

The SSHO shall perform daily inspections of the job site and the work in progress to ensure compliance with EM 385-1-1, the Safety and Health Program, the APP and other occupational health and safety requirements of the Contract, and to determine the effectiveness of the APP. Procedures for correcting deficiencies (including actions, timetable and responsibilities) shall be described in the APP. Follow-up inspections to ensure correction of deficiencies shall be conducted and documented. Daily safety inspection logs shall be used to document the inspections, noting safety and health deficiencies, deficiencies in the effectiveness of the SSHP, and corrective actions taken. The SSHO's Daily Inspection Log shall be attached to and submitted with the Daily Quality Control Reports. Each entry shall include



the date, work area checked, employees present in work area, PPE and work equipment being used in each area, special safety and health issues and notes, and signature of preparer. In the event of an accident, the Contracting Officer shall be notified according to EM 385-1-1, Section 01.D. Within two working days of any reportable accident, an Accident Report shall be completed on ENG Form 3394 and submitted.

1.17 SAFETY AND HEALTH PHASE-OUT REPORT

Submit a Safety and Health Phase-Out Report within 10 days following completion of the work, prior to final acceptance of the work. Include the following minimum information:

a. Summary of the overall performance of safety and health (e.g.,

accidents or incidents including near misses, unusual events, and lessons learned).

b. Final decontamination documentation including procedures and techniques

used to decontaminate equipment, vehicles, and on-site facilities.

c. Summary of exposure monitoring and air sampling accomplished during the project.

d. Signatures of Safety and Health Manager and SSHO.

1.18 SEVERE STORM PLAN

In the event of a severe storm warning, the Contractor must:

a. Secure outside equipment and materials and place materials that could be damaged in protected areas.

b. Check surrounding area, including roof, for loose material, equipment,

debris, and other objects that could be blown away or against existing facilities.

c. Ensure that temporary erosion controls are adequate.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND FIRST AID REQUIREMENTS

Maintain, as a minimum, the following items on-site and available for immediate use:

a. First aid equipment and supplies approved by the consulting physician.

b. Emergency eyewashes and showers that comply with ANSI/ISEA Z358.1. c. Provide fire extinguishers of sufficient size and type at site

facilities and in all vehicles and at any other site locations where flammable or combustible materials present a fire risk.



2.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 2.2.1 General

Provide on-site personnel exposed to contaminants with appropriate personal protective equipment. Components of levels of protection (B, C, D and modifications) must be relevant to site-specific conditions, including heat and cold stress potential and safety hazards. Use only respirators approved by NIOSH. All PPE shall meet with the following standards: ANSI Z87.1, ANSI Z89.1, 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 1926.1101.

Keep protective equipment and clothing clean and well maintained. Include site-specific procedures to determine PPE program effectiveness and for on-site fit-testing of respirators, cleaning, maintenance, inspection, cartridge change out, and storage of PPE within the PPE section of the APP/SSHP.

2.2.2 Levels of Protection

The Safety and Health Manager shall establish appropriate levels of protection for each work activity based on review of historical site information, existing data, an evaluation of the potential for exposure (inhalation, dermal, ingestion, and injection) during each task, past air monitoring results, and a continuing safety and health monitoring program. The Safety and Health Manager shall also establish action levels for upgrading or downgrading levels of PPE. Protocols and the communication network for changing the level of protection shall be described in the APP. The PPE reassessment protocol shall address air monitoring results, potential for exposure, changes in site conditions, work phases, job tasks, weather, temperature extremes, individual medical considerations, etc.

2.2.2.1 Initial PPE Components

The following items constitute initial minimum protective clothing and equipment ensembles.

Level D • Work clothing, as dictated by the weather • Reflectorized vest or other outer garment • Safety (steel toe/shank) shoes or boots • Hard hat • Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield • Hearing protection • Viton, neoprene, or equivalent protective materials

(when handling contaminated wastes, soils, or water)

Modified Level D • All equipment noted for Level D • Disposable, hooded, one-piece, full-body coveralls

constructed of spun-bonded olefin or polypropylene fabrics (e.g., Tyvek, or equivalent)

• Disposable boot covers of (minimum) 60 mil rubberized PVC.



Level C • All equipment noted for Modified Level D; and • Full-facepiece, air purifying respirator equipped with

filter cartridges approved by NIOSH for organic vapors and rated as P100 for particulates.

Level B • All equipment noted for Modified Level D; and

• Positive pressure, full-facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or positive pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA (NIOSH approved).

2.2.3 PPE for Government Personnel

Three clean sets of PPE and clothing (excluding safety shoes, which will be provided by individual visitors, as necessary), and two pairs of air purifying negative pressure respirators shall be available for use by the Contracting Officer or the Designated Representative or official visitors. The items shall be cleaned and maintained by the Contractor, stored and clearly marked: "FOR USE BY GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL ONLY." The Contractor shall provide basic training in the use and limitations of the PPE provided, and institute administrative controls to check prerequisites prior to issuance. Such prerequisites include meeting minimum training requirements for the work tasks to be performed and medical clearance for site hazards and respirator use.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SITE DESCRIPTION AND CONTAMINATION CHARACTERIZATION

A description of the site conditions is included in Section 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK.

3.2 TASK SPECIFIC HAZARDS, INITIAL PPE, HAZWOPER MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE AND TRAINING APPLICABILITY

Task specific occupational hazards, task specific HAZWOPER medical surveillance and training applicability and task-specific initial PPE requirements for the project are listed on the Task Hazard and Control Sheets at the end of this section. Reevaluate occupational safety and health hazards as the work progresses and to adjust the PPE and on-site operations, if necessary, so that the work is performed safely and in compliance with occupational safety and health regulations.

3.3 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

Meet all requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120/29 CFR 1926.65 medical surveillance program and EM 385-1-1, Section 33.G for workers performing cleanup operations and who will be exposed to contaminants. Ensure the Occupational Physician or the physician's designee performs the physical examinations and reviews examination results. Participation in the medical surveillance program is without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place.



3.4 HEAT STRESS MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT

Document in the APP/SSHP and implement the procedures and practices in section 06.J. in EM 385-1-1 to monitor and manage heat stress.

3.5 SPILL AND DISCHARGE CONTROL

Develop and implement written spill and discharge containment/control procedures. Address chemicals to be used and stored on site, material handling equipment, as well as drum and container handling, sampling, shipping and transport. Describe prevention measures, such as building berms or dikes; spill control measures and material to be used (e.g. booms, vermiculite); location of the spill control material; personal protective equipment required to cleanup spills; disposal of contaminated material; and who is responsible to report the spill. Storage of contaminated material or hazardous materials must be appropriately bermed, diked and contained to prevent any spillage of material on uncontaminated soil. If the spill or discharge is reportable, or human health or the environment are threatened, notify the National Response Center, the state, and the Contracting Officer as soon as possible.

3.6 MATERIALS TRANSFER SAFETY

Remove liquids and residues from the tanks using explosion-proof or air-driven pumps. In accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 9, electrically bond the tank and ground pump motors and suction hoses to prevent electrostatic ignition hazards. Use of a hand pump will be permitted to remove the last of the liquid from the bottom of the tanks. If a vacuum truck is used for removal of liquids or residues, the area of operation for the vacuum truck must be vapor free. Locate the truck upwind from the tank and outside the path of probable vapor travel. Discharge the vacuum pump exhaust gases through a hose of adequate size and length downwind of the truck and tank area. Vacuum truck operating and safety practices must conform to API RP 2219. Collect tank residues in drums, tanks, or tank trucks labeled according to 49 CFR 171 and 49 CFR 172 and disposed of as specified. Disconnect and drain fittings and lines of their contents after the materials have been transferred and the tanks have been exposed. Do not spill contents into the environment during cutting or disconnecting of tank fittings. Transfer materials drained into DOT-approved drums for storage and transportation. Use only non-sparking or non-heat producing tools to disconnect and drain or to cut through tank fittings. Electrical equipment (e.g., pumps, portable hand tools) used for tank preparation must be explosion-proof. Following cutting or disconnecting of the fittings, plug openings leading to the tanks.

3.7 SITE CONTROL MEASURES

Coordinate site control measures with Section 01 57 19 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.

3.7.1 Work Zones

Initial anticipated work zone boundaries (exclusion zone, contamination reduction zone, support zone, all access points and decontamination areas) are to be clearly delineated on the site drawings. Base delineation of



work zone boundaries on the contamination characterization data and the hazard/risk analysis to be performed as described in EM 385-1-1 06.A.02. As work progresses and field conditions are monitored, work zone boundaries may be modified (and site drawings modified) with approval of the Contracting Officer. Clearly identify work zones and mark in the field (using fences, tape, or signs). Submit and post a site map, showing work zone boundaries and locations of decontamination facilities in the on-site office. Work zones must consist of the following:

3.7.1.1 Exclusion Zone (EZ)

The exclusion zone is the area where hazardous contamination is either known or expected to occur and the greatest potential for exposure exists. Control entry into this area and exit may only be made through the Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ).

3.7.1.2 Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ)

The CRZ is the transition area between the Exclusion Zone and the Support Zone. The personnel and equipment decontamination areas must be separate and unique areas located in the CRZ.

3.7.1.3 Support Zone (SZ)

The Support Zone is defined as areas of the site, other than exclusion zones and contamination reduction zones, where workers do not have the potential to be exposed to hazardous substances or dangerous conditions resulting from HTRW operations. Secure the Support Zone against active or passive contamination. Site offices, parking areas, and other support facilities must be located in the Support Zone.

3.7.2 Site Control Log

A log of personnel visiting, entering, or working on the site must be maintained. Include the following: date, name, agency or company, time entering and exiting site, time entering and exiting the exclusion zone (if applicable). Before visitors are allowed to enter the Contamination Reduction Zone or Exclusion Zone, they must show proof of current training, medical surveillance and respirator fit testing (if respirators are required for the tasks to be performed) and fill out a Certificate of Worker or Visitor Acknowledgment. Record this visitor information, including date, in the log.

3.7.3 Communication

Provide and install an employee alarm system that has adequate means of on and off-site communication in accordance with 29 CFR 1910 Section 165. The means of communication must be able to be perceived above ambient noise or light levels by employees in the affected portions of the workplace. The signals must be distinctive and recognizable as messages to evacuate or to perform critical operations.



3.7.4 Site Security

Provide the following site security: Temporary chain link fencing, caution tape and traffic cones. Print signs in bold large letters on contrasting backgrounds. Signs must be visible from all points where entry might occur and at such distances from the restricted area that employees may read the signs and take necessary protective steps before entering.

3.8 PERSONAL HYGIENE AND DECONTAMINATION

Personnel entering the Exclusion or Contamination Reduction Zones or otherwise exposed to hazardous chemical vapors, gases, liquids, or contaminated solids must decontaminate themselves and their equipment prior to exiting the contamination reduction zone (CRZ) and entering the support zone. Consult Chapter 10.0 of NIOSH 85-115 and 40 CFR Part 761 when preparing decontamination procedures. Submit a detailed discussion of personal hygiene and decontamination facilities and procedures to be followed by site workers as part of the APP/SSHP. Train employees in the procedures and enforce the procedures throughout site operations.

3.8.1 Decontamination Facilities

Submit drawings showing the layout of the personnel and equipment decontamination area.

3.8.2 Personnel Decontamination

Initially set up a decontamination line in the CRZ. Employees must exit the exclusion zone through the CRZ and implement the following minimum decontamination procedures and techniques: remove all outer garments; and hand and face wash. Showers, if needed, must comply with 29 CFR 1910, Section 141 and EM 385-1-1, 02 F, Washing Facilities. It is the Site Safety and Health Officer's responsibility to recommend techniques to improve personnel decontamination procedures, if necessary.

3.8.3 Equipment Decontamination

Decontaminate the vehicles and equipment used in the EZ in the CRZ prior to leaving the EZ.

3.8.3.1 Facilities for Equipment

Provide a vehicle/equipment decontamination station within the CRZ for decontaminating vehicles and equipment leaving the EZ. Construct a decontamination station pad, which meets the site decontamination needs for all vehicles and larger equipment decontamination. Construct the pad to capture decontamination water, including overspray, and allow for collection and removal of the decontamination water using sumps, dikes and ditches as required. As a minimum, the station shall include the following features: • Semi-mobile, capable of being disassembled and relocated several times

as excavation proceeds, if applicable; • Impermeable to prevent water from seeping below the pad without being

collected. Impermeability can be achieved by providing one or two



layers of heavy, puncture-resistant geomembrane/plastic to resist vehicle traffic or other means approved by the Contracting Officer;

• Sized to be at least 10 feet longer and wider than the largest anticipated equipment (allows 5 feet on all sides for ease of access by decontamination technician);

• Bermed and sloped to permit collection of wash waters using a utility pump;

• Supply of potable water (e.g. water truck or access to water from nearby hydrant);

• Steam pressure washer and power supply to operate washer and heat water; and

• Drums/tanks for storing spent wash water and drums for storing mud/semi-solids.

Provide a designated "clean area" in the CRZ for performing equipment maintenance. Use this area when personnel are required by normal practices to come in contact with the ground, i.e., crawling under a vehicle to change engine oil. Equipment within the EZ or CRZ must be decontaminated before maintenance is performed.

3.8.3.2 Procedures

Procedures for equipment decontamination must be developed and utilized to prevent the spread of contamination into the SZ and off-site areas. These procedures must address disposal of contaminated products and spent materials used on the site, including, as a minimum, containers, fluids, and oils. Assume any item taken into the EZ to be contaminated and perform an inspection and decontaminate. Vehicles, equipment, and materials must be cleaned and decontaminated prior to leaving the site. Handle construction material in such a way as to minimize the potential for contaminants being spread or carried off-site. Prior to exiting the site, vehicles and equipment must be monitored to ensure the adequacy of decontamination.

3.8.3.3 Equipment Decontamination Verification and Documentation

Following completion of the excavation activities and before any equipment is removed from the exclusion zone wipe samples for PCB analysis shall be collected to verify decontamination levels have been achieved. Each piece of heavy equipment in contact with PCB contaminated materials must be individual tested within one or more wipe samples. Unrestricted use decontamination standards for non-porous surfaces in contact with non-liquid PCBs is 10 µg/100 cm2 as measured by a standard wipe test. The Contractor shall submit the following documentation as part of the Remedial Closeout Package required by Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:

• Daily field notes documenting the decontamination procedures implemented;

• Records of equipment that was decontaminated prior to leaving the site including photographic documentation of the decontamination procedures and wipe samples collected; and

• Results for all wipe samples.



3.9 FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM

Establish a fall protection program, for the protection of all employees exposed to fall hazards. Within the program include company policy, identify roles and responsibilities, education and training requirements, fall hazard identification, prevention and control measures, inspection, storage, care and maintenance of fall protection equipment and rescue and evacuation procedures in accordance with ASSE/SAFE Z359.2 and EM 385-1-1, Sections 21.A and 21.D.

3.9.1 Training

Institute a fall protection training program. As part of the Fall Protection Program, provide training for each employee who might be exposed to fall hazards. Provide training by a competent person for fall protection in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.C. Document training and practical application of the competent person in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.C.04 and ASSE/SAFE Z359.2 in the AHA.

3.9.2 Fall Protection Equipment and Systems

Enforce use of personal fall protection equipment and systems designated (to include fall arrest, restraint, and positioning) for each specific work activity in the Site Specific Fall Protection and Prevention Plan and AHA at all times when an employee is exposed to a fall hazard. Protect employees from fall hazards as specified in EM 385-1-1, Section 21. Provide personal fall protection equipment, systems, subsystems, and components that comply with EM 385-1-1 Section 21.I, 29 CFR 1926.500 Subpart M,ASSE/SAFE Z359.0, ASSE/SAFE Z359.1, ASSE/SAFE Z359.2, ASSE/SAFE Z359.3, ASSE/SAFE Z359.4, ASSE/SAFE Z359.6, ASSE/SAFE Z359.7, ASSE/SAFE Z359.11, ASSE/SAFE Z359.12, ASSE/SAFE Z359.13, ASSE/SAFE Z359.14, and ASSE/SAFE Z359.15.

3.9.2.1 Additional Personal Fall Protection

In addition to the required fall protection systems, other protection such as safety skiffs, personal floatation devices, and life rings, are required when working above or next to water in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Sections 21.O through 21.O.06. Personal fall protection systems and equipment are required when working from an articulating or extendible boom, swing stages, or suspended platform. In addition, personal fall protection systems are required when operating other equipment such as scissor lifts. The need for tying-off in such equipment is to prevent ejection of the employee from the equipment during raising, lowering, travel, or while performing work.

3.9.2.2 Personal Fall Protection Harnesses

Only a full-body harness with a shock-absorbing lanyard or self-retracting lanyard is an acceptable personal fall arrest body support device. The use of body belts is not acceptable. Harnesses must have a fall arrest attachment affixed to the body support (usually a Dorsal D-ring) and specifically designated for attachment to the rest of the system. Snap hooks and carabineers must be self-closing and self-locking, capable of



being opened only by at least two consecutive deliberate actions and have a minimum gate strength of 3,600 lbs in all directions. Use webbing, straps, and ropes made of synthetic fiber. The maximum free fall distance when using fall arrest equipment must not exceed 6 feet, unless the proper energy absorbing lanyard is used. Always take into consideration the total fall distance and any swinging of the worker (pendulum-like motion), that can occur during a fall, when attaching a person to a fall arrest system. All full body harnesses must be equipped with Suspension Trauma Preventers such as stirrups, relief steps, or similar in order to provide short-term relief from the effects of orthostatic intolerance in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.I.06.

3.9.3 Horizontal Lifelines (HLL)

Provide HLL in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.I.08.d.2. Commercially manufactured horizontal lifelines (HLL) must be designed, installed, certified and used, under the supervision of a qualified person, for fall protection as part of a complete fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of 2 (29 CFR 1926.500). The competent person for fall protection may (if deemed appropriate by the qualified person) supervise the assembly, disassembly, use and inspection of the HLL system under the direction of the qualified person. Locally manufactured HLLs are not acceptable unless they are custom designed for limited or site specific applications by a Registered Professional Engineer who is qualified in designing HLL systems.

3.9.4 Guardrails and Safety Nets

Design, install and use guardrails and safety nets in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.F.01 and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M.

3.9.5 Rescue and Evacuation Plan and Procedures

When personal fall arrest systems are used, ensure that the mishap victim can self-rescue or can be rescued promptly should a fall occur. Prepare a Rescue and Evacuation Plan and include a detailed discussion of the following: methods of rescue; methods of self-rescue or assisted-rescue; equipment used; training requirement; specialized training for the rescuers; procedures for requesting rescue and medical assistance; and transportation routes to a medical facility. Include the Rescue and Evacuation Plan within the Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) for the phase of work, in the Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P) Plan, and the Accident Prevention Plan (APP). The plan must comply with the requirements of EM 385-1-1, ASSE/SAFE Z359.2, and ASSE/SAFE Z359.4.

3.10 EQUIPMENT 3.10.1 Material Handling Equipment (MHE)

a. Material handling equipment such as forklifts must not be modified with work platform attachments for supporting employees unless specifically delineated in the manufacturer's printed operating instructions. Material handling equipment fitted with personnel work platform attachments are prohibited from traveling or positioning while personnel are working on the platform.



b. The use of hooks on equipment for lifting of material must be in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Material Handling Equipment Operators must be trained in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910, Subpart N.

c. Operators of forklifts or power industrial trucks must be licensed in accordance with OSHA.

3.11 EXCAVATIONS

Soil classification must be performed by a competent person in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 and EM 385-1-1.

3.11.1 Utility Locations

Provide a third party, independent, private utility locating company to positively identify underground utilities in the work area in addition to any station locating service and coordinated with the station utility department.

3.11.1.1 Utility Location Verification

Physically verify underground utility locations, including utility depth, by hand digging using wood or fiberglass handled tools when any adjacent construction work is expected to come within 3 feet of the underground system.

3.11.1.2 Utilities Within and Under Concrete, Bituminous Asphalt, and Other

Impervious Surfaces

Utilities located within and under concrete slabs or pier structures, bridges, parking areas, and the like, are extremely difficult to identify. Whenever contract work involves chipping, saw cutting, or core drilling through concrete, bituminous asphalt or other impervious surfaces, the existing utility location must be coordinated with station utility departments in addition to location and depth verification by a third party, independent, private locating company. The third party, independent, private locating company must locate utility depth by use of Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR), X-ray, bore scope, or ultrasound prior to the start of demolition and construction. Outages to isolate utility systems must be used in circumstances where utilities are unable to be positively identified. The use of historical drawings does not alleviate the Contractor from meeting this requirement.

3.12 ELECTRICAL 3.12.1 Conduct of Electrical Work As delineated in EM 385-1-1, electrical work is to be conducted in a de-energized state unless there is no alternative method for accomplishing the work. In those cases obtain an energized work permit from the Contracting Officer. The energized work permit application must be accompanied by the AHA and a summary of why the equipment/circuit needs to be worked energized. Underground electrical spaces must be certified safe for entry before entering to conduct work. Cables that will be cut must be positively



identified and de-energized prior to performing each cut. Attach temporary grounds in accordance with ASTM F855 and IEEE 1048. Perform all high voltage cable cutting remotely using hydraulic cutting tool. When racking in or live switching of circuit breakers, no additional person other than the switch operator is allowed in the space during the actual operation. Plan so that work near energized parts is minimized to the fullest extent possible. Use of electrical outages clear of any energized electrical sources is the preferred method.

3.12.2 Qualifications Electrical work must be performed by QP personnel with verifiable credentials who are familiar with applicable code requirements. Verifiable credentials consist of State, National and Local Certifications or Licenses that a Master or Journeyman Electrician may hold, depending on work being performed, and must be identified in the appropriate AHA. Journeyman/Apprentice ratio must be in accordance with State and Local requirements applicable to where work is being performed.

3.12.3 Arc Flash Conduct a hazard analysis/arc flash hazard analysis whenever work on or near energized parts greater than 50 volts is necessary, in accordance with NFPA 70E. All personnel entering the identified arc flash protection boundary must be QPs and properly trained in NFPA 70E requirements and procedures. Unless permitted by NFPA 70E, no Unqualified Person is permitted to approach nearer than the Limited Approach Boundary of energized conductors and circuit parts. Training must be administered by an electrically qualified source and documented.

3.12.4 Grounding Ground electrical circuits, equipment and enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70 and IEEE C2 to provide a permanent, continuous and effective path to ground unless otherwise noted by EM 385-1-1. Check grounding circuits to ensure that the circuit between the ground and a grounded power conductor has a resistance low enough to permit sufficient current flow to allow the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current.

3.12.5 Testing Temporary electrical distribution systems and devices must be inspected, tested and found acceptable for Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) protection, polarity, ground continuity, and ground resistance before initial use, before use after modification and at least monthly. Monthly inspections and tests must be maintained for each temporary electrical distribution system, and signed by the electrical CP or QP.


Unimatic OU1 Superfund Site KC USACE


SECTION 01 35 45

CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY This section covers requirements for the Contractor’s chemical data quality control, sampling, testing, and measurements applicable to the remedial action. This Section shall be used in the preparation of a Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plan (UFP-QAPP), monitoring of subcontract laboratory performance, data validation, data reporting, and preparation of chemical data final report, as defined in this section. The UFP-QAPP shall contain the necessary technical detail and directions for all sampling and field measurements and specifies all quality assurance (QA) and quality control (QC) procedures required for planning, implementation and assessment of the remedial action. Field measurements and laboratory analytical samples shall be collected by the Contractor and will include:

a. Waste Characterization; b. Water Discharge Permit Compliance; c. Imported Material; d. Pre-Excavation/TSCA Post-Excavation Samples; e. Post-Excavation Samples; and f. Perimeter Air Monitoring Samples



NJAC 7:14A New Jersey Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NJPDES)

NJAC 7:26D Remediation Standards NJAC 7:26E Technical Requirements for Site Remediation


EM 200-1-6 (1997) Environmental Quality -- Chemical Quality Assurance for HTRW Projects

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)

EPA 240/B-06/001 (2006) Guidance on Systematic Planning Using the Data Quality Objectives Process

EPA 540/P-87/001 (1987; Update 12/22/2005) A Compendium of

Superfund Field Operations Methods



EPA 540-R-014-013 (2015) Sampler’s Guide: Contract Laboratory Program Guidance for Field Samplers

EPA 540-R-2017-001 (2017) USEPA Contract Laboratory Program

National Functional Guidelines for Inorganic Superfund Data Review

EPA 540-R-2017-002 USEPA Contract Laboratory Program National

Functional Guidelines for Superfund Organic Methods Data Review

EPA SW-846 (Third Edition; Update IV) Test Methods for

Evaluating Solid Waste: Physical/Chemical Methods

EPA QA/G-8 (2002) Guidance on Environmental Data

Verification and Data Validation

Intergovernmental Data Quality Task Force (IDQTF)

IDQTF (2012) Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plans. Optimized UFP-QAPP Worksheets

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA) 40 CFR 261 Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste

40 CFR 262 Standards Applicable to Generators of

Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 268 Land Disposal Restrictions 40 CFR 300.440 Procedures for planning and implementing off-

site response actions

49 CFR 172 Hazardous Materials Table, Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications, Emergency Response Information, and Training Requirements

49 CFR 178 Specifications for Packagings

1.3 ACRONYMS The definition of acronyms used by the Contractor that pertain to chemical data quality control shall be clearly defined for all contract related products and communications.

1.4 CHEMISTRY REQUIREMENTS Chemical Data Quality Control (CDQC) shall be as defined by EM 200-1-6 for detail technical guidance on CDQC.

1.4.1 Data Quality Objectives (DQO)



1.4.1.1 Project Objective

The EPA issued a Record of Decision (ROD) for Unimatic OU1 in September 2016. The ROD required the demolition of the Unimatic building including the building slab and foundation and the excavation and off-site disposal of PCB- and pesticides-contaminated soil. The work described herein includes demolition and off-site disposal/ recycling of building materials and the excavation and off-site disposal of PCB and pesticides contaminated soil.

1.4.1.2 Sampling Objectives Samples shall be acquired and analyzed in such a manner that the resulting data meets and supports data use requirements. Both definitive and field screening data are anticipated for this project, as defined by the USEPA Guidance for Systematic Planning (EPA 240/B-06/001) and the USACE Chemical QA for HTRW Projects (EM 200-1-6). Field screening quality data shall be generated for health and safety purposes which can be used to identify media or samples that may be subject to further analysis. Definitive level quality data shall be used to confirm limits of contamination, characterize waste, demonstrate imported backfill quality, and verify that the treated water meets discharge limits. Definitive quality data shall be acquired, documented, verified, and reported to ensure that the specified data quality indicators' (DQIs) (precision, accuracy, completeness, comparability and representativeness) measurement performance requirements are achieved. Sampling objectives will be discussed in detail to ensure that the data obtained will be of sufficient quality and quantity to meet the DQOs. The sampling objectives to be contained in the Contractor's UFP-QAPP shall include specific disposal facility requirements for sampling, analysis, and reporting.

a) Pre-Excavation samples: Pre-excavation analytical samples shall be analyzed for PCBs. The analytical results obtained by the Contractor should be sufficient to document the limits of the TSCA excavation.

b) TSCA Post-Excavation samples: TSCA post-excavation samples shall be analyzed for PCBs. The analytical results obtained by the Contractor should be sufficient to document that the limits of TSCA excavation have been achieved as described in Section 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL and the Drawings.

c) Post-Excavation samples: Post-excavation samples for the overall excavation area shall be analyzed for PCBs and pesticides. The analytical results obtained by the Contractor should be sufficient to document that the limits of excavation have been achieved the cleanup goals specified in the ROD and as described in Section 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL and the Drawings.

d) Waste disposal characterization samples (solid): Waste disposal characterization samples from excavated soil shall be analyzed in accordance with disposal facility sampling requirements. The analytical results obtained by the Contractor shall be sufficient to address any and all requirements of the selected disposal facility.

e) Waste disposal characterization samples (water): Waste disposal characterization samples from dewatering and decontamination operations. The analytical results obtained by the Contractor shall be sufficient to address any and all requirements of the selected disposal facility.



f) Imported Material samples: Samples of imported backfill from each off-site source shall be collected and analyzed for the parameters listed in Table 1. Sample data shall be sufficient to demonstrate that backfill materials do not contain contaminants that are hazardous to human health or the environment or exceed limits established for the site. Material delivered to the site shall meet the definition provided in NJAC 7:26E -1.8. The Contractor shall compare sample data against available site background data and/or NJAC 7:26D, NJDEP Soil Cleanup Standard. The data will be compared to the most stringent NJDEP soil cleanup standard, which will be the lowest value for each listed compound from either Table 1A-Residential Direct Contact Health Based Criteria and Soil Remediation Standards (mg/kg) or Table 1B-Non-Residential Direct Health Based Criteria and Soil Remediation Standards (mg/kg), where those numbers are not below background or method detection limits. No backfill shall be brought to the site without written approval from the Contracting Officer.

g) Water Discharge Permit Compliance samples: Samples shall be collected to verify the water treatment system’s performance and compliance with the discharge permit. Performance samples from the temporary on-site water treatment system used to treat dewatering and decontamination fluids, shall be collected and analyzed to verify permit compliance, monitor treatment plant performance, and refine operating procedures. Compliance samples (Table 1) shall be collected and analyzed to monitor the effectiveness of the treatment and compliance with the applicable permit limits. The sampling objectives to be contained in the contractor's UFP-QAPP shall include effluent limits for all compounds required under an applicable permit equivalency.

h) Perimeter Air Monitoring samples: Samples will be collected and analyzed by a laboratory as required by Section 01 12 00 – Perimeter Air Monitoring.

1.4.1.3 Chemical DQO Chemical data shall be acquired, documented, verified, and reported in a manner that assures that the precision, accuracy, and completeness requirements provided in Table 2 are achieved. The UFP-QAPP shall comply with the DQO process requirements as specified in EPA 240/B-06/001.

1.4.2 Sampling, Analysis, and Measurement The requirements that are listed in the following subsections shall be included in the UFP-QAPP.

1.4.2.1 Waste Characterization Sampling

a. Samples from demolition activities shall be collected and analyzed in accordance with Contractor's approved disposal facility requirements. Samples shall be analyzed for waste characteristics to determine handling, transportation and disposal requirements. The number and volume of samples are determined by disposal facility. The analytes are listed in Table 1. The Contractor shall ensure that all the disposal facility requirements are met prior to shipment of the waste.

b. Samples from soil excavated during construction shall be collected and

analyzed in accordance with Contractor's approved disposal facility requirements. Samples shall be analyzed for waste characteristics to



determine handling, transportation, and disposal requirements. The number and volume of samples are determined by disposal facility. The analytes are listed in Table 1. The Contractor shall ensure that all the disposal facility requirements are met prior to shipment of the waste.

c. Samples from water treatment activities shall be collected and analyzed in accordance with Contractor's approved disposal requirements. Samples shall be analyzed for waste characteristics to determine handling, transportation and disposal requirements. The minimum required analytes are listed in Table 1. The Contractor shall ensure that all the disposal facility requirements are met prior to shipment of the waste.

d. Material shipping manifesting shall be in accordance with 40 CFR 26, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 268, 49 CFR 172, and 49 CFR 178. Waste characterization samples shall be collected and analyzed according to Table 1.

1.4.2.2 Imported Material Chemical Characterization

a. Backfill material samples are to be collected at a frequency stated in Section 31 23 00 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION. Analytical methods are included in Table 1.

b. Sample data shall be sufficient to demonstrate that backfill materials meet the definition of clean fill per NJAC 7:26E-1.8.

c. The criteria for backfill to be free of radiological contamination

shall be in accordance with NJAC 7:28 Subchapter 12 and is listed below:

1) Radium (Ra-226) less than 3 picoCuries per gram (pCi/g) (assuming

background level of 1 pCi/g).

2) Gamma Radiation Exposure Rate equivalent to 15 millirems/year or less than 1.7 microRoentgen per hour (uR/hr).

1.4.2.3 TSCA Pre & Post-Excavation Sampling

TSCA pre- and post-excavation samples are to be collected and analyzed for PCBs. The pre-excavation samples shall be collected as shown on the drawings. Post-excavation samples are to be collected at a frequency of sidewall samples collected every 30 linear feet and bottom samples every 900 square feet. TSCA post-excavation sample locations shall be adjusted based on visual observations of contamination. Samples shall be analyzed using a 48-hour turn-around-time (TAT).

1.4.2.3 Post-Excavation Sampling

Post-excavation samples for the overall excavation are to be collected and analyzed for PCBs and pesticides in order to verify the cleanup objectives are met. In accordance with7 NJDEP requirements, sidewall samples will be collected every 30 linear feet and bottom samples every 900 square feet. Post-excavation analytical sample locations shall be adjusted based on visual observations of contamination. Samples shall be analyzed using a 48-hour TAT.



1.5 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Uniform Federal Policy Quality Assurance Project Plan; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Chemistry Data Package

Chemical Data Final Reports; G EPA Region 2 Electronic Data Deliverable (EDD)

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) / QUALITY CONTROL (QC) ELEMENTS Follow the QA/QC elements necessary to monitor and ensure the quality of chemical data produced.

1.6.1 Analytical Testing Laboratory

1.6.1.1 General

a. The Contractor shall comply with the Superfund Field and Analytical Services Teaming Advisory Committee (FASTAC) policy in selecting and implementing analytical services for this project. This policy requires use of the tiered decision tree for procuring Superfund analytical services for all non-time critical data collection projects. The decision tree is as follows: 1) Tier 1: EPA Region II Division of Environmental Science and

Assessment (DESA) Laboratory including Environmental Services Assessment Team (ESAT) support.

2) Tier 2: National Analytical Services Contract Laboratories Program (CLP).

3) Tier 3: Region Specific Analytical Services (SAS) Contract laboratories.

4) Tier 4: Contractor, Interagency Agreement (IAGs) and Field Contractor Subcontract laboratories.

b. For this project, all data are time critical so a subcontracted lab

(i.e., Tier 4) will be used. 1.6.1.2 Subcontracted Laboratory Analytical Requirements The Contractor shall provide chemical analyses for all parameters by methods specified in the project specification or UFP-QAPP to achieve the project DQO.



1.6.1.3 Subcontract Laboratory Certification The Contractor will be provided a list of approved laboratories by the Contracting Officer. Environmental laboratory services are to be provided only by laboratories compliant with the most recently published version of the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (NELAP) accreditation for all appropriate fields-of-testing and certified by the State of New Jersey. Before testing services can be performed by the laboratory, the Contractor shall verify the candidate laboratory's acceptability by reviewing their certifications. NELAP accreditation information is to be provided annually. The laboratory shall notify the Government immediately of change in status of laboratory operations that may affect on-going compliance with these requirements. The USACE/EPA may, at any time, conduct audits (including requests for pertinent data or information) that support an environmental laboratory's self-declaration of compliance with this policy. If the USACE/EPA finds the laboratory is in non-compliance, the Contractor shall utilize alternate, compliant laboratory services until such time as compliance is again demonstrated. Before performing environmental testing, the laboratory shall have access to the approved UFP-QAPP.

1.6.1.4 Subcontract Laboratory Performance The Contractor shall provide oversight to ensure continued acceptable analytical performance and shall establish a procedure to address data deficiencies noted by review and/or quality control sample results. The Contractor shall provide and implement a mechanism for providing analytical laboratories with the UFP-QAPP, for monitoring analytical performance and for ensuring corrective action procedures are implemented.

1.6.2 Documentation of Sample Collection and Analysis The Contractor shall be responsible for the independent data review of the entire primary data set.

1.6.3 Contractor QC Sample Collection and Analysis Quality control samples shall be collected and analyzed by the Contractor in accordance with EPA's Contract Laboratory Program Guidance for Field Samplers (EPA 540-R-014-013) and other guidance documents and the Contractor's approved UFP-QAPP. Quality control samples shall be collected as described in the Contractor's approved UFP-QAPP. The following summarizes the minimum QC sampling requirements: 1. Field duplicates shall be collected at a rate of at least one per every

20 samples to assess the overall precision of the field sampling technique.

2. One trip blank shall be included with each daily shipment that contains aqueous samples collected for VOC analysis to verify the presence or absence of cross contamination in VOC samples during handling and shipment from the field to the laboratory.

3. One field (equipment/rinsate) blank shall be collected at a frequency

of one per decontamination event, not to exceed one per day, for each



non-disposable and non-dedicated equipment type and for each sample matrix to assess the effectiveness of equipment decontamination.

4. One cooler temperature indicator or "temperature blank" will be placed

in each cooler containing samples (solid and aqueous) for analysis to verify that samples have been maintained at 0 to 6 degrees C (32 to 42.8 degrees F).

5. One matrix spike/spike duplicate or matrix duplicate (MS/MSD or MD)

will be collected at a rate of least one per every 20 samples to demonstrate the accuracy of laboratory analysis.

1.6.4 Data Validation

1. The Contractor shall validate analytical data for samples analyzed by the Contractor's subcontract laboratory. The validation shall be performed by an individual who did not collect (generate) the data. Validation shall be in accordance with EPA Region 2 Quality Assurance Guidance and Standard Operation Procedures (https://www.epa.gov/ quality/region-2-quality-assurance-guidance-and-standard-operating-procedures). Additionally, the inorganic and organic data shall be evaluated in accordance with EPA Contract Laboratory Program National Functional Guidelines (Inorganic - EPA 540-R-10-011 and Organic - EPA 540-R-08-01) and EPA Region 2 Quality Assurance Guidance and SOPs. Items listed below shall be assessed as part of the data validation. The data validation criteria shall be consistent with project DQOs and discussed in the approved UFP-QAPP. The Contractor shall prepare a data validation report, which shall include a summary of the independent data reviewer's findings. The summary shall consist of a table listing each QC result outside of established criteria, the established criteria, and the validation actions. Comments shall be included on how these data affect the validity of analytical results of the samples including data qualifiers used. The data validation report shall include, but not be limited to, the following parameters: a. Data completeness. b. Method blank and field blanks. c. Holding time including sample integrity. d. Surrogate recovery. e. Instrument calibration. f. Matrix spike. g. Continuing calibration verification. h. Laboratory and field duplicate results. i. Laboratory control samples. j. Verification of sample results.

2. The Contractor shall have the laboratory data validated by an

organization independent of the organization generating the data. 1.6.5 Analytical Data 1. Hard Copy: The chemistry data packages shall be re-produced and

provided to the Government no later than 4 weeks after receipt of the analytical data package from the subcontract laboratory. The chemistry data package shall contain information to demonstrate that the project's DQOs have been fulfilled.



2. Electronic Data Deliverables:

a. All laboratory data shall be submitted by the Contractor to EPA in the Staged Electronic Data Deliverable (SEDD) format. Details on the SEDD format are provided in the SEDD Version 5.2 (or most recent version) specification located at: https://www.epa.gov/clp/staged-electronic-data-deliverable-sedd

b. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to EPA a final EDD for all

final sampling results prepared in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Comprehensive EDD Specification Manual (current edition) and as described at the following website: https://www.epa.gov/superfund/region-2-superfund-electronic-data-submission.

c. The Contractor shall provide the Government with a copy of the

transmittal letter for all EDD submissions, identifying what data were provided in the EDD. The Contractor shall also provide the Government with a copy of the notice from EPA that the EDD submittal was successfully uploaded.

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS 1.7.1 Chemical Quality Control Officer As a minimum, the Contractor's Chemical Quality Control Officer shall have: a Bachelor's Degree (B.A. or B.S.) degree in Chemistry; three years of experience with Hazardous, Toxic, and Radioactive Waste (HTRW) Quality Control including hazardous waste manifesting. The Chemical Quality Control Officer shall ensure that all chemistry-related objectives including responsibilities for DQO definitions, sampling and analysis, project requirements for data documentation and validation, and final project reports are attained. The Chemical Quality Control officer need not be present on-site during routine sampling, but shall be available for consultation with Government and Contractor personnel.

1.7.2 Project Chemist As a minimum, the Contractor's Project Chemist shall have: a Bachelor's Degree (B.A. or B.S.) in Chemistry; three years of experience related to investigations, studies, design, and remedial actions at HTRW sites; three field seasons experience in calibrating and operating various field monitoring devices; and three years of experience in the operation of an HTRW commercial laboratory with standard analytical chemistry methods common for analyzing soil, water, air, and other materials for chemical contamination assessment, including data for hazardous waste manifesting. The Chemist shall be available for consultation with the Contractor's personnel and Government personnel. The Chemist should have general knowledge of remedial process chemistry, fate and transport of organics and inorganics, knowledge of chemical quality control, and experience with ADR.NET validation software and staged electronic data deliverables. The Chemist shall be experienced in the sampling and analysis of toxic/hazardous chemicals and radiological contamination in environmental matrices. The Chemist will be required to have advanced expertise (senior level) in chemical data quality management of environmental analytical data. The



project chemist shall ensure that all chemistry-related goals of the program are attained.

1.7.3 Environmental Sampler As a minimum, the Contractor's Environmental Sampler shall have: a Bachelor's Degree (B.A. or B.S.) degree in Chemistry, Environmental Science, Engineering, Geology, Hydrology, or a related field; three years of experience in the development and preparation of the UFP-QAPP and work plans; one year of experience in and knowledge of EPA methods for collecting environmental and hazardous waste samples; one year of experience in operation of field screening equipment (e.g., PID and FID). The Environmental Sampler shall collect all on-site samples and perform all field screening tests. The Environmental Sampler shall review the sampling results, and provide recommendations for the Contractor's sampling program. The Environmental Sampler shall be on-site during excavation and stockpiling operations involving contaminated soil.

1.8 COORDINATION MEETING After the preconstruction conference, before any sampling or testing, the Contractor and the Contracting Officer will meet at the construction site to discuss the CQC Plan and the UFP-QAPP. The coordination meeting will be simultaneous to any CQC coordination meeting required in Section 01 45 00.00 10 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL unless otherwise indicated or directed. A list of definable features that involve chemical measurements shall be agreed upon. At a minimum, each matrix (soil, water, air, etc.) shall be a definable work feature. Management of the chemical data quality system including project DQO, project submittals, chemical data documentation, chemical data assessment, and required sampling and analysis protocols, and minimum data reporting requirements as specified in Table 3. The meeting will serve to establish an interrelationship between the Contractor's chemical data quality management and Government chemical quality assurance requirements. Minutes of the meeting will be documented by the Contractor and shall be signed by both the Contractor and the Government. The minutes will include any or all unresolved chemical issues along with the conditions for resolution and will become a part of the contract file. There may be occasions when additional conferences may be called by either party to reconfirm mutual understandings, and/or to address deficiencies in the CQC system, or procedures that may require corrective action by the Contractor.


PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Provide chemical sample acquisition, sample analysis, instrumental measurements of chemical parameters for chemical data quality control. An effective chemical data quality control system shall be established that meets the requirements for the chemical measurement DQO applicable to the Project. The system shall cover chemical measurements pertaining to and required for Contractor- and subcontractor-produced chemical data. Control field screening, sampling, and testing in conjunction with remedial activities to meet all DQO; minimize the amount of excavated material



requiring temporary storage; prevent dilution of contaminated soils with clean soils; and ensure completion of work within the required time.

3.2 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 3.2.1 Additional Requirements In addition to the quality control requirements specified in Section 01 45 00.00 10 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL, the CQC Plan shall incorporate the qualifications, authority and responsibilities of all chemical quality management and support personnel. Chemical measurements including sampling and/or chemical parameter measurement will not be permitted to begin until after production and acceptance of the CQC Plan, and Government approval of the UFP-QAPP.

3.2.2 Chemistry Elements of the CQC Plan To cover contract related chemical measurements by the Contractor and all subcontractors, the CQC Plan shall include the following as a minimum.

3.2.2.1 Qualifications Names, education, experience qualifications, authorities, and decision-making responsibilities of all chemical quality management and support personnel. The CQC Plan shall contain a copy of a letter from the project QC manager designating and authorizing a Chemical Quality Control Officer and chemical quality control organization staff.

3.2.2.2 Authority and Responsibility A diagram, flow chart, or figure clearly depicting the chemical data quality management and support staff and the authority and responsibility of each for chemical sampling and analysis, procedures for corrective actions, deliverables and submittals, deviations and changes, chemical quality documentation, data validation, minimum data reporting requirements, and DQO for chemical parameter measurement by the Contractor and subcontractors. The contents of this section of the CQC Plan shall be included in the applicable "Project Organization" elements of the UFP-QAPP.

3.3 UNIFORM FEDERAL POLICY QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN 3.3.1 General The UFP-QAPP shall describe all chemical parameter measurements for all phases of the remedial action. The Contractor must provide sufficient detail for the project team to obtain data that meets the data quality objectives of the project. The Contractor's developed QAPP shall be in accordance with the UFP-QAPP Manuals referenced in Subpart 1.2 and shall be in the Optimized UFP-QAPP Worksheet format (IDQTF, 2012).

3.3.2 Level of Detail The UFP-QAPP shall contain necessary technical detail and direction such that field and laboratory personnel understand all sampling and field measurement requirements. It shall document all aspects of the project, planning, implementation, assessment, corrective actions and reconciliation of completed tasks with documented planned objectives. It shall contain



sufficient direction and detail that on-site personnel can perform all on-site activities required to attain project DQOs, including: collection of samples for off-site chemical analysis, shipment of samples for off-site analyses, and performance of on-site instrumental parameter measurements, data documentation, and reporting requirements. The level of detail in the UFP QAPP shall be such that any technically-competent personnel unfamiliar with the Site can follow the plan and perform all required work. It shall contain sufficient direction and detail that analytical laboratory personnel understand the analytical methods required and the project reporting limits, project data validation, and reporting requirements.

3.3.3 Appendices The Appendices of the UFP-QAPP shall contain all Contractor standard forms, project figures and tables, and SOPs, and all references pertaining to the project requirements included in the UFP-QAPP relating to project DQOs, standard and non-standard measurement methods, equivalency data, U.S. Government and regional agency guidance and regulatory documents, existing site related documents, and other contract related chemical analysis documents. Reference to all applicable SOPs from EPA 540/P-87/001, Compendium of Superfund Field Operations Methods, or Contractor SOPs, where applicable, shall be included.

3.3.4 Content The UFP-QAPP shall cover, at minimum, the following topics and meet the requirements of the UFP-QAPP Manual: 1. Distribution List. 2. Title and Approval Page. 3. Project Description. 4. Introduction including, Summary of Scope and Objectives, Site History

and Contaminants. 5. Existing Site Data Summary-Evaluation of Secondary Data and Use

Limitations. 6. Project Description/Problem Definition/Site-Specific Analysis

Problems. 7. Project Objectives/Systematic Planning Documentation/Data Quality

Objectives. 8. Sampling Design and Rationale. 9. Scope and Objectives. 10. Project Schedule and Timelines. 11. Project Organization and Responsibility. 12. Personnel Responsibilities, Qualifications and Special Training

Requirements. 13. Field Activities and Procedures (SOPs). 14. Field and Laboratory QC Samples. 15. Sampling Procedures and Container/Preservation Requirements. 16. Sample Custody, Chain-of-Custody/Sample Documentation. 17. Sample Handling/ Identification. 18. Field Logbooks and Contents; Documentation Procedures. 19. Sample Packaging and Shipping. 20. Equipment Decontamination. 21. Contractor Quality Control. 22. Daily Quality Control Reports. 23. Field Quality Control and Corrective Actions. 24. Sampling Apparatus and Field Instrumentation.



25. Data Quality Objectives and Measurement Performance Criteria. 26. Sample Custody and Holding Times. 27. Analytical Procedures. 28. Reference Limits and Evaluation of Quantization Limit Goals. 29. Laboratory Calibration Procedures and Frequency. 30. Internal QC Checks. 31. Calculation of Data Quality Indicators. 32. Laboratory Corrective Actions. 33. Data Reduction, Review, Validation and Reporting. 34. Laboratory Reporting Requirements. 35. Preventive Maintenance (Field and Laboratory). 36. Performance and System Audits. 37. QC Reports to Management. 38. Appendices.

3.3.5 Table of Contents The UFP-QAPP shall include a table of contents; crosswalk showing that all UFP-QAPP elements have been addressed; definitions, acronyms, references pertaining to the project, and other related chemical analysis documents, such as the data validation SOP for parameters not included in the National Functional Guidelines.

3.3.6 Packing and Shipping The following procedures shall be followed for sample packing and shipment: Sampler’s Guide, Contract Laboratory Program Guidance for Field Samplers (EPA 540-R-014-013), October 2014.

3.3.7 Regulatory Requirements All Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations 40 CFR 261, 106 to 179 shall be followed regarding shipment of the samples.

3.4 CHEMISTRY DATA PACKAGE The chemistry data package shall contain information to demonstrate that the project's DQO have been fulfilled. Content of a data package is defined in EM 200-1-6. The chemistry data package shall be produced and provided to the Government monthly. The QA function will compare QA sample results to corresponding primary sample results, will assess the Contractor's compliance with the UFP-QAPP, and will recommend corrective action as necessary.

3.5 CONTROL OF CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY 3.5.1 General Contractor chemical data quality control ensures that a quality control program is in place that assures sampling and analytical activities and the resulting chemical parameter measurement data comply with the DQO and the requirements of the UFP-QAPP. Utilize the three-phase control system that includes a preparatory, initial and follow-up phase for each definable feature of work. The Contractor's three-phase chemical data control process shall ensure that data reporting requirements are achieved and shall be implemented according to Section 01 45 00.00 10 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL.



When possible, the three-phase chemical data control process shall be combined with that under Section 01 45 00.00 10 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL.

3.5.2 Three-Phase Chemical Data Control Process 1. The preparatory phase shall include a review of the specification, UFP-

QAPP, and all relevant SOPs for the chemical parameter measurement and/or chemical sample acquisition and shipment. It shall include a physical examination of all required forms, materials and equipment to ensure conformance with the UFP-QAPP and that all materials are on site. It shall include a demonstration of sampling procedures by the Contractor's field sampling personnel.

2. The initial phase shall be performed at the initiation of each definable feature of work by the CQC Representative to confirm compliance with the UFP-QAPP, including: instrument calibration, operation and performance checks, sample acquisition, labeling, and shipment in accordance with required SOPs, sampling equipment decontamination, and completion of all required documentation.

3. The follow up phase shall require daily inspections to ensure compliance with the UFP-QAPP.

3.6 ANALYTICAL TESTING LABORATORIES The Contractor shall propose the analytical laboratories to be used for the primary sample analyses. Laboratory validation requirements shall be in accordance with paragraph 1.6.6 Data Validation. The Contractor may utilize its own laboratory or utilize subcontract laboratories to achieve the primary required sample analyses.

3.6.1 Laboratory Analytical Requirements Provide the specified chemical analyses by the Contractor's laboratory and /or by subcontractor's laboratory. Provide chemical analyses to achieve the project DQO for all parameters by the methods in the UFP-QAPP. To give the USACE programs the greatest flexibility in the execution of its projects, the EPA SW-846 methods are generally the methods employed for the analytical testing of environmental samples. These methods are flexible and shall be adapted to individual project-specific requirements. Minimum data reporting requirements are shown in Table 3.

3.6.2 Laboratory Performance Monitor and ensure continued acceptable analytical performance and establish a procedure to address data deficiencies noted by review and/or quality assurance sample results. Provide and implement a mechanism for providing analytical labs with the UFP-QAPP, for monitoring the lab's performance and for performing corrective action procedures. Contractor shall have a backup laboratory meeting certification requirements stated in paragraph 1.6.1.3 in the event the laboratory being used loses its certification status during the project.



3.7 CHEMICAL DATA FINAL REPORT

The Chemical Data Final Report (CDFR) shall be produced including a summary of quality control practices employed and all chemical parameter measurement activities after project completion. As a minimum, the CDFR shall contain the following:

A. Summary of project scope and description.

B. Summary of any deviations from the UFP-QAPP or the design chemical

parameter measurement specifications.

C. Summary of chemical parameter measurements performed as contingent measurements.

D. Summary discussion of resulting data including achieving data reporting requirements.

E. Summary of data usability and achievement of project specific DQO based on the results of validation and verification.

F. Presentation and evaluation of the data to include an overall assessment on the quality of the data for each method and matrix.

G. Internal QC data generated during the project, including tabular summaries correlating sample identifiers with all blank, matrix spikes, surrogates, duplicates, laboratory control samples, and batch identifiers.

H. A list of the affected sample results for each analyte (indexed by method and matrix) including the appropriate data qualifier flag (J, R, etc.), where sample results are negatively impacted by adverse quality control criteria.

I. Summary of field and laboratory oversight activities, providing a

discussion of the reliability of the data, QC problems encountered, and a summary of the evaluation of data quality for each analysis and matrix as indicated by the laboratory QC data and any other relevant findings.

J. Conclusions and recommendations.

K. Appendices containing the chemistry data packages for all subcontract laboratory data and validation reports.

3.8 NOTIFICATION OF NON-COMPLIANCE The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of any detected noncompliance with the foregoing requirements. Take immediate corrective action after receipt of such notice.

3.9 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION The supplements listed below, prior to "End of Section," are provided in Appendix A: Supplementary Information.

1. Table 1: Analytical Methods for Chemical Parameters.



2. Table 2: General Data Quality Objectives for Chemical Parameters. 3. Table 3: Reference Limits and Evaluation Table.

-- End of Section –

Notes:NA = Not ApplicableTCL = Target Compound List TAL = Target Analyte ListTCLP = Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedures PCBs = Polychlorinated biphenylsTSS = total suspended solidsVOC = Volatile Organic CompoundsSVOC = Semivolatile Organic Compounds SOW = Statement of WorkPCBs= polychlorinated biphenyls

Refer to Analytical MethodRefer to Analytical Method

Corrosivity SW9045Ignitability Pensky Martens

TAL Metals SW3050 SW6010, SW7471Cyanide Refer to Analytical Method SW9012TCL Pesticides SW3550

PCBs SW3541, SW3550 SW8082

Section 01 35 45 ‐ Table 1Analytical Methods for Chemical Parameters

Imported Material Solid

Radium (RA‐226)Gamma Radiation

SW1311 SW8081TCLP Herbicides SW1311 SW8151PCBs SW3541, SW3550 SW8082

Data Use Media Parameter MethodPrep/Extraction Analysis

Waste Characterization

Solid

TCLP VOCs SW1311 SW8260TCLP SVOCs SW1311 SW8270TCLP Metals SW1311 SW6010, SW7470TCLP Pesticides

Water

TCL VOCs SW5030 SW8260TCL SVOCs SW3510, SW3520 SW8270TAL Metals (total and dissolved) SW3010 SW6010/SW6020, SW7470TCL Pesticides SW3510, SW3520 SW8081TCL Herbicides SW3510, SW3520 SW8081TCL PCBs SW3520 SW8082pH Refer to Analytical Method SW9045

TCL VOCs SW5035 SW8260TCL SVOCs SW3550 SW8270

Pre‐Excavation/TSCA Post‐Excavation Samples

Solid PCBs SW3541, SW3550 SW8082

NANA

SM7500RaB or equivalentDOE‐GA‐01‐R or equivalent

PCBs SW3541, SW3550 SW8082TCL Pesticides

Perimeter Air Monitoring Samples Air PCBs Refer to Analytical Method EPA TO‐4AAir VOCs Refer to Analytical Method EPA TO‐15

pH Refer to Analytical Method

Post‐Excavation Samples Solid

SW9045

TSS Refer to Analytical Method EPA Method 160.2

SW3550 SW8081

SW8081

Water Discharge Permit Compliance

Water

TCL VOCs SW5030 SW8260TCL SVOCs SW3510, SW3520 SW8270TAL Metals (total and dissolved) SW3010 SW6010/SW6020, SW7470TCL Pesticides SW3510, SW3520 SW8081

TCL PCBs SW3520 SW8082

Page 1 of 1

Laboratory Duplicate

MS/MSD LCS RecoveriesMS/MSDRecoveries

NA NA NANA NA NANA NA 20% NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA NA

<50% NA<50% NA<50% NA<50% NANA NA NANA NA NA

NA NA 20% NA

NA NA NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA NA

NA NA 20% NA

NA NA NA<20% NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA NANA NA 20% NANA NA 20% NANA NA NA

<40% NA NA<40% NA NA

In‐Situ of Soil Solid NA NA NANA NA NANA NA NA

Air <30% NA NAAir <30% NA NA

Notes:NA = Not ApplicableTCL = Target compound list TAL = Target analyte listTCLP = toxicity characteristic leaching procedures PCBs = polychlorinated biphenylsTSS = total suspended solidsVOC = volatile organic compoundsSVOC = semivolatile organic compoundsLCS/LCSD = laboratory control sample/laboratory control sample duplicatePCBs = polychlorinated biphenyls

<30% <35% >90%

<35% >90%

>90%>90%<35%

SECTION 01 35 45 ‐ Table 2Data Quality Objectives for Chemical Parameters

<40% NA NA >90%

<20% NA >90%NA

NA

<50%

<30%

<40% <30% NA >90%

Radium (RA‐226)Gamma Radiation

<40% <30% <35% >90%

TCL Pesticides >90%

NA >90%Cyanide <50%

<40% <30% <35% >90%

<50% <30% <35% >90%

<40% <30% <35% >90%<50% <30% <35% >90%<50% <30% <35% >90%<50%

<30%

>90%

<30%>90%

<50% <30% <35%

<50%<30%<30%

NA

Perimeter Air Monitoring

TCL VOCsTCL SVOCsTAL Metals (total and dissolved)TCL PesticidesTSSTCL PCBspH

Water Discharge Permit Compliance

Water

PCBsTCL VOCsTCL SVOCsTAL Metals

PCBsVOCs

Imported Material (Backfill, Topsoil) Chemical Characterization

Solid

Data Use Media ParameterPrecision (RPD) Accuracy

CompletenessField Duplicate LCS/LCSD

Surrogate Recoveries

Waste Characterization

Solid

TCLP VOCs <50% <30% <35% >90%TCLP SVOCs <50% <30% <35% >90%TCLP Metals <50% <30% NA >90%TCLP Pesticides <50% <30% <35% >90%TCLP Herbicides <50%PCBs <50% <30% <35% >90%Moisture Content <50% NA NA >90%Paint Filter <50% NA NA >90%Corrosivity <50% NA NA >90%Ignitability <50% NA NA >90%

Water

TCL VOCs <40% <30% <35% >90%TCL SVOCs <40% <30% <35% >90%TAL Metals (total and dissolved)

<40% <30% NA >90%

TCL Pesticides <40% <30%

>90%<40%

TCL Herbicides <40% <30% <35% >90%TCL PCBs <40% <30% <35% >90%pH <40% NA NA >90%

<40% <30% <35%<35% >90%

<50% <30% <35% >90%

Post Excavation Samples Solid PCBs <50% <30% <35% >90%TCL Pesticides <50% <30% <35% >90%

PCBs <50% <30% <35%

Page 1 of 1

of 2

Section 01 35 45 ‐ Table 3

Reference Limits and Evaluation Table

Analyte CAS

Number

Aqueous Soil

Method QLs

Achievable Laboratory

Limits


Limits

Method CRQL


Limits


Limits

µg/L MDLs, µg/L RLs, µg/L µg/kg MDLs, µg/kg RLs, µg/kg

alpha‐BHC 319‐89‐6 0.05 0.001 0.0025 1.7 2.07 2.5

gamma‐BHC 58‐89‐9 0.05 0.001 0.0025 1.7 1.92 2.5

beta‐BHC 319‐85‐7 0.05 0.001 0.0025 1.7 0.95 2.5

delta‐BHC 319‐86‐8 0.05 0.001 0.0025 1.7 1.82 2.5

HEPTACHLOR 76‐44‐8 0.05 0.002 0.0025 1.7 2.37 2.5

ALDRIN 309‐00‐2 0.05 0.002 0.0025 1.7 1.89 2.5

HEPTACHLOR EPOXIDE 1024‐57‐3 0.05 0.002 0.0025 1.7 2.03 2.5

gamma‐CHLORDANE 5103‐74‐2 0.05 0.005 0.0025 1.7 2.12 2.5

alpha‐CHLORDANE 5103‐71‐9 0.05 0.003 0.0025 1.7 2.24 2.5

ENDOSULFAN I 1031‐07‐8 0.05 0.001 0.0025 1.7 2.19 2.5

4,4'‐DDE 72‐55‐9 0.1 0.011 0.005 3.3 4.11 5

DIELDRIN 60‐57‐1 0.1 0.003 0.005 3.3 4.71 5

ENDRIN 72‐20‐8 0.1 0.004 0.005 3.3 4.69 5

4,4'‐DDD 72‐54‐8 0.1 0.004 0.005 3.3 4.57 5

ENDOSULFAN II 1031‐078 0.1 0.003 0.005 3.3 4.67 5

4,4'‐DDT 50‐29‐3 0.1 0.007 0.005 3.3 4.85 5

ENDRIN ALDEHYDE 7421‐93‐4 0.1 0.002 0.005 3.3 4.52 5

METHOXYCHLOR 72‐43‐5 0.5 0.021 0.05 17 27.5 25

ENDOSULFAN SULFATE 1031‐07‐8 0.1 0.003 0.005 3.3 5.27 2.5

ENDRIN KETONE 53494‐70‐5 0.1 0.004 0.005 3.3 4.82 2.5

TOXAPHENE 8001‐35‐2 5 0.04 0.1875 170 86.5 190

TECHNICAL CHLORDANE NA NA 0.009 0.0625 NA 58.9 62

AROCLOR 1060 12674‐11‐2 1 NA 0.03125 33 NA 31

AROCLOR 1221 11104‐28‐2 1 NA 0.0625 33 NA 62

AROCLOR 1232 11141‐16‐5 1 NA 0.03125 33 NA 31

of 2

Analyte CAS

Number

Aqueous Soil

Method QLs


Limits


Limits

Method CRQL


Limits


Limits

µg/L MDLs, µg/L RLs, µg/L µg/kg MDLs, µg/kg RLs, µg/kg

AROCLOR 1242 53469‐21‐9 1 0.01 0.03125 33 37.3 31

AROCLOR 1248 12672‐29‐6 1 NA 0.03125 33 NA 31

AROCLOR 1254 11097‐69‐1 1 NA 0.03125 33 NA 31

AROCLOR 1260 11096‐82‐5 1 NA 0.03125 33 NA 31

AROCLOR 1262 37324‐23‐5 1 NA 0.03125 33 NA 31

AROCLOR 1268 11100‐14‐4 1 NA 0.03125 33 NA 31



SECTION 01 42 00

SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES Various publications are referenced in other sections of the specifications to establish requirements for the work. These references are identified in each section by document number, date and title. The document number used in the citation is the number assigned by the standards producing organization (e.g., ASTM B564 Standard Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings). However, when the standards producing organization has not assigned a number to a document, an identifying number has been assigned for reference purposes.

1.2 ORDERING INFORMATION The addresses of the standards publishing organizations whose documents are referenced in other sections of these specifications are listed below, and if the source of the publications is different from the address of the sponsoring organization, that information is also provided.

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS (AASHTO) 444 North Capital Street, NW, Suite 249 Washington, DC 20001 Ph: 202-624-5800 Fax: 202-624-5806 E-Mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.aashto.org AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF GOVERNMENTAL INDUSTRIAL HYGIENISTS (ACGIH) 1330 Kemper Meadow Drive Cincinnati, OH 45240 Ph: 513-742-2020 or 513-742-6163 Fax: 513-742-3355 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.acgih.org AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) 25 Massachusetts Avenue, NW Suite 800 Washington, DC 20001 Ph: 202-452-7100 Internet: http://www.steel.org AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) 1899 L Street, NW, 11th Floor Washington, DC 20036 Ph: 202-293-8020 Fax: 202-293-9287 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.ansi.org/

ANSI documents beginning with the letter "S" can be ordered from: ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA (ASA) 2 Huntington Quadrangle, Suite 1NO1 Melville, NY 11747-4502

http://www.aashto.org/

http://www.acgih.org/

http://www.steel.org/

http://www.ansi.org/



Ph: 516-576-2360 Fax: 516-576-2377 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: https://acousticalsociety.org/

AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API) Internet: http://www.api.org AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) 13301 NW 47 Ave Miami, FL 33054 Ph: 800-443-9353 Fax: 305-826-6195 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.aws.org AMERICAN WOOD-PRESERVERS' ASSOCIATION (AWPA) P.O. Box 361784 Birmingham, AL 35236-1784 Ph: 205-733-4077 Fax: 205-733-4075 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.awpa.com ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME) Two Park Avenue, M/S 10E New York, NY 10016-5990 Ph: 800-843-2763 Fax: 973-882-1717 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.asme.org ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700 West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 Ph: 877-909-2786 Internet: http://www.astm.org INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OF AUTOMATION (ISA) 67 T.W. Alexander Drive PO Box 12277 Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 Ph: 919-549-8411 Fax: 919-549-8288 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.isa.org NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 1 Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02169-7471 Ph: 617-770-3000 Fax: 617-770-0700 Internet: http://www.nfpa.org NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (NIOSH) 395 E Street, S.W. Suite 9200

https://acousticalsociety.org/

http://www.api.org/

http://www.aws.org/

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.awpa.com/

http://www.asme.org/

http://www.astm.org/

http://www.isa.org/

http://www.nfpa.org/



Patriots Plaza Building Washington, DC 20201 Ph: 800-232-4636 Fax: 513-533-8347 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/ NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY (NIST) 100 Bureau Drive Stop 1070 Gaithersburg, MD 20899-1070 Ph: 301-975-2000 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.nist.gov

Order Publications From: Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Publishing Office (GPO) 732 North Capitol Street, NW Washington, DC 20401 Ph: 866-512-1800 Fax: 202-512-2104 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: https://www.gpo.gov or National Technical Information Service (NTIS) 5301 Shawnee Rd. Alexandria, VA 22312 Ph: 703-605-6060 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.ntis.gov

NEW JERSEY ADMINISTRATIVE CODE (NJAC) OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATIVE LAW P.O. Box 049, Trenton, NJ 08625-0049 Ph: 1-800-833-9844 (via LexisNexis) Internet: http://www.lexisnexis.com/njoal/ NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION (NJDEP) 401 E. State St. 7th Floor, East Wing P.O. Box 402 Trenton, NJ 08625-0402 Ph: 609-292-2885 Fax: 609-292-7695 Internet: https://www.nj.gov/dep/

NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (NJDOT) P.O. Box 600 Trenton, NJ 08625-0600 Ph: 609-530-3536 Internet: http://www.state.nj.us/transportation/ U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE): USACE Publications Depot E-mail: [email protected] Internet: https://www.publications.usace.army.mil/

http://www.cdc.gov/niosh

http://www.nist.gov/


https://www.gpo.gov/


http://www.ntis.gov/

http://www.lexisnexis.com/njoal/

http://www.state.nj.us/transportation/

https://www.publications.usace.army.mil/



United States Code (USC) Order documents from: Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Publishing Office (GPO) 732 North Capitol Street, NW Washington, DC 20401 Ph: 866-512-1800 Fax: 202-512-2104 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: https://www.gpo.gov

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD) Order DOD Documents from: National Technical Information Service (NTIS) 5301 Shawnee Rd. Alexandria, VA 22312 Ph: 703-605-6060 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.ntis.gov Order Military Specifications, Standards and Related Publications from: Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP) for Defense Automation and Production Service (DAPS) Building 4D 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19111-5093 Ph: 215-697-2974 or 215-697-6747 Internet: www.daps.dla.mil

- - - - - Detail Series Documents - - - - -

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) Ariel Rios Building 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20004 Ph: 202-272-0167 Internet: http://www.epa.gov

Some EPA documents are available only from: National Technical Information Service (NTIS) 5301 Shawnee Rd. Alexandria, VA 22312 Ph: 703-605-6060 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.ntis.gov

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA) 8601 Adelphi Road College Park, MD 20740-6001 Ph: 866-272-6272 Fax: 301-837-0483 Internet: http://www.archives.gov

Order documents from: Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Publishing Office (GPO) 732 North Capitol Street, NW Washington, DC 20401 Ph: 866-512-1800





http://www.daps.dla.mil/

http://www.epa.gov/



http://www.archives.gov/



Fax: 202-512-2104 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: https://www.gpo.gov

PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used

PART 3 EXECUTION Not used





Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 1

SECTION 01 45 00.00 10

CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and services required to prepare and implement a Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Plan.


ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM D3740 (2012a) Minimum Requirements for Agencies

Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction

ASTM E329 (2014a) Standard Specification for Agencies

Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)

ER 1110-1-12 (2006; Change 1) Engineering and Design –

Quality Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Plan; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Verification Statement


PART 3 EXECUTION


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 2

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Establish and maintain an effective quality control (QC) system that complies with FAR 52.246-5 Inspection of Services – Cost Reimbursement. QC consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an end product which complies with the Contract requirements. The QC system covers all design and construction operations, both onsite and offsite, and be keyed to the proposed design and construction sequence. The project superintendent will be held responsible for the quality of work and is subject to removal by the Contracting Officer for non-compliance with the quality requirements specified in the Contract. In this context the highest level manager responsible for the overall construction activities at the site, including quality and production is the project superintendent. The project superintendent maintains a physical presence at the site at all times and is responsible for all construction and related activities at the site, except as otherwise acceptable to the Contracting Officer. 3.2 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN Submit no later than 15 days after receipt of notice to proceed, the CQC Plan proposed to implement the requirements FAR 52.246-5 Inspection of Services -- Cost Reimbursement. The Government will consider an interim plan for the first 15 days of operation. Construction will be permitted to begin only after acceptance of the CQC Plan or acceptance of an interim plan applicable to the particular feature of work to be started. Work outside of the accepted interim plan will not be permitted to begin until acceptance of a CQC Plan or another interim plan containing the additional work. 3.2.1 Content of the CQC Plan Include, as a minimum, the following to cover all construction-operations, both onsite and offsite, including work by subcontractors fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents:

a. A description of the quality control organization, including a chart

showing lines of authority and acknowledgment that the CQC staff will implement the three phase control system for all aspects of the work specified. Include a CQC System Manager that reports to the project superintendent.

b. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities,

and authorities of each person assigned a CQC function.

c. A copy of the letter to the CQC System Manager signed by an authorized official of the firm which describes the responsibilities and delegates sufficient authorities to adequately perform the functions of the CQC System Manager, including authority to stop work which is not in compliance with the Contract. Letters of direction to all other various quality control representatives outlining duties, authorities, and responsibilities will be issued by the CQC System Manager. Furnish copies of these letters to the Contracting Officer.

d. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing

submittals, including those of subcontractors, offsite fabricators, suppliers, and purchasing agents. These procedures must be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 3

e. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test to include the test name, specification paragraph requiring test, feature of work to be tested, test frequency, and person responsible for each test. (Laboratory facilities approved by the Contracting Officer are required to be used.)

f. Procedures for tracking preparatory, initial, and follow-up control

phases and control, verification, and acceptance tests including documentation.

g. Procedures for tracking construction deficiencies from identification

through acceptable corrective action. Establish verification procedures that identified deficiencies have been corrected.

h. Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats.

i. A list of the definable features of work. A definable feature of work

is a task which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, and is identified by different trades or disciplines, or it is work by the same trade in a different environment. Although each section of the specifications can generally be considered as a definable feature of work, there are frequently more than one definable features under a particular section. This list will be agreed upon during the coordination meeting.

3.2.2 Acceptance of Plan Acceptance of the Contractor's plan is required prior to the start of construction. Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the construction. The Government reserves the right to require the Contractor to make changes in the CQC Plan and operations including removal of personnel, as necessary, to obtain the quality specified.

3.2.3 Notification of Changes After acceptance of the CQC Plan, notify the Contracting Officer in writing of any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer.

3.3 COORDINATION MEETING After the Preconstruction Conference, before start of construction, and prior to acceptance by the Government of the CQC Plan, meet with the Contracting Officer and discuss the Contractor's quality control system. Submit the CQC Plan a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to the Coordination Meeting. During the meeting, a mutual understanding of the system details must be developed, including the forms for recording the CQC operations, control activities, testing, administration of the system for both onsite and offsite work, and the interrelationship of Contractor's Management and control with the Government's Quality Assurance. Minutes of the meeting will be prepared by the Government, signed by both the Contractor and the Contracting Officer and will become a part of the contract file. There can be occasions when subsequent conferences will be called by either party to reconfirm mutual understandings or address deficiencies in the CQC system or procedures which can require corrective action by the Contractor.


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 4

3.4 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION 3.4.1 Personnel Requirements The requirements for the CQC organization are a Safety and Health Manager, CQC System Manager, and sufficient number of additional qualified personnel to ensure safety and Contract compliance. The Safety and Health Manager reports directly to a senior project (or corporate) official independent from the CQC System Manager. The Safety and Health Manager will also serve as a member of the CQC Staff Personnel identified in the technical provisions as requiring specialized skills to assure the required work is being performed properly will also be included as part of the CQC organization. The Contractor's CQC staff maintains a presence at the site at all times during progress of the work and have complete authority and responsibility to take any action necessary to ensure Contract compliance. The CQC staff will be subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer. Provide adequate office space, filing systems and other resources as necessary to maintain an effective and fully functional CQC organization. Promptly complete and furnish all letters, material submittals, shop drawing submittals, schedules and all other project documentation to the CQC organization. The CQC organization is responsible to maintain these documents and records at the site at all times, except as otherwise acceptable to the Contracting Officer.

3.4.2 CQC System Manager Identify as CQC System Manager an individual within the onsite work organization that is responsible for overall management of CQC and has the authority to act in all CQC matters for the Contractor. The CQC System Manager is required to be a construction person with a minimum of 10 years in related work. The CQC System Manager must complete the Construction Quality Management for Contractors Course. This CQC System Manager is on the site at all times during construction and is employed by the prime Contractor. Identify in the plan an alternate to serve in the event of the CQC System Manager's absence. The requirements for the alternate are the same as the CQC System Manager.

3.4.3 CQC Personnel In addition to CQC personnel specified elsewhere in the contract, provide as part of the CQC organization specialized personnel to assist the CQC System Manager for the following areas: environmental, electrical, mechanical, and structural. These individuals or specialized technical companies are employees of the prime or subcontractor; be responsible to the CQC System Manager; be physically present at the construction site during work on the specialized personnel’s areas of responsibility; have the necessary education or experience in accordance with the experience matrix listed herein. These individuals can perform other duties but need to be allowed sufficient time to perform the specialized personnel's assigned quality control duties as described in the Quality Control Plan. A single person can cover more than one area provided that the single person is qualified to perform quality control activities in each designated and that workload allows.


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 5

Experience Matrix

Area Qualifications

Civil Graduate Civil Engineer or Construction Manager with 2 years of experience in the type of work being performed on this project or technician with 5 years related experience.

Mechanical Graduate Mechanical Engineer with 2 yrs experience or person with 5 years of experience supervising mechanical features of work in the field with a construction company

Electrical Graduate Electrical Engineer with 2 years related experience or person 5 years of experience supervising electrical features of work in the field with a construction company

Structural Graduate Civil Engineer (with Structural Track or Focus) or Construction Manager with 2 years experience or person 5 years of experience supervising structural features of work in the field with a construction company

Environmental Graduate Environmental Engineer with 3 years experience

Submittals Submittal Clerk with 1 year experience

Concrete, Pavements and Soils

Materials Technician with 2 years experience for the appropriate area

3.4.4 Additional Requirement In addition to the above experience and education requirements, the CQC System Manager and Alternate CQC System Manager are required to have completed the Construction Quality Management (CQM) for Contractors course. If the CQC System Manager, and Alternate CQC System Manager does not have a current certification, obtain the CQM for Contractors course certification within 90 days of award. This course is periodically offered by the Naval Facilities Engineering Command and the Army Corps of Engineers. Contact the Contracting Officer for information on the next scheduled class.

The Construction Quality Management Training certificate expires after 5 years. If the CQC System Manager's certificate has expired, retake the course to remain current.

3.4.5 Organizational Changes Maintain the CQC staff at full strength at all times. When it is necessary to make changes to the CQC staff, revise the CQC Plan to reflect the changes and submit the changes to the Contracting Officer for acceptance.


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 6

3.5 SUBMITTALS AND DELIVERABLES Submittals, if needed, have to comply with the requirements in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. The CQC organization is responsible for certifying that all submittals and deliverables are in compliance with the contract requirements.

3.6 CONTROL CQC is the means by which the Contractor ensures that the construction, to include that of subcontractors and suppliers, complies with the requirements of the contract. At least three phases of control are required to be conducted by the CQC System Manager for each definable feature of the construction work as follows:

3.6.1 Preparatory Phase This phase is performed prior to beginning work on each definable feature of work, after all required plans/documents/materials are approved/accepted, and after copies are at the work site. This phase includes:

a. A review of each paragraph of applicable specifications, reference

codes, and standards. Make available during the preparatory inspection a copy of those sections of referenced codes and standards applicable to that portion of the work to be accomplished in the field. Maintain and make available in the field for use by Government personnel until final acceptance of the work.

b. Review of the Contract drawings.

c. Check to assure that all materials and equipment have been tested,

submitted, and approved.

d. Review of provisions that have been made to provide required control inspection and testing.

e. Examination of the work area to assure that all required preliminary

work has been completed and is in compliance with the Contract.

f. Examination of required materials, equipment, and sample work to assure that they are on hand, conform to approved shop drawings or submitted data, and are properly stored.

h. Review of the appropriate activity hazard analysis to assure safety

requirements are met.

i. Discussion of procedures for controlling quality of the work including repetitive deficiencies. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for that feature of work.

j. Check to ensure that the portion of the plan for the work to be

performed has been accepted by the Contracting Officer.

k. Discussion of the initial control phase.

l. The Government needs to be notified at least 48 hours in advance of beginning the preparatory control phase. Include a meeting conducted


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 7

by the CQC System Manager and attended by the superintendent, other CQC personnel (as applicable), and the foreman responsible for the definable feature. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate minutes prepared by the CQC System Manager and attach to the daily CQC report. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet contract specifications.

3.6.2 Initial Phase This phase is accomplished at the beginning of a definable feature of work. Accomplish the following:

a. Check work to ensure that it is in full compliance with contract

requirements. Review minutes of the preparatory meeting.

b. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full contract compliance. Verify required control inspection and testing are in compliance with the contract.

c. Establish level of workmanship and verify that it meets minimum

acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required sample panels as appropriate.

d. Resolve all differences.

e. Check safety to include compliance with and upgrading of the safety

plan and activity hazard analysis. Review the activity analysis with each worker.

f. The Government needs to be notified at least 48 hours in advance of

beginning the initial phase for definable feature of work. Prepare separate minutes of this phase by the CQC System Manager and attach to the daily CQC report. Indicate the exact location of initial phase for definable feature of work for future reference and comparison with follow-up phases.

g. The initial phase for each definable feature of work is repeated for

each new crew to work onsite, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met.

3.6.3 Follow-up Phase Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements, until completion of the particular feature of work. Record the checks in the CQC documentation. Conduct final follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional features of work which may be affected by the deficient work. Do not build upon nor conceal non-conforming work.

3.6.4 Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases Conduct additional preparatory and initial phases on the same definable features of work if: the quality of on-going work is unacceptable; if there are changes in the applicable CQC staff, onsite production supervision or


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 8

work crew; if work on a definable feature is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or if other problems develop.

3.7 TESTS 3.7.1 Testing Procedure Perform specified or required tests to verify that control measures are adequate to provide a product which conforms to contract requirements. Upon request, furnish to the Government duplicate samples of test specimens for possible testing by the Government. Testing includes operation and acceptance tests when specified. Procure the services of a Corps of Engineers approved testing laboratory or establish an approved testing laboratory at the project site. Perform the following activities and record and provide the following data:

a. Verify that testing procedures comply with contract requirements.

b. Verify that facilities and testing equipment are available and comply

with testing standards.

c. Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards.

d. Verify that recording forms and test identification control number system, including all of the test documentation requirements, have been prepared.

e. Record results of all tests taken, both passing and failing on the CQC

report for the date taken. Specification paragraph reference, location where tests were taken, and the sequential control number identifying the test. If approved by the Contracting Officer, actual test reports are submitted later with a reference to the test number and date taken. Provide an information copy of tests performed by an offsite or commercial test facility directly to the Contracting Officer. Failure to submit timely test reports as stated results in nonpayment for related work performed and disapproval of the test facility for this Contract.

3.7.2 Testing Laboratories All testing laboratories must be validated by the USACE Material Testing Center (MTC) for the tests to be performed. Information on the USACE MTC with web-links to both a list of validated testing laboratories and for the laboratory inspection request for can be found at:

3.7.2.1 Capability Check The Government reserves the right to check laboratory equipment in the proposed laboratory for compliance with the standards set forth in the contract specifications and to check the laboratory technician's testing procedures and techniques. Laboratories utilized for testing soils, concrete, asphalt, and steel is required to meet criteria detailed in ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329.


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 9

3.8 COMPLETION INSPECTION 3.8.1 Punch-Out Inspection Conduct an inspection of the work by the CQC System Manager near the end of the work, or any increment of the work established by a time stated in the SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Clause, "Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work", or by the specifications. Prepare and include in the CQC documentation a punch list of items which do not conform to the approved drawings and specifications, as required by paragraph DOCUMENTATION. Include within the list of deficiencies the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. Make a second inspection the CQC System Manager or staff to ascertain that all deficiencies have been corrected. Once this is accomplished, notify the Government that the facility is ready for the Government Pre-Final inspection.

3.8.2 Pre-Final Inspection The Government will perform the pre-final inspection to verify that the facility is complete and ready to be occupied. A Government Pre-Final Punch List may be developed as a result of this inspection. Ensure that all items on this list have been corrected before notifying the Government, so that a Final inspection with the customer can be scheduled. Correct any items noted on the Pre-Final inspection in a timely manner. These inspections and any deficiency corrections required by this paragraph need to be accomplished within the time slated for completion of the entire work or any particular increment of the work if the project is divided into increments by separate completion dates.

3.8.3 Final Acceptance Inspection The Contractor's Quality Control Inspection personnel, plus the superintendent or other primary management person, and the Contracting Officer or duly noted representative is required to be in attendance at the final acceptance inspection. Additional Government personnel including, but not limited to, those from Base/Post Civil Facility Engineer user groups, and major commands can also be in attendance. The final acceptance inspection will be formally scheduled by the Contracting Officer based upon results of the Pre-Final inspection. Notify the Contracting Officer at least 14 days prior to the final acceptance inspection and include the Contractor's assurance that all specific items previously identified to the Contractor as being unacceptable, along with all remaining work performed under the Contract, will be complete and acceptable by the date scheduled for the final acceptance inspection.

3.9 DOCUMENTATION 3.9.1 Quality Control Activities Maintain current records providing factual evidence that required quality control activities and tests have been performed. Include in these records the work of subcontractors and suppliers on an acceptable form that includes, as a minimum, the following information:

a. The name and area of responsibility of the Contractor/Subcontractor.


Section 01 45 00.00 10 Page 10

b. Operating plant/equipment with hours worked, idle, or down for repair.

c. Work performed each day, giving location, description, and by whom.

When Network Analysis (NAS) is used, identify each phase of work performed each day by NAS activity number.

d. Test and control activities performed with results and references to

specifications/drawings requirements. Identify the control phase (Preparatory, Initial, Follow-up). List of deficiencies noted, along with corrective action.

e. Quantity of materials received at the site with statement as to

acceptability, storage, and reference to specifications/drawings requirements.

f. Submittals and deliverables reviewed, with Contract reference, by whom,

and action taken.

g. Offsite surveillance activities, including actions taken.

h. Job safety evaluations stating what was checked, results, and instructions or corrective actions.

i. Instructions given/received and conflicts in plans and specifications.

3.9.2 Verification Statement Indicate a description of trades working on the project; the number of personnel working; weather conditions encountered; and any delays encountered. Cover both conforming and deficient features and include a statement that equipment and materials incorporated in the work and workmanship comply with the Contract. Furnish the original and one copy of these records in report form to the Government daily within 24 hours after the date covered by the report, except that reports need not be submitted for days on which no work is performed. As a minimum, prepare and submit one report for every 7 days of no work and on the last day of a no work period. All calendar days need to be accounted for throughout the life of the contract. The first report following a day of no work will be for that day only. Reports need to be signed and dated by the Contractor Quality Control (CQC) System Manager. Include copies of test reports and copies of reports prepared by all subordinate quality control personnel within the CQC System Manager Report.

3.10 NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of any detected noncompliance with the foregoing requirements. Take immediate corrective action after receipt of such notice. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor at the work site, will be deemed sufficient for the purpose of notification. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the Contracting Officer can issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken.


UNIMATIC OU1 KC USACE

Section 01 45 00.15 10 Page 1

SECTION 01 45 00.15 10

RESIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONTRACTOR MODE (RMS CM)

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Government will use the Resident Management System (RMS) for Windows to assist in its monitoring and administration of this contract. The Contractor accesses the system using the USACE-furnished Contractor Mode of RMS. The joint Government-Contractor use of RMS facilitates electronic exchange of information and overall management of the contract. The Contractor accesses RMS to record, maintain, input, track, and electronically share information with the Government throughout the contract period in the following areas:

• Administration • Finances • Quality Control • Submittal Monitoring • Scheduling • Closeout • Import/Export of Data

1.1.1 Correspondence and Electronic Communications

For ease and speed of communications, exchange correspondence and other documents in electronic format to the maximum extent feasible. Some correspondence, including pay requests and payrolls, are also to be provided in paper format with original signatures. Paper documents will govern, in the event of discrepancy with the electronic version.

1.1.2 Other Factors Other portions of this document have a direct relationship to the reporting accomplished through RMS. Particular attention is directed to FAR 52.236-15 Schedules for Construction Contracts; FAR 52.232-27 Prompt Payment for Construction Contracts; Section 01 32 01.00 10 PROJECT SCHEDULE; Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES; and Section 01 45 00.00 10 QUALITY CONTROL.

1.2 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this section to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.


EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements Manual

1.3 RMS SOFTWARE


Section 01 45 00.15 10 Page 2

RMS is a Windows-based program that can be run on a Windows-based PC meeting the requirements as specified in paragraph SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. Download, install and be able to utilize the latest version of the RMS software within 7 calendar days of receipt of the Notice to Proceed. RMS software, user manuals, access and installation instructions, program updates and training information are available from the RMS website (https://rms.usace.army.mil/ (S(vjkino5visqqhejdulzfawdh))/QCS/Index). The Government and the Contractor will have different access authorities to the same contract database through RMS. The common database will be updated automatically each time a user finalizes an entry or change. Prior to the Pre-Construction Conference the Contractor shall be responsible to download, install and use the latest version of the RMS software from the USACE RMS website. Upon specific justification and request by the Contractor, the USACE can provide RMS on a CD-ROM. Any program updates of RMS will be made available to the Contractor via the USACE RMS website as they become available.

1.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS The following is the recommended system configuration to run the Contractor Mode RMS for full utilization of all features for all types and sizes of contracts. Smaller, less complicated, projects may not require the configuration levels described below. Required configuration also noted below.

Table 1. Recommended RMS System Requirements

Hardware

Windows-based PC 1.7 GHz i3; AMD A6 3650 GHz or higher processor (REQUIRED)

RAM 8 GB

Hard drive disk 100 GB space for sole use by RMS system

Monitor Screen resolution 1366 x 768

Mouse or other pointing device

Windows compatible printer Laser printer must have 4 MB+ of RAM

Connection to the Internet minimum 4 Mbs per user

Software

MS Windows Windows 7 x 64 bit (RMS requires 64 bit O/S) or newer (REQUIRED)

Word Processing software Viewer for MS Word 2013, MS Excel 2013 or newer (REQUIRED)

E-mail MAPI compatible (REQUIRED)


Section 01 45 00.15 10 Page 3

Virus protection software Regularly upgraded with all issued Manufacturer's updates and is able to detect most zero day viruses (REQUIRED)

1.5 CONTRACT DATABASE - GOVERNMENT The Government will enter the basic contract award data in RMS prior to granting the Contractor access. The Government entries into RMS will generally be related to submittal reviews, correspondence status, and Quality Assurance (QA) comments, as well as other miscellaneous administrative information.

1.6 CONTRACT DATABASE - CONTRACTOR Contractor entries into RMS establish, maintain, and update data throughout the duration of the contract. Contractor entries generally include prime and subcontractor information, daily reports, submittals, RFI's, schedule updates and payment requests. RMS includes the ability to import attachments and export reports in many of the modules, including submittals. The Contractor responsibilities for entries in RMS typically include the following items:

1.6.1 Administration 1.6.1.1 Contractor Information Enter all current Contractor administrative data and information into RMS within 7 calendar days of receiving access to the contract in RMS. This includes, but is not limited to, Contractor's name, address, telephone numbers, management staff, and other required items.

1.6.1.2 Subcontractor Information Enter all missing subcontractor administrative data and information into RMS CM within 7 calendar days of receiving access to the contract in RMS or within 7 calendar days of the signing of the subcontractor agreement for agreements signed at a later date. This includes name, trade, address, phone numbers, and other required information for all subcontractors. A subcontractor is listed separately for each trade to be performed.

1.6.1.3 Correspondence Identify all Contractor correspondence to the Government with a serial number. Prefix correspondence initiated by the Contractor's site office with "S". Prefix letters initiated by the Contractor's home (main) office with "H". Letters are numbered starting from 0001. (e.g., H-0001 or S-0001). The Government's letters to the Contractor will be prefixed with "C" or “RFP”.

1.6.1.4 Equipment Enter and maintain a current list of equipment planned for use or being used on the jobsite, including the most recent and planned equipment inspection dates.


Section 01 45 00.15 10 Page 4

1.6.1.5 Reports Track the status of the project utilizing the reports available in RMS. The value of these reports is reflective of the quality of the data input. These reports include the Progress Payment Request worksheet, Quality Control (QC) comments, Submittal Register Status, and Three-Phase Control worksheets.

1.6.1.6 Request For Information Create and track all Requests For Information (RFI) in the RMS Administration Module for Government review and response.

1.6.2 Finances 1.6.2.1 Pay Activity Data Develop and enter a list of pay activities in conjunction with the project schedule. The sum of pay activities equals the total contract amount, including modifications. Each pay activity must be assigned to a Contract Line Item Number (CLIN). The sum of the activities assigned to a CLIN equals the amount of each CLIN.

1.6.2.2 Payment Requests Prepare all progress payment requests using RMS. Update the work completed under the contract at least monthly, measured as percent or as specific quantities. After the update, generate a payment request and prompt payment certification using RMS. Submit the signed prompt payment certification and payment request as well as supporting data either electronically or by hard copy. Unless waived by the Contracting Officer, a signed paper copy of the approved payment certification and request is also required and will govern in the event of discrepancy with the electronic version.

1.6.3 Quality Control (QC) Enter and track implementation of the 3-phase QC Control System, QC testing, transferred and installed property and warranties in RMS. Prepare daily reports, identify and track deficiencies, document progress of work, and support other Contractor QC requirements in RMS. Maintain all data on a daily basis. Insure that RMS reflects all quality control methods, tests, and actions contained within the Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Plan and Government review comments of same within 7 calendar days of Government acceptance of the CQC Plan.

1.6.3.1 Quality Control Reports The Contractor's Quality Control (QC) Daily Report in RMS is the official report. The Contractor can use other supplemental formats to record QC data, but information from any supplemental formats are to be consolidated and entered into the RMS QC Daily Report. Any supplemental information may be entered into RMS as an attachment to the report. QC Daily Reports must be finalized and signed in RMS within 24 hours after the date covered by the report. Provide the Government a printed signed copy of the QC Daily Report, unless waived by the Contracting Officer.


Section 01 45 00.15 10 Page 5

1.6.3.2 Deficiency Tracking. Use the QC Daily Report Module to enter and track deficiencies. Deficiencies identified and entered into RMS by the Contractor or the Government will be sequentially numbered with a QC or QA prefix for tracking purposes. Enter each deficiency into RMS the same day that the deficiency is identified. Monitor, track and resolve all QC and QA entered deficiencies. A deficiency is not considered to be corrected until the Government indicates concurrence in RMS.

1.6.3.3 Three-Phase Control Meetings Maintain scheduled and actual dates and times of preparatory and initial control meetings in RMS. Worksheets for the three-phase control meetings are generated within RMS.

1.6.3.4 Labor and Equipment Hours Enter labor and equipment exposure hours on a daily basis. Roll up the labor and equipment exposure data into a monthly exposure report.

1.6.3.5 Accident/Safety Reporting Both the Contractor and the Government enter safety related comments in RMS as a deficiency. The Contractor must monitor, track and show resolution for safety issues in the QC Daily Report area of the RMS QC Module. In addition, follow all reporting requirements for accidents and incidents as required in EM 385-1-1, Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES, and as required by any other applicable Federal, State, or local agencies.

1.6.3.6 Definable Features of Work Enter each feature of work, as defined in the approved CQC Plan, into the RMS QC Module. A feature of work may be associated with a single or multiple pay activities; however a pay activity is only to be linked to a single feature of work.

1.6.3.7 Activity Hazard Analysis Import activity hazard analysis electronic document files into the RMS QC Module utilizing the document package manager.

1.6.4 Submittal Management Enter all current submittal register data and information into RMS within 7 calendar days of receiving access to the contract in RMS. The information shown on the submittal register following the specification Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES will already be entered into the RMS database when access is granted. Group electronic submittal documents into transmittal packages to send to the Government, except very large electronic files, samples, spare parts, mock ups, color boards, or where hard copies are specifically required. Track transmittals and update the submittal register in RMS on a daily basis throughout the duration of the contract. Submit hard copies of all submittals unless waived by the Contracting Officer.


Section 01 45 00.15 10 Page 6

1.6.5 Schedule Enter and update the contract project schedule in RMS by either manually entering all schedule data or by importing the Standard Data Exchange Format (SDEF) file, based on the requirements in Section 01 32 01.00 13 PROJECT SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the SDEF is in the format required to upload the data to the RMS module. The updated schedule data shall be included with each pay request submitted by the Contractor.

1.6.6 Closeout Closeout documents, processes and forms are managed and tracked in RMS by both the Contractor and the Government. Ensure that all closeout documents are entered, completed, and documented within RMS.

1.7 IMPLEMENTATION Use of RMS as described in the preceding paragraphs is mandatory. Ensure that sufficient resources are available to maintain contract data within the RMS system. RMS is an integral part of the Contractor's required management of quality control.

1.8 DATA SUBMISSION

The USACE-preferred method for the Contractor’s submission of RMS data is by using the USACE SFTP repository built into QCS export function. Other data should be submitted using e-mail with file attachment(s).

1.9 MONTHLY COORDINATION MEETING

The Contractor shall update the RMS database each workday. At least monthly, the Contractor shall generate and submit an export file to the USACE with a schedule update and progress payment request. As required in Contract Clause “Payments”, at least one week prior to submittal, the Contractor shall meet with the Contracting Officer to review the planned progress payment data submission for errors and omissions. The Contractor shall make all required corrections prior to the Contracting Officer’s acceptance of the export file and progress payment request. Payment requests accompanied by incomplete or incorrect data submittals will be returned. The USACE will not process progress payments until an ACCEPTABLE RMS EXPORT FILE IS RECEIVED.

1.10 NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE Take corrective action within 7 calendar days after receipt of notice of RMS non-compliance by the Contracting Officer. The QCS Module shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer prior to any contract payment (except for Bonds and Insurance, as approved by the Contracting Officer).


PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used.


Section 01 45 00.15 10 Page 7




SECTION 01 50 00

TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

The Contractor shall use the on-site and off-site areas designated in the contract drawings for staging of equipment and materials. The EPA will be responsible for obtaining permission to use off-site areas for staging of equipment and materials. Field office shall be provided by the Contractor for the duration of the entire project. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying any rental fees associated with using off-site areas for staging.

1.1.1 Temporary Site Facilities Layout Plan

The Contractor shall prepare a Temporary Site Facilities Layout Plan and a Trailer's Floor Plan and submit them to the Contracting Officer for approval at least 14 calendar days prior to the Pre- Work Conference and no later than 30 days after the Notice to Proceed. The Temporary Site Facilities Layout Plan shall indicate the proposed location and dimensions of any area to be fenced and used by the Contractor, the number of trailers to be used, avenues of ingress/egress to the fenced area and details of the fence installation. The facilities shall consist of the following:

a. Combined USACE and EPA Field Offices (60 feet x 12 feet)

b. Safety, Security, Communications and Contractor's Offices

c. Emergency Medical Facility

d. Personal Hygiene and Decontamination Facilities

e. Equipment Storage and Lunch Areas

f. Parking Area

Facilities may be combined to decrease number of trailers within the staging area. Contractor shall propose number and layout of trailers.

1.1.2 Identification of Employees

The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing to each employee, and for requiring each employee engaged on the work to display, identification as approved and directed by the Contracting Officer. Contractor and subcontractor personnel shall wear identifying markings on hard hats clearly identifying the company for whom the employee works.

1.1.3 Employee Parking



Parking at the project site is limited. The contractor shall identify an area for employee parking of privately owned vehicles in an off-site location. The area will be located within reasonable walking distance of the construction site. Contractor will identify layout of parking area in Temporary Site Facilities Layout Plan. Permission required for off-site parking will be obtained by the EPA.

1.1.4 Structures

All structures other than storage sheds installed under this section shall be provided with, as a minimum, the following services:

a. Lighting: Electric light, non-glare type luminaries to provide a

minimum illumination level of 50 foot-candles at desk height level.

b. Heating and Cooling: Adequate equipment to maintain an ambient air temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit (F) +/- 3 degrees.

c. Refrigerator, coffee maker, and potable bottled water.

d. Fire Extinguisher: Non-toxic, dry chemical, fire extinguisher

meeting Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., approval for Class A, Class B, and Class C fires with a minimum rating of 2A:1OB.

e. Janitorial services on a daily basis including, but not limited to,

sweeping, emptying waste baskets, servicing of toilets, weekly mopping of floors, sanitizing toilet seats, providing towels and soap to the lavatories and monthly washing of floors and windows (inside and out). The time of the cleaning shall be coordinated with the Contracting Officer.

f. Sufficient supply of electrical outlets.

All structures and facilities shall be designed for year-round operation.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Temporary Site Facilities Layout Plan; G

Trailer Floor Plan; G Traffic Control Plan; G Housekeeping Plan; G

1.3 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES 1.3.1 Payment for Utility Services

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all utilities to the site necessary to do the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the



operation of all systems, including maintenance, to assure that necessary services are provided. The Contractor shall be responsible for all telephone charges. All electric power shall be purchased directly by the Contractor. The Contractor is required to coordinate, maintain, and pay for all required utilities available to the Contractor from existing outlets and supplies, as specified in the contract. Unless otherwise provided in the contract, the amount of each utility service consumed shall be charged to or paid for by the Contractor.

1.3.2 Electric

The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements with the appropriate power authority for service and shall be responsible for coordinating installation, maintenance, and shutoff for onsite power connections. All power service lines shall be removed prior to project closeout.

1.3.3 Water and Sanitation

The Contractor is responsible for providing or arranging for a potable water supply for any water to be used on the site during the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide and maintain within walking distance of the construction area two minimum field-type sanitary facilities approved by the Contracting Officer. Government toilet facilities will not be available to Contractor's personnel.

1.3.4 Telephone

The Contractor shall make arrangements for telephone facilities desired. The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements with the local Telephone Company to install equipment and services to meet site requirements and shall be responsible for all related installation service and shutoff.

1.3.5 Internet The Contractor shall make arrangements for WiFi equivalent to 4G (or better) internet service to the field office. These services shall be arranged for the entire construction period. The field office shall be removed from the project site when directed by the Contracting Officer.

1.3.6 Fire Protection

Provide temporary fire protection equipment for the protection of personnel and property during construction. Remove debris and flammable materials daily to minimize potential hazards.

1.4 TEMPORARY SIGNAGE 1.4.1 Bulletin Board

Immediately upon beginning work, the Contractor shall provide a weatherproof glass-covered bulletin board not less than 36 by 48 inches in size for displaying the Equal Employment Opportunity poster, a copy of the wage decision contained in the contract, Wage Rate Information poster, and other information approved by the Contracting Officer. The bulletin board shall be located at the project site in a conspicuous place easily accessible to all employees, as approved by the Contracting Officer.



Legible copies of the aforementioned data shall be displayed until work is completed. Upon completion of work the bulletin board shall be removed. The bulletin board shall and remain the property of the Contractor.

1.4.2 Project and Safety Signs

The requirements for the signs, their content, and location are as indicated on the contract drawings. One project sign is required and will be 32 square feet. Erect signs within 15 days after receipt of the notice to proceed. Correct the data required by the safety sign daily, with light colored metallic or non-metallic numerals.

1.5 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC

The Contractor shall maintain and protect traffic on all affected roads during the construction period except as otherwise specifically directed by the Contracting Officer. Measures for the protection and diversion of traffic include but are not limited to: the provision of watchmen and flagmen, erection of barricades, placing of lights around and in front of equipment and the work, and the erection and maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction signs. All traffic control measures shall be as required by the State and local authorities having jurisdiction and shall be in compliance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). The traveling public shall be protected from damage to person and property. The Contractor's traffic on roads selected for hauling equipment and materials to and from the site shall interfere as little as possible with public traffic. The Contractor shall investigate the adequacy of existing roads and the allowable load limit on these roads. The contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage to roads caused by construction operations. The Contractor shall not impede access to neighboring properties and businesses; any interruptions to such access shall be coordinated through the Contracting Officer.

1.5.1 Barricades

Erect and maintain temporary barricades to limit public access to hazardous areas. Whenever safe public access to paved areas such as roads, parking areas or sidewalks is prevented by construction activities or as otherwise necessary to ensure the safety of both pedestrian and vehicular traffic barricades will be required. Securely place barricades clearly visible with adequate illumination to provide sufficient visual warning of the hazard during both day and night.

1.5.2 Rush Hour Restrictions

Do not interfere with the peak traffic flows preceding and during normal operations for Sherwood Lane without notification to and approval by the Contracting Officer.

1.6 CONTRACTOR'S TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1.6.1 Administrative Field Offices

The Contractor shall provide and maintain administrative field office facilities. Government office facilities will not be available to the Contractor's personnel.



1.6.2 Storage Areas

The Contractor shall construct a temporary 6 foot high chain link fence around trailers and materials. Install fencing to be able to restrain a force of at least 250 pounds against it. Trailers, materials, or equipment shall not be placed or stored outside the fenced area unless such trailers, materials, or equipment are assigned a separate and distinct storage area by the Contracting Officer away from the vicinity of the construction site. Trailers, equipment, or materials shall not be open to public view with the exception of those items which are in support of ongoing work on any given day. Materials shall not be stockpiled outside the fence in preparation for the next day's work. Mobile equipment, such as earth moving equipment, trucks, and like equipment, shall be parked within the fenced area at the end of each work day.

1.6.3 Appearance of Trailers

Trailers utilized by the Contractor for administrative or material storage purposes shall present a clean and neat exterior appearance and shall be in a state of good repair. Trailers which, in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, require exterior painting or maintenance will not be allowed on the site.

1.6.4 Maintenance of Storage Area

Fencing shall be kept in a state of good repair and proper alignment. Should the Contractor elect to traverse, with construction equipment or other vehicles, grassed or unpaved areas which are not established roadways, such areas shall be covered with a layer of gravel as necessary to prevent rutting and the tracking of mud onto paved or established roadways; gravel gradation shall be at the Contractor's discretion. Grass located within the boundaries of the construction site shall be mowed for the duration of the project. Grass and vegetation along fences, buildings, under trailers, and in areas not accessible to mowers shall be edged or trimmed neatly.

1.6.5 New Building

New buildings shall not be constructed on the Site. 1.6.6 Security Provisions

The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of its own equipment; in addition, the Contractor shall notify the appropriate law enforcement agency requesting periodic security checks of the temporary project field office.

1.7 GOVERNMENT'S FIELD OFFICES 1.7.1 General

All structures other than storage sheds installed under this section shall be provided with, as a minimum, the following services:

1.7.2 USEPA and USACE Field Offices

The Contractor shall furnish at the job site, prior to the start of work, a



60 feet by 12 feet field office trailer for the use by USEPA and USACE representatives for the duration of the contract. Field office and contents will remain the property of the Contractor. The exact location will be selected by the Contractor and approved by the Contracting Officer. The trailer shall be well constructed and properly ventilated and shall contain a closet, door and windows which shall be capable of being locked, four (4) chairs, one (1) plan rack and drawing board, two (2) desks, and one (1) two-drawer filing cabinet. Two of the chairs for use by government personnel should have ergonomic features: adjustable lumbar support, pneumatic seat height adjustment, adjustable arms and contoured front edge. The Contractor shall also provide adequate electric lighting, minimum 6 duplex electrical receptacles, drinking water, heat, air conditioning, janitorial services, and maintenance services. In addition the Contractor shall make arrangements and pay connection fees and monthly usage for electrical. The field office shall be removed from the project site when directed by the Contracting Officer. Contractor shall supply toner cartridges for copiers; paper, paper towels, cups and miscellaneous supplies for the trailers for the duration of the contract. The Contractor shall also make arrangements for either Business DSL or Cable Modem Service and secured wireless service to the field office for data line connection. These services shall be arranged for the entire contract duration. The field office shall be removed from the project site when directed by the Contracting Officer.

1.7.2.1 Printers

The Contractor shall provide two Hewlett Packard LaserJet printers with scanning capabilities. Provide compatible USB cable for each printer to connect to computers.

1.7.2.2 First Aid Kit

The Contractor shall provide a first aid kit. As a minimum the kit shall include antiseptic kit, eyewash solution, bandages, insect sting medication, aspirin and acetaminophen, and coldpack.

1.7.2.3 Fire Extinguisher

The Contractor shall provide a fire extinguisher of the type as required for a trailer the same size as the office.

1.7.2.4 Digital Camera

The Contractor shall provide a digital camera meeting the same requirements as specified in 01 32 50 PHOTOGRAPH AND VIDEO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION for the duration of the contract.

1.7.2.5 Partitioned Meeting Area

The Contractor shall provide one partitioned meeting area having a minimum of 160 square feet of floor area. The meeting area shall contain the following equipment:

a. One office conference table, 3-1/2 feet by 10 feet with laminated



top.

b. Eight straight backed office chairs.

c. Bulletin board, 4 feet by 6 feet.

d. Waste basket.

e. Vertical filing plan rack for twelve sets of 30 inch by 48 inch plans.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICES

The Contractor shall furnish at the job site, prior to the start of work, a 60 feet by 12 feet field office trailer for the use by the Contractor for the duration of the contract.

1.9 PARKING

At least five parking spaces shall be reserved for the use of the Contracting Officer and visitors.

1.10 OUTDOOR LIGHTING

The Contractor shall determine the extent of existing outdoor lighting within the work and staging areas. If there is no lighting or existing lighting does not meet the requirements below, the Contractor shall furnish and install a complete operating outdoor lighting system.

The lighting system shall include wood-pole-mounted 400-watt high pressure sodium luminaries supported on 4-foot steel arms with 30-foot mounting height above grade. Provide one pole at or adjacent to the Support Zone. The system shall include all equipment and materials (such as transformers and circuit protective devices) and conductors.

1.11 CLEANUP

Construction debris, waste materials, packaging material, and the like shall be removed from the work site daily. Any dirt or mud which is tracked onto paved or surfaced roadways shall be cleaned away. Stored material not in trailers, shall be neatly stacked when stored.

1.12 RESTORATION OF STORAGE AREA

Upon completion of the project and after removal of trailers, materials, and equipment from within the fenced area, the fence shall be removed and will become the property of the Government, unless fence was rented by the Contractor. Areas used by the Contractor for the storage of equipment or material, or other use, shall be restored to the original or better condition. Gravel used to traverse grassed areas shall be removed and the area restored to its original condition, including top soil and seeding as necessary.

1.13 ELECTRICAL WORK

All work shall be performed by experienced electricians under the general supervision and control of a State, City, or County licensed electrician



with verifiable credentials. Proof of licensing of supervising electricians shall be provided to the Contracting Officer. The licensed electrical contractor shall verify in writing to the Contracting Officer that unlicensed electrical technician(s) is/are familiar with the applicable code requirements and have received safety and health training on the hazards involved.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used. -- End of Section --


Unimatic OU1 KCUSACE

SECTION 01 54 00

SECURITY PLAN PART 1 GENERAL

SUMMARY

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide security for the duration of the project, including full-time security presence during non-working hours. Work shall be performed as specified herein and identified in the Contractor's approved Security Plan.

REFERENCES



385-1-1 (2008) Safety and Health Requirements (Contractors shall always check for the

current updates to the EM at http://www.usace.army.mil/publications/eng- manuals/)


29 CFR 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards

SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Security Plan; G The Contractor shall prepare and submit, for approval by the Contracting Officer, a Site Security Plan, which will present the Contractor's procedures for protecting the work site and equipment and the general public by restricting site access to authorized personnel and equipment. Plan can be included as part of the Site Operations and Excavation Plan (Section 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL). The Security Plan shall address as a minimum:

1) Number of Security Personnel 2) Personnel Duties 3) Personnel Names and Qualifications (as required) 4) Description of Proposed Daily Security Operations

http://www.usace.army.mil/publications/eng-



5) Description of Security Check Procedures 6) Descriptions of how the following security breaches shall

be handled: a. Unauthorized personnel on the site (i.e., vandals,

trespassers) b. Site Boundary Security if penetrable (i.e., broken

site fence, broken gates) c. Unauthorized personnel attempting to gain access to

the site (i.e., television or newspaper media, public interest groups)

7) Description of Standard Operating Procedures for Responses to Emergency Situations (i.e., contingencies, telephone numbers, radio frequencies, and call signs)

SD-06 Test Reports

Copies of Visitor Log (weekly)

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION

GENERAL

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining site security and furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals to provide security for the project site including mobilization and demobilization.

The Contractor shall establish a security program prior to any field construction activities. Maintain/erect warning and security signs around all staging areas. The Contractor shall provide control of all persons and vehicles entering and leaving the work site. The Contractor shall provide security identification specific to the site, for all on-site personnel and Contractor personnel authorized to enter the site. Active construction areas shall be secured with a combination of cones, caution tape, and temporary orange construction fencing wherever feasible. All security measures shall be maintained a minimum of 5 feet from open trenches. The Contractor shall provide security during non-working hours (evenings and weekends) unless otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer.

SECURITY PLAN

The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Security Plan to the Contracting Officer for approval at least 14 calendar days prior to the Pre-Construction Conference and no later than 30 days after the Notice to Proceed.



Security Plan Objectives

The principal objectives of the Security Plan are:

a. Deter, restrict, and/or control financial losses to the

Government and the Contractor. This includes prevention or detection of the following: theft, vandalism, sabotage, and arson.

b. Keep unauthorized people from entering the site and receiving any

injuries.

c. Keep unauthorized people from entering the site and removing equipment, or hazardous substances.

d. Keep unauthorized people from taking action on the site that

might exacerbate the environmental problem or interfere with its remediation.

Security Plan Contents

The plan shall address as a minimum, the following:

a. Number of security personnel and security organization, if used.

b. Duties of each position in the organization.

c. Name and experience of the proposed security firm.

d. Names and qualification of security personnel.

e. Description of proposed daily security operations.

f. Method and frequency for conducting security checks.

g. Description of how a breach of security will be handled. A breach

of security shall include, but not be limited to, unauthorized personnel located on the site, unauthorized personnel attempting to gain access to the site, broken fences and unlocked gates, and unauthorized personnel in the work zones.

h. List of personnel to be contacted in case of emergency.

i. Safety training of security personnel.

SITE SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

Site security requirements shall include the following:

a. Security Personnel: The Contracting Officer shall have the right

of approval and rejection of the security personnel assigned to the project site at any time during Contractor activities. Security personnel must have access to a telephone 24 hours a day. The Contractor shall employ uniformed guard service to



provide one watch person at the site. The security staff shall be on duty from the date the temporary trailers are occupied and/or invasive work begins until the Contractor has achieved substantial completion or until the Contracting Officer determines security is no longer required. Duties of the security personnel shall include the following:

• Maintain presence of at least one watch person on site during all non-working hours, seven days a week, including holidays.

• Conducting an hourly tour of the site. The site tour shall include walking along the exterior of the perimeter fence to inspect it for any damage or evidence of unauthorized access. If there is any evidence of a breach or attempted breach the guard shall then inspect the interior of the site for any unauthorized access;

• Maintain a log of all security checks. The logs shall contain date, time, any problems noted, and Contractor personnel notified of any problems. The log shall be kept on site and made available for inspection by the Contracting Officer.

• Report problems noted to the Contractor and expeditiously correct any problems noted. Any problems shall be reported to the Contracting Officer in writing within 24 hours of occurrence along with any corrective actions taken.

b. Site-Specific Training: The Contractor shall ensure that all

security personnel shall have received the training.

c. Maintain a log of all security incidents. This log shall be furnished to the Contracting Officer upon request.

d. Gates in all fences shall remain closed, except when in use by

authorized personnel.

e. If approved by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall designate a member of their staff as Site Security Officer, during normal working hours. The Contracting Officer may revoke this approval without cause or justification, at which time the Contractor shall immediately provide independent site security.

f. Security Officers shall be responsible for controlling conditions

to ensure against any unauthorized entry. Should persons attempt unauthorized entry, the Security Officer shall be responsible for warning the individuals. If unauthorized persons ignore the warnings, the security officer shall notify appropriate law enforcement personnel to remove the persons.

g. The Contracting Officer will maintain a list of personnel

approved to be present on the job site. A copy of the list will be provided to the Contractor. Only authorized personnel may make changes to the job site list.

h. A copy of the emergency checklist, providing all emergency

numbers for hospitals, ambulance service, law enforcement,



paramedics, and fire departments, shall be posted in all on-site offices and at the designated project information board.

VISITOR CONTROL

All visitors must be approved by the Contracting Officer. All visitors shall be required to read and sign an approved synopsis of the SSHP prior to entering the site.

Visitors shall be escorted at all times, except USEPA employees and representatives, USACE employees and representatives, and NJDEP employees and representatives who may proceed without escorts. A security guard may be requested by the Government.

TRAFFIC CONTROL

The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling vehicular traffic on and through the site in order to assure safe and efficient operations. Parking areas shall be regulated to insure free entry and egress to and from the site.




SECTION 01 57 19

TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS


This Section covers the requirements for protection of the human and natural environment during all construction activities. This includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to minimize the pollution of air, water, or land; control noise, and the disposal of solid waste materials.



EPA SW-846 (Third Edition; Update IV) Test Methods for

Evaluating Solid Waste: Physical/Chemical Methods


29 CFR 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency

Response 40 CFR 112 Oil Pollution Prevention

40 CFR 122.26 Storm Water Discharges (Applicable to State

NPDES Programs, see section 123.25) 40 CFR 152 Pesticide Registration and Classification

Procedures 40 CFR 152 - 186 Pesticide Programs

40 CFR 241 Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste

40 CFR 243 Guidelines for the Storage and Collection of

Residential, Commercial, and Institutional Solid Waste

40 CFR 258 Subtitle D Landfill Requirements

40 CFR 300 National Oil and Hazardous Substances

Pollution Contingency Plan 40 CFR 300.125 National Oil and Hazardous Substances

Pollution Contingency Plan - Notification and Communications



40 CFR 355 Emergency Planning and Notification

40 CFR 403 General Pretreatment Regulations for Existing

and New Sources of Pollution 40 CFR 50 National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air

Quality Standards 40 CFR 60 Standards of Performance for New Stationary

Sources 40 CFR 61 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air

Pollutants 40 CFR 63 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air

Pollutants for Source Categories 40 CFR 64 Compliance Assurance Monitoring

40 CFR 745 Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention in

Certain Residential Structures 40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)





1.3 DEFINITIONS 1.3.1 Class I and II Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) Class I ODS is defined in Section 602(a) of The Clean Air Act. A list of Class I ODS can be found on the EPA website at the following weblink. https://www.epa.gov/ozone-layer-protection/ozone-depleting-substances.

Class II ODS is defined in Section 602(s) of The Clean Air Act. A list of Class II ODS can be found on the EPA website at the following weblink. https://www.epa.gov/ozone-layer-protection/ozone-depleting-substances.

1.3.2 Contractor-Generated Hazardous Waste Contractor-generated hazardous waste is materials that, if abandoned or disposed, may meet the definition of a hazardous waste. These waste streams would typically consist of material brought on site by the Contractor to execute work, but are not fully consumed during the course of construction. Examples include, but are not limited to, excess paint thinners (i.e. methyl ethyl ketone, toluene), waste thinners, excess paints, excess solvents, waste solvents, excess pesticides, and contaminated pesticide equipment rinse water.

https://www.epa.gov/ozone-layer-protection/ozone-depleting-substances

https://www.epa.gov/ozone-layer-protection/ozone-depleting-substances



1.3.3 Electronics Waste Electronics waste is discarded electronic devices intended for salvage, recycling, or disposal.

1.3.4 Environmental Pollution and Damage Environmental pollution and damage is the presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life; affect other species of importance to humankind; or degrade the environment aesthetically, culturally or historically.

1.3.5 Environmental Protection Environmental protection is the prevention/control of pollution and habitat disruption that may occur to the environment during construction. The control of environmental pollution and damage requires consideration of land, water, and air; biological and cultural resources; and includes management of visual aesthetics; noise; solid, chemical, gaseous, and liquid waste; radiant energy and radioactive material as well as other pollutants.

1.3.6 Land Application Land Application means spreading or spraying discharge water at a rate that allows the water to percolate into the soil. No sheeting action, soil erosion, discharge into storm sewers, discharge into defined drainage areas, or discharge into the "waters of the United States" must occur. Comply with federal, state, and local laws and regulations.

1.3.7 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) The NPDES permit program controls water pollution by regulating point sources that discharge pollutants into waters of the United States.

1.3.8 Oily Waste Oily waste is those materials that are, or were, mixed with Petroleum, Oils, and Lubricants (POLs) and have become separated from that POLs. Oily waste also means materials, including wastewaters, centrifuge solids, filter residues or sludges, bottom sediments, tank bottoms, and sorbents which have come into contact with and have been contaminated by, POLs and may be appropriately tested and discarded in a manner which is in compliance with other state and local requirements.

This definition includes materials such as oily rags, "kitty litter" sorbent clay and organic sorbent material. These materials may be land filled provided that: It is not prohibited in other state regulations or local ordinances; the amount generated is "de minimus" (a small amount); it is the result of minor leaks or spills resulting from normal process operations; and free-flowing oil has been removed to the practicable extent possible. Large quantities of this material, generated as a result of a major spill or in lieu of proper maintenance of the processing equipment, are a solid waste. As a solid waste, perform a hazardous waste determination prior to disposal. As this can be an expensive process, it is recommended that this



type of waste be minimized through good housekeeping practices and employee education.

1.3.9 Pesticide Pesticide is any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest, or intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant or desiccant.

1.3.10 Pesticide Treatment Plan A plan for the prevention, monitoring, and control to eliminate pest infestation.

1.3.11 Pests Pests are arthropods, birds, rodents, nematodes, fungi, bacteria, viruses, algae, snails, marine borers, snakes, weeds and other organisms (except for human or animal disease-causing organisms) that adversely affect readiness, military operations, or the well-being of personnel and animals; attack or damage real property, supplies, equipment, or vegetation; or are otherwise undesirable.

1.3.12 Project Pesticide Coordinator The Project Pesticide Coordinator (PPC) is an individual who resides at a Civil Works Project office and who is responsible overseeing of pesticide application on project grounds.

1.3.13 Sediment Sediment is soil and other debris that have eroded and have been transported by runoff water or wind.

1.3.14 Solid Waste Solid waste is a solid, liquid, semi-solid or contained gaseous waste. A solid waste can be a hazardous waste, non-hazardous waste, or non-Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) regulated waste. Types of solid waste typically generated at construction sites may include:

1.3.14.1 Debris Debris is non-hazardous solid material generated during the construction, demolition, or renovation of a structure that exceeds 2.5-inch particle size that is: a manufactured object; plant or animal matter; or natural geologic material (for example, cobbles and boulders), broken or removed concrete, masonry, and rock asphalt paving; ceramics; roofing paper and shingles. Inert materials may not be reinforced with or contain ferrous wire, rods, accessories and weldments. A mixture of debris and other material such as soil or sludge is also subject to regulation as debris if the mixture is comprised primarily of debris by volume, based on visual inspection.

1.3.14.2 Green Waste Green waste is the vegetative matter from landscaping, land clearing and grubbing, including, but not limited to, grass, bushes, scrubs, small trees



and saplings, tree stumps and plant roots. Marketable trees, grasses and plants that are indicated to remain, be re-located, or be re-used are not included.

1.3.14.3 Material not regulated as solid waste Material not regulated as solid waste is nuclear source or byproduct materials regulated under the Federal Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended; suspended or dissolved materials in domestic sewage effluent or irrigation return flows, or other regulated point source discharges; regulated air emissions; and fluids or wastes associated with natural gas or crude oil exploration or production.

1.3.14.4 Non-Hazardous Waste Non-hazardous waste is waste that is excluded from, or does not meet, hazardous waste criteria in accordance with 40 CFR 263.

1.3.14.5 Recyclables Recyclables are materials, equipment and assemblies such as doors, windows, door and window frames, plumbing fixtures, glazing and mirrors that are recovered and sold as recyclable and structural components. It also includes commercial-grade refrigeration equipment with Freon removed, household appliances where the basic material content is metal, clean polyethylene terephthalate bottles, cooking oil, used fuel oil, textiles, high-grade paper products and corrugated cardboard, stackable pallets in good condition, clean crating material, and clean rubber/vehicle tires. Metal meeting the definition of lead contaminated or lead based paint contaminated may not be included as recyclable if sold to a scrap metal company. Paint cans that meet the definition of empty containers in accordance with 40 CFR 261.7 may be included as recyclable if sold to a scrap metal company.

1.3.14.6 Scrap Metal This includes scrap and excess ferrous and non-ferrous metals such as reinforcing steel, structural shapes, pipe, and wire that are recovered or collected and disposed of as scrap. Scrap metal meeting the definition of hazardous material or hazardous waste is not included.

1.3.14.7 Surplus Soil Surplus soil is existing soil that is in excess of what is required for this work, including aggregates intended, but not used, for on-site mixing of concrete, mortars, and paving. Contaminated soil with contaminant concentrations in excess of the soil cleanup objectives may not be included and must be managed in accordance with Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

1.3.14.8 Wood Wood is dimension and non-dimension lumber, plywood, chipboard, hardboard. Treated or painted wood that meets the definition of lead contaminated or lead based contaminated paint is not included. Treated wood includes, but is not limited to, lumber, utility poles, crossties, and other wood products with chemical treatment.



1.3.15 Surface Discharge Surface discharge means discharge of water into drainage ditches, storm sewers, creeks or "waters of the United States". Surface discharges are discrete, identifiable sources and require a permit from the governing agency. Comply with federal, state, and local laws and regulations.

1.3.16 Wastewater Wastewater is the used water and solids from a community that flow to a treatment plant.

1.3.16.1 Stormwater Stormwater is any precipitation in an urban or suburban area that does not evaporate or soak into the ground, but instead collects and flows into storm drains, rivers, and streams.

1.3.17 Waters of the United States Waters of the United States means Federally jurisdictional waters, including wetlands, that are subject to regulation under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act or navigable waters, as defined under the Rivers and Harbors Act.

1.3.18 Wetlands Wetlands are those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.

1.3.19 Universal Waste The universal waste regulations streamline collection requirements for certain hazardous wastes in the following categories: batteries, pesticides, mercury-containing equipment (for example, thermostats), and lamps (for example, fluorescent bulbs). The rule is designed to reduce hazardous waste in the municipal solid waste (MSW) stream by making it easier for universal waste handlers to collect these items and send them for recycling or proper disposal. These regulations can be found at 40 CFR 273.

1.4 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Preconstruction Survey

Solid Waste Management Permit; G

Regulatory Notifications; G

Environmental Protection Plan; G



Stormwater Notice of Intent (for NPDES coverage under the general permit for construction activities); G

Environmental Manager Qualifications; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Laboratory Analysis

Inspection Reports

Solid Waste Management Report; G

SD-07 Certificates

Employee Training Records; G

Certificate of Competency

Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector Qualifications


Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Compliance Notebook; G

Stormwater Notice of Termination (for NPDES coverage under the general permit for construction activities); G

Waste Determination Documentation; G

Assembled Employee Training Records; G

Regulatory Notifications; G

Sales Documentation; G

Contractor Certification

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS Provide and maintain, during the life of the contract, environmental protection as defined. Plan for and provide environmental protective measures to control pollution that develops during construction practice. Plan for and provide environmental protective measures required to correct conditions that develop during the construction of permanent or temporary environmental features associated with the project. Protect the environmental resources within the project boundaries and those affected outside the limits of permanent work during the entire duration of this Contract. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations pertaining to the environment, including water, air, solid waste, hazardous waste and substances, oily substances, and noise pollution.

Tests and procedures assessing whether construction operations comply with Applicable Environmental Laws may be required. Analytical work must be performed by qualified laboratories; and where required by law, the laboratories must be certified.



1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1 Preconstruction Survey and Protection of Features Prior to start of any onsite construction activities, perform a Preconstruction Survey of the project site with the Contracting Officer, and take photographs showing existing environmental conditions in and adjacent to the site. Submit a report for the record. Include in the report a plan describing the features requiring protection under the provisions of the Contract Clauses, which are not specifically identified on the drawings as environmental features requiring protection along with the condition of trees, shrubs and grassed areas immediately adjacent to the site of work and adjacent to the Contractor's assigned storage area and access route(s), as applicable. The Contractor and the Contracting Officer will sign this survey report upon mutual agreement regarding its accuracy and completeness. Protect those environmental features included in the survey report and any indicated on the drawings, regardless of interference that their preservation may cause to the work under the Contract.

1.6.2 Regulatory Notifications Provide regulatory notification requirements in accordance with federal, state and local regulations. In cases where the Government will also provide public notification (such as stormwater permitting), coordinate with the Contracting Officer. Submit copies of regulatory notifications to the Contracting Officer at least 30 days prior to commencement of work activities. Typically, regulatory notifications must be provided for the following (this listing is not all-inclusive): demolition, renovation, NPDES defined site work, construction, removal or use of a permitted air emissions source, and remediation of controlled substances (asbestos, hazardous waste, lead paint).

1.6.3 Environmental Brief Attend an environmental brief to be included in the preconstruction meeting. Provide the following information: types, quantities, and use of hazardous materials that will be brought onto the site; and types and quantities of wastes/wastewater that may be generated during the Contract. Discuss the results of the Preconstruction Survey at this time.

Prior to initiating any work on site, meet with the Contracting Officer to discuss the proposed Environmental Protection Plan (EPP). Develop a mutual understanding relative to the details of environmental protection, including measures for protecting natural and cultural resources, required reports, required permits, permit requirements (such as mitigation measures), and other measures to be taken.

1.6.4 Environmental Manager Appoint in writing an Environmental Manager for the project site. The Environmental Manager is directly responsible for coordinating contractor compliance with federal, state, and local requirements. The Environmental Manager must ensure compliance with Hazardous Waste Program requirements (including hazardous waste handling, storage, manifesting, and disposal); implement the EPP; ensure environmental permits are obtained, maintained, and closed out; ensure compliance with Stormwater Program requirements;



ensure compliance with Hazardous Materials (storage, handling, and reporting) requirements; and coordinate any remediation of regulated substances (lead, asbestos, PCB transformers). This can be a collateral position; however, the person in this position must be trained to adequately accomplish the following duties: ensure waste segregation and storage compatibility requirements are met; inspect and manage Satellite Accumulation areas; ensure only authorized personnel add wastes to containers; ensure Contractor personnel are trained in 40 CFR requirements in accordance with their position requirements; coordinate removal of waste containers; and maintain the Environmental Records binder and required documentation, including environmental permits compliance and close-out. Submit Environmental Manager Qualifications to the Contracting Officer.

1.6.5 Employee Training Records Prepare and maintain Employee Training Records throughout the term of the contract meeting applicable 40 CFR requirements. Provide Employee Training Records in the Environmental Records Binder and submit these Assembled Employee Training Records to the Contracting Officer at the conclusion of the project, unless otherwise directed.

Train personnel to meet EPA requirements. Conduct environmental protection/pollution control meetings for personnel prior to commencing construction activities. Conduct additional meetings for new personnel and when site conditions change. Include in the training and meeting agenda: methods of detecting and avoiding pollution; familiarization with statutory and contractual pollution standards; installation and care of devices, vegetative covers, and instruments required for monitoring purposes to ensure adequate and continuous environmental protection/pollution control; anticipated hazardous or toxic chemicals or wastes, and other regulated contaminants; recognition and protection of archaeological sites, artifacts, waters of the United States, and endangered species and their habitat that are known to be in the area. Provide copy of the Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector Certification/Qualifications as required by New Jersey.

1.6.6 Non-Compliance Notifications The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor in writing of any observed noncompliance with federal, state or local environmental laws or regulations, permits, and other elements of the Contractor's EPP. After receipt of such notice, inform the Contracting Officer of the proposed corrective action and take such action when approved by the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. FAR 52.242-14 Suspension of Work provides that a suspension, delay, or interruption of work due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor allows for no adjustments to the contract for time extensions or equitable adjustments. In addition to a suspension of work, the Contracting Officer may use additional authorities under the contract or law.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN The purpose of the EPP is to present an overview of known or potential environmental issues that must be considered and addressed during construction. Include in the EPP measures for protecting natural and cultural resources, required reports, and other measures to be taken. Meet with the Contracting Officer to discuss the EPP and develop a mutual



understanding relative to the details for environmental protection including measures for protecting natural resources, required reports, and other measures to be taken. Submit the EPP 15 calendar days before the preconstruction meeting. Revise the EPP throughout the project to include any reporting requirements, changes in site conditions, or contract modifications that change the project scope of work in a way that could have an environmental impact. No requirement in this section will relieve the Contractor of any applicable federal, state, and local environmental protection laws and regulations. During Construction, identify, implement, and submit for approval any additional requirements to be included in the EPP. Maintain the current version onsite.

The EPP includes, but is not limited to, the following elements:

1.7.1 General Overview and Purpose 1.7.1.1 Descriptions A brief description of each specific plan required by environmental permit or elsewhere in this Contract such as stormwater pollution prevention plan, spill control plan, solid waste management plan, wastewater management plan, air pollution control plan, contaminant prevention plan, traffic control plan, Hazardous, Toxic and Radioactive Waste (HTRW) Plan and Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Disposal Plan.

1.7.1.2 Duties The duties and level of authority assigned to the person(s) on the job site who oversee environmental compliance, such as who is responsible for adherence to the EPP, who is responsible for spill cleanup and training personnel on spill response procedures, who is responsible for manifesting hazardous waste to be removed from the site (if applicable), and who is responsible for training the Contractor's environmental protection personnel.

1.7.1.3 Procedures A copy of any standard or project-specific operating procedures that will be used to effectively manage and protect the environment on the project site.

1.7.1.4 Communications Communication and training procedures that will be used to convey environmental management requirements to Contractor employees and subcontractors.

1.7.1.5 Contact Information Emergency contact information contact information (office phone number, cell phone number, and e-mail address).

1.7.2 General Site Information 1.7.2.1 Drawings Drawings showing locations of proposed temporary excavations or embankments for haul roads, stream crossings, jurisdictional wetlands, material storage



areas, structures, sanitary facilities, storm drains and conveyances, and stockpiles of excess soil.

1.7.2.2 Work Area Work area plan showing the proposed activity in each portion of the area and identify the areas of limited use or nonuse. Include measures for marking the limits of use areas, including methods for protection of features to be preserved within authorized work areas and methods to control runoff and to contain materials on site, and a traffic control plan.

1.7.2.3 Documentation A letter signed by an officer of the firm appointing the Environmental Manager and stating that person is responsible for managing and implementing the Environmental Program as described in this contract. Include in this letter the Environmental Manager's authority to direct the removal and replacement of non-conforming work.

1.7.3 Management of Natural Resources

a. Land resources

b. Tree protection

c. Replacement of damaged landscape features

d. Temporary construction

e. Stream crossings

f. Fish and wildlife resources

g. Wetland areas 1.7.4 Protection of Historical and Archaeological Resources

a. Objectives

b. Methods 1.7.5 Stormwater Management and Control

a. Ground cover

b. Erodible soils

c. Temporary measures

(1) Structural Practices

(2) Temporary and permanent stabilization

d. Effective selection, implementation and maintenance of Best Management Practices (BMPs).



1.7.6 Protection of the Environment from Waste Derived from Contractor Operations

Control and disposal of solid and sanitary waste. 1.7.7 Prevention of Releases to the Environment Procedures to prevent releases to the environment

Notifications in the event of a release to the environment

1.7.8 Regulatory Notification and Permits List what notifications and permit applications must be made. Some permits require up to 180 days to obtain. Demonstrate that those permits have been obtained or applied for by including copies of applicable environmental permits. The EPP will not be approved until the permits have been obtained.

1.7.9 Clean Air Act Compliance 1.7.9.1 Haul Route Submit truck and material haul routes along with a Dust and odor Control Plan per Section 01 13 00 ODOR AND EMISSIONS CONTROL for controlling dirt, debris, and dust on construction roadways.

1.7.9.2 Pollution Generating Equipment Identify air pollution generating equipment or processes that may require federal, state, or local permits under the Clean Air Act. Determine requirements based on any current permits and the impacts of the project. Provide a list of all fixed or mobile equipment, machinery or operations that could generate air emissions during the project to the Contracting Officer.

1.7.9.3 Stationary Internal Combustion Engines Identify portable and stationary internal combustion engines that will be supplied, used or serviced. Comply with 40 CFR 60 Subpart IIII, 40 CFR 60 Subpart JJJJ, 40 CFR 63 Subpart ZZZZ, and local regulations as applicable. At minimum, include the make, model, serial number, manufacture date, size (engine brake horsepower), and EPA emission certification status of each engine. Maintain applicable records and log hours of operation and fuel use. Logs must include reasons for operation and delineate between emergency and non-emergency operation.

1.7.9.4 Air Pollution-engineering Processes Identify planned air pollution-generating processes and management control measures (including, but not limited to, spray painting, abrasive blasting, demolition, material handling, fugitive dust, and fugitive emissions). Log hours of operations and track quantities of materials used.

1.7.9.5 Monitoring Air monitoring shall be in accordance with Sections 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES for worker



health and safety and Section 01 12 00 PERIMETER AIR MONITORING for public health and safety.

1.7.9.6 Compliant Materials Provide the Contracting Officer a list of hazardous materials and Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) for all hazardous materials proposed for use on site. Materials must be compliant with all Clean Air Act regulations for emissions including solvent and volatile organic compound contents, and applicable National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants requirements. The Contracting Officer may alter or limit use of specific materials as needed to meet permit requirements for emissions.

1.8 LICENSES AND PERMITS Obtain licenses and permits required for the construction of the project and in accordance with FAR 52.236-7 Permits and Responsibilities. Notify the Contracting Officer of all general use permitted equipment the Contractor plans to use on site. This paragraph supplements the Contractor's responsibility under FAR 52.236-7 Permits and Responsibilities. The following permits will be obtained by the Contractor:

1) Demolition Permit and associated lead/asbestos abatement

notifications; 2) NJDEP Water Allocation Permit; 3) NJDEP General Dewatering Permit; 4) Soil Conservation District Erosion Control Permit; 5) NJDEP General Permit for Stormwater Associated with

Construction Permit; 6) NJDEP Well Abandonment Permits; 7) PCB Disposal Notification (EPA Form 7710-53); 8) FAA Forms 7460 – Notice of Proposed Construction or

Alteration; 9) NJDEP BGR - General Remediation Cleanup Permit; 10) CERCLA Application Permit Equivalency (BWA-010); and 11) NJDEP Treatment Works Approval

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS BINDER Maintain on-site a separate three-ring Environmental Records Binder and submit at the completion of the project.

1.10 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PERMIT Provide the Contracting Officer with written notification of the quantity of anticipated solid waste or debris that is anticipated or estimated to be generated by construction. Include in the report the locations where various types of waste will be disposed or recycled. Include letters of acceptance from the receiving location or as applicable; submit one copy of the receiving location state and local Solid Waste Management Permit or license showing such agency's approval of the disposal plan before transporting wastes off Government property.

1.10.1 Solid Waste Management Report



Monthly, submit a solid waste disposal report to the Contracting Officer. For each waste, the report will state the classification (using the definitions provided in this section), amount, location, and name of the business receiving the solid waste.

1.11 FACILITY HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATOR STATUS The Site is not anticipated to generate hazardous waste.


PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES Minimize interference with, disturbance to, and damage to fish, wildlife, and plants, including their habitats. There are no rare, threatened, and endangered animal and plant species known to exist at the site.

Preserve the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work. Restore to an equivalent or improved condition upon completion of work. Confine construction activities to within the limits of the work indicated or specified.

3.1.1 Flow Ways Do not alter water flows or otherwise significantly disturb the native habitat adjacent to the project and critical to the survival of fish and wildlife, except as specified and permitted.

3.1.2 Vegetation Except in areas to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs without the Contracting Officer's permission. Do not fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guys to existing nearby trees for anchorages unless authorized by the Contracting Officer. Where such use of attached ropes, cables, or guys is authorized, the Contractor is responsible for any resultant damage.

Protect existing trees that are to remain to ensure they are not injured, bruised, defaced, or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Remove displaced rocks from uncleared areas. Coordinate with the Contracting Officer to determine appropriate action for trees and other landscape features scarred or damaged by equipment operations.

3.1.3 Streams The nearest stream to the site is a small tributary to Deepaval Brook located greater than 1,000 feet north of the project site. Deepaval Brook is located greater than 3,000 feet west of the project site.

3.2 STORMWATER Do not discharge stormwater from construction sites to the sanitary sewer. If the water is noted or suspected of being contaminated, it may only be



released to the storm drain system if the discharge is specifically permitted. Obtain authorization in advance from the Contracting Officer for any release of contaminated water.

3.2.1 Construction General Permit Provide a Construction General Permit as required by 40 CFR 122.26 or the State of New Jersey General Permit. Under the terms and conditions of the permit, install, inspect, maintain best management practices (BMPs), prepare stormwater erosion and sediment control inspection reports, and submit Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) inspection reports. Maintain construction operations and management in compliance with the terms and conditions of the general permit for stormwater discharges from construction activities.

3.2.1.1 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Submit a project-specific SWPPP to the Contracting Officer for approval, prior to the commencement of work. The SWPPP must meet the requirements of 40 CFR 122.26 and the New Jersey State General Permit for stormwater discharges from construction sites.

Include the following:

a. Comply with terms of the state general permit for stormwater discharges

from construction activities. Prepare SWPPP in accordance with state requirements. Use state guidance for developing the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.

b. Select applicable BMPs from EPA Fact Sheets located at

https://www.epa.gov/npdes/national-menu-best-management-practices-bmps-stormwater#constr or in accordance with applicable state or local requirements.

c. Include a completed copy of the Notice of Intent, BMP Inspection Report

Template, and Stormwater Notice of Termination, except for the effective date.

3.2.1.2 Stormwater Notice of Intent for Construction Activities Prepare and submit the Notice of Intent for New Jersey coverage under the general permit for construction activities to the Contracting Officer for review and approval.

Submit the approved NOI and appropriate permit fees onto the appropriate federal or state agency for approval. No land disturbing activities may commence without permit coverage. Maintain an approved copy of the SWPPP at the onsite construction office, and continually update as regulations require, reflecting current site conditions.

3.2.1.3 Inspection Reports Submit "Inspection Reports" to the Contracting Officer in accordance with the State of New Jersey Construction General Permit.

3.2.1.4 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Compliance Notebook

https://www.epa.gov/npdes/national-menu-best-management-practices-bmps-stormwater#constr

https://www.epa.gov/npdes/national-menu-best-management-practices-bmps-stormwater#constr



Create and maintain a three ring binder of documents that demonstrate compliance with the Construction General Permit. Include a copy of the permit Notice of Intent, proof of permit fee payment, SWPPP and SWPPP update amendments, inspection reports and related corrective action records, copies of correspondence with the New Jersey State Permitting Agency, and a copy of the permit Notice of Termination in the binder. At project completion, the notebook becomes property of the Government. Provide the compliance notebook to the Contracting Officer.

3.2.1.5 Stormwater Notice of Termination for Construction Activities Submit a Notice of Termination to the Contracting Officer for approval once construction is complete and final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site for which the permittee is responsible. Once approved, submit the Notice of Termination to the appropriate state or federal agency. Prepare as-built survey of the completed construction in accordance with Section 01 11 10 SURVEYING.

3.2.2 Erosion and Sediment Control Measures Provide erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with state and local laws and regulations. Preserve vegetation to the maximum extent practicable.

Erosion control inspection reports may be compiled as part of a stormwater pollution prevention plan inspection reports.

3.2.3 Work Area Limits Mark the areas that need not be disturbed under this Contract prior to commencing construction activities. Mark or fence isolated areas within the general work area that are not to be disturbed. Protect monuments and markers before construction operations commence. Where construction operations are to be conducted during darkness, any markers must be visible in the dark. Personnel must be knowledgeable of the purpose for marking and protecting particular objects.

3.2.4 Contractor Facilities and Work Areas Place field offices, staging areas, stockpile storage, and temporary buildings in areas designated on the drawings or as directed by the Contracting Officer. Move or relocate the Contractor facilities only when approved by the Government. Provide erosion and sediment controls for onsite borrow and spoil areas to prevent sediment from entering nearby waters. Control temporary excavation and embankments for plant or work areas to protect adjacent areas.

3.2.5 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Management Comply with the MS4 permit requirements for any discharges directed to the MS4’s drainage system.

3.3 SURFACE AND GROUNDWATER 3.3.1 Cofferdams, Diversions, and Dewatering



Construction operations for dewatering, removal of cofferdams, tailrace excavation, and tunnel closure must be constantly controlled to maintain compliance with existing state water quality standards and designated uses of the surface water body. Comply with the State of New Jersey water quality standards and anti-degradation provisions. Do not discharge excavation ground water to the sanitary sewer, storm drains, or to surface waters without prior specific authorization in writing from the Contracting Officer. Discharge of hazardous substances will not be permitted under any circumstances. Use sediment control BMPs to prevent construction site runoff from directly entering any storm drain or surface waters.

Any release to groundwater or surface water shall be in accordance with Section 02 61 15 DEWATERING. Discharge of hazardous substances will not be permitted under any circumstances. Dewatering treatment and discharge shall be in accordance with Section 02 61 15 DEWATERING.

3.3.2 Waters of the United States Do not enter, disturb, destroy, or allow discharge of contaminants into waters of the United States.

3.4 PROTECTION OF CULTURAL RESOURCES 3.4.1 Archaeological Resources Not Applicable.

3.5 AIR RESOURCES Equipment operation, activities, or processes will be in accordance with 40 CFR 64 and state air emission and performance laws and standards.

3.5.1 Preconstruction Air Permits Necessary permitting time must be considered in regard to construction activities. Clean Air Act (CAA) permits must be obtained prior to bringing equipment, assembled or unassembled, onto the site.

3.5.2 Burning Burning is prohibited on the premises.

3.5.3 Dust Control Keep dust down at all times, including during nonworking periods. Dust control measures shall be in accordance with Section 01 13 00 ODOR AND EMISSIONS CONTROL.

3.5.4 Odors Control odors from construction activities. The odors must be in compliance with state regulations and local ordinances and may not constitute a health hazard. All odor controls shall be in accordance with Section 01 13 00 ODOR AND EMISSIONS CONTROL.



3.6 WASTE MINIMIZATION Minimize the use of hazardous materials and the generation of waste. Include procedures for pollution prevention/ hazardous waste minimization in the Hazardous Waste Management Section of the EPP.

3.6.1 Salvage, Reuse and Recycle Identify anticipated materials and waste for salvage, reuse, and recycling. Describe actions to promote material reuse, resale or recycling. To the extent practicable, all scrap metal must be sent for reuse or recycling and will not be disposed in a landfill.

Include the name, physical address, and telephone number of the hauler, if transported by a franchised solid waste hauler. Include the destination and, unless exempted, provide a copy of the state or local permit (cover) or license for recycling.

Steel beams from the site building will be recycled. The three large steel beam trusses/ supports located in the Warehouse/Inventory Area shall be removed from the building by the Contractor, decontaminated, and recycled at a properly licensed/permitted off-site facility. Refer to paragraph 3.1.5 of Section 02 41 16 DEMOLITION for details on decontamination.

3.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

Waste management and disposal shall be in accordance with Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

3.7.1 Releases/Spills of Oil and Hazardous Substances 3.7.1.1 Response and Notifications Exercise due diligence to prevent, contain, and respond to spills of hazardous material, hazardous substances, hazardous waste, sewage, regulated gas, petroleum, lubrication oil, and other substances regulated in accordance with 40 CFR 300. Maintain spill cleanup equipment and materials at the work site. In the event of a spill, take prompt, effective action to stop, contain, curtail, or otherwise limit the amount, duration, and severity of the spill/release. In the event of any releases of oil and hazardous substances, chemicals, or gases; immediately (within 15 minutes) notify the Contracting Officer and the appropriate regulatory agency.

Submit verbal and written notifications as required by the federal (40 CFR 300.125 and 40 CFR 355), state, local regulations and instructions. Provide copies of the written notification and documentation that a verbal notification was made within 20 days. Spill response must be in accordance with 40 CFR 300 and applicable state and local regulations.

3.7.1.2 Clean Up Clean up hazardous and non-hazardous waste spills to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.



3.7.2 Mercury Materials Immediately report to the Contracting Officer instances of breakage or mercury spillage. Clean mercury spill area to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.

Do not recycle a mercury spill cleanup; manage it as a hazardous waste for disposal.

3.7.3 Wastewater Management wastewater in accordance with Section 02 61 15 DEWATERING.

3.8 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT Include hazardous material control procedures in the Safety Plan, in accordance with Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES. Address procedures and proper handling of hazardous materials, including the appropriate transportation requirements. Do not bring hazardous material onto Government property that does not directly relate to requirements for the performance of this contract. Submit an SDS and estimated quantities to be used for each hazardous material to the Contracting Officer prior to bringing the material on site. Typical materials requiring SDS and quantity reporting include, but are not limited to, oil and latex based painting and caulking products, solvents, adhesives, aerosol, and petroleum products. Use hazardous materials in a manner that minimizes the amount of hazardous waste generated. Containers of hazardous materials must have National Fire Protection Association labels or their equivalent. Certify that hazardous materials removed from the site are hazardous materials and do not meet the definition of hazardous waste, in accordance with 40 CFR 261.

3.9 PREVIOUSLY USED EQUIPMENT Clean previously used construction equipment prior to bringing it onto the project site. Equipment must be free from soil residuals, egg deposits from plant pests, noxious weeds, and plant seeds. Consult with the U.S. Department of Agriculture jurisdictional office for additional cleaning requirements.

3.10 CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM) Manage and dispose asbestos- containing waste in accordance with 40 CFR 61. Refer to Section 02 82 13 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT. Manifest asbestos-containing waste and provide the manifest to the Contracting Officer. Notifications to the state are required before starting any asbestos work.

3.11 CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT OF LEAD-BASED PAINT (LBP) Manage and dispose lead-contaminated waste in accordance with 40 CFR 745 and Section 02 83 13 LEAD HAZARD CONTROL ACTIVITIES. Manifest any lead-contaminated waste and provide the manifest to the Contracting Officer.

3.12 CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT OF POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS) Manage and dispose PCB-contaminated waste in accordance with 40 CFR 761 and Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.



3.13 PETROLEUM, OIL, LUBRICANT STORAGE AND FUELING POL products include flammable or combustible liquids, such as gasoline, diesel, lubricating oil, used engine oil, hydraulic oil, mineral oil, and cooking oil. Store POL products and fuel equipment and motor vehicles in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills into the environment. Manage and store POL products in accordance with EPA 40 CFR 112, and other federal, state, regional, and local laws and regulations. Use secondary containments, dikes, curbs, and other barriers, to prevent POL products from spilling and entering the ground, storm or sewer drains, stormwater ditches or canals, or navigable waters of the United States. Describe in the EPP (see paragraph ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN) how POL tanks and containers must be stored, managed, and inspected and what protections must be provided.

3.13.1 Used Oil Management Manage used oil generated on site in accordance with 40 CFR 279. Determine if any used oil generated while onsite exhibits a characteristic of hazardous waste. sed oil containing 1,000 parts per million of solvents shall be disposed of as a hazardous waste. Used oil mixed with a hazardous waste is also considered a hazardous waste. Dispose in accordance with Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

3.13.2 Oil Storage Including Fuel Tanks Provide secondary containment and overfill protection for oil storage tanks. A berm used to provide secondary containment must be of sufficient size and strength to contain 110% of the tank capacities. Construct the berm to be impervious to oil for 72 hours that no discharge will permeate, drain, infiltrate, or otherwise escape before cleanup occurs. Use drip pans during oil transfer operations; adequate absorbent material must be onsite to clean up any spills and prevent releases to the environment. Cover tanks and drip pans during inclement weather. Provide procedures and equipment to prevent overfilling of tanks. If tanks and containers with an aggregate aboveground capacity greater than 1320 gallons will be used onsite (only containers with a capacity of 55 gallons or greater are counted), provide and implement a Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan meeting the requirements of 40 CFR 112. Do not bring underground storage tanks to the site for Contractor use during a project. Submit the SPCC plan to the Contracting Officer for approval.

Monitor and remove any rainwater that accumulates in open containment dikes or berms. Inspect the accumulated rainwater prior to draining from a containment dike to the environment, to determine there is no oil sheen present.

3.14 SOUND INTRUSION Make the maximum use of low-noise emission products, as certified by the EPA. Blasting or use of explosives are not permitted without written permission from the Contracting Officer, and then only during the designated times. Confine pile-driving operations to the period between 7:00 am to 6:00 pm, Monday through Friday, exclusive of holidays, unless otherwise specified.



Keep construction activities under surveillance and control to minimize environment damage by noise. Comply with the provisions of the State of New Jersey rules.

3.15 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEANUP Clean up areas used for construction in accordance with Contract Clause: "Cleaning Up." Unless otherwise instructed in writing by the Contracting Officer, remove traces of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work area, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, and other vestiges of construction prior to final acceptance of the work. Grade parking area and similar temporarily used areas to conform with surrounding contours.




SECTION 01 58 00

PROJECT IDENTIFICATION


Furnish all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals required to provide and erect a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) project site sign, safety signs and a bulletin board.

The Contractor shall provide and erect a USACE/USEPA project site sign and safety signs meeting the requirements of this section, at a location to be determined by the Contracting Officer. The sign requirements are shown on the drawings. Wording to be included on the sign shall be provided by the Contracting Officer after award.


AMERICAN WOOD PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (AWPA)

AWPA C1 (2003) All Timber Products - Preservative

Treatment by Pressure Processes

AWPA C2 (2003) Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes

1.3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Preliminary Drawing Indicating Layout and Text Content; G

1.4 PROJECT SIGN

Prior to initiating any work on site, provide one project identification sign at the location designated. Construct the sign in accordance with project sign detail shown on the drawings. Maintain sign throughout the life of the project. Upon completion of the project, remove the sign from the site. Provide color rendering of the project. Reproduce the rendering on the signboard or enclose a copy of the rendering under a water-proof, transparent cover, and caulk for weather protection.



1.4.1 Construction Project Signs (USACE) Furnish the construction project sign package, maintain the signs during construction, and remove the signs from the job site upon completion of the project. The construction project sign package consists of two signs: one for project identification and the other to show the on-the-job safety performance of the contractor. The package shall conform to the requirements of EP 310-1-6a and EP 310-1-6b, specifically Section 16. Submit the sign legend orders as described in Section 16 of EP 310-1-6a prior to erecting the signs.






SECTION 01 67 00

GREEN REMEDIATION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

The Contractor shall incorporate green remediation practices during construction activities whenever feasible in accordance with the EPA Region 2 “Clean & Green” Policy, issued on March 11, 2010. This can be found at: https://www.epa.gov/greenercleanups/epa-region-2-clean-and-green-policy The policy establishes a preference for use of:

• 100% use of renewable energy, and energy conservation and efficiency

approaches including EnergyStar equipment • Cleaner fuels and clean diesel technologies and strategies • Water conservation and efficiency approaches including WaterSense

products • Sustainable site design • Industrial material reuse or recycling within regulatory requirements • Recycling applications for materials generated at or removed from the

site • Environmentally preferable purchasing • Greenhouse gas emission reduction technologies

This section covers the requirements for performing green remediation practices at the Site, including furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work described herein.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall submit the following to the Government in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. SD-01 Pre-Construction Submittals

Recycling Facility Information; G

The Contractor shall provide recycling facility information for disposal of non-hazardous debris and consumables, including any applicable permits and licenses.

SD-03 Product Data

Renewable Energy Program; G

The Contractor shall submit details regarding the renewable energy program that will be used to purchase renewable energy through the local energy supplier for all site activities, including name of the renewable energy supplier; type and percentage of renewable energy to be used (solar, wind, etc.); and method of supply (direct or Renewable Energy Certificates [RECs]).

http://www.epa.gov/greenercleanups/epa-region-2-clean-and-green-policy



Fuel Safety Data Sheet; The Contractor shall submit details regarding the fuel providers and types of fuel, including sulfur content, to be purchased during construction activities.

Paper Product Data; G The Contractor shall submit product literature for all copy papers, file folders, and other paper office supplies indicating that the supplies meet the minimum requirements for recycled content as specified herein.

SD-07 Certificates

Receipts for energy purchased;

Receipts for fuel purchased;

Disposal certificates for waste sent to recycling and regeneration facilities;

Receipts for paper products purchased;

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 RENEWABLE ENERGY

Where available, the Contractor shall purchase 100 percent renewable energy through the local utility provider for all electricity used during construction activities. The Contractor shall submit receipts to document that 100 percent renewable energy was used for all electricity consumed during construction activities.

3.2 FUEL

Only ultra-low sulfur diesel (ULSD) fuel shall be used during the construction activities. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall supply receipts for purchase of all fuel to document that only ULSD fuel was consumed. Vehicle idling shall not be allowed for longer than 5 minutes during construction activities, including, but not limited to, drill rigs and earth moving equipment.

3.3 MATERIAL REUSE, REDUCTION, AND RECYCLING

If necessary, demolished asphalt pavement and concrete shall be source separated, and sent to a New Jersey approved Class B recycling facility. The Contractor shall submit disposal certificates documenting that the waste was sent to a recycling facility.

One hundred percent of the copy papers, file folders, and other paper office supplies shall come from recycled sources. Required recovered materials content ranges shall be as recommended by EPA’s Comprehensive Procurement



Guidelines (CPGs) at https://www.epa.gov/smm/comprehensive-procurement-guideline-cpg-program. The Contractor shall submit receipts indicating that the purchased products contain the required recycled content.

Steel beams from the site building will be recycled. The three large steel beam trusses/supports located in the Warehouse/Inventory Area shall be removed from the building by the Contractor, decontaminated, and recycled at a properly licensed/permitted off-site facility. Refer to paragraph 3.1.5 of Section 02 41 16 DEMOLITION for details on decontamination.

END OF SECTION

http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/conserve/tools/cpg/index.htm

http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/conserve/tools/cpg/index.htm



SECTION 01 78 00

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REMEDIAL CLOSEOUT PACKAGE

Remedial closeout package shall consist of one complete package providing all the required documentation necessary for the Engineer to prepare a Remedial Action Report.

1.2 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by basic designation only.


OSWER Directive 9320.2-22 (2011) Close Out Procedures for National

Priories List Sites 1.3 SUBMITTALS

The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Remedial Closeout Package

1.4 REMEDIAL CLOSEOUT PACKAGE

The Contractor shall provide the following documentation as part of the remedial closeout package in addition to other items that are specified elsewhere by the contract specifications.

• Construction schedule and progress records • As-built drawings stamped by a licensed New Jersey

Professional Engineer, showing limits of each excavation area, limits of contamination, known underground utilities within 50 feet of excavations, sample locations with identification numbers, location of temporary stockpiles, treatment, loading and disposal areas, and final drawings shown restored conditions of site including cover materials, topography and any remaining structures and improvements. Drawings shall be certified by a New Jersey Licensed Surveyor.

• Contract Work Plans • Excavation logs • Quantity of materials removed from each excavation area • Quantity of water/product removed during dewatering • Sampling locations and methods • Sample collection data such as time of collection and method



of preservation • Source of backfill along with analytical sample results and

documentation of approval for use at the site • Copies of all physical test results • Waste profile sheets and sample results • Waste disposal data • Modifications to the Contract – Project Change Orders (PCOs) • Contracting Officer’s Directives • Decontamination verification and analytical results • Analytical Sample Results • Final inspection and certification • Daily and monthly field reports • Site photographs and videos • Safety and accident documentation and reports • Air monitoring data and reports • Chain-of-custody documentation • Other items as may be required by the Contracting Officer or

by other specification sections not specifically listed above PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 REMEDIAL CLOSEOUT PACKAGE

Submit the Remedial Closeout Package for all work under this contract within 30 days of Final Acceptance Certificate. In addition to submitting all files electronically the contractor shall provide a copy of the remedial closeout packaged on a CD/DVD.

3.2 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

Upon completion of work, submit to the Contracting Officer written notification that Contract Documents and approved plans have been reviewed, work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents and approved plans, work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents and approved plans, deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected, and work is complete and ready for final inspection. Should the Contracting Officer find work incomplete, he will promptly provide written notification, listing observed deficiencies. Correct the deficiencies and send a second request for certificate of Final Completion. This procedure will continue until such time when the Contracting Officer is satisfied with such repairs and corrections. When the Contracting Officer finds work is complete, he will consider closeout submittals, and a Final Acceptance Certificate will be issued. When the Final Acceptance Certificate is received, submit the final invoice for final payment.




SECTION 02 32 00

SUBSURFACE DRILLING, SAMPLING, AND TESTING

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services to complete pre-excavation borings to collect samples to verify the limits of the TSCA areas shown on the drawings. Samples shall be collected from 30 boring locations at the depths shown on the contract drawings. Samples shall be analyzed for PCBs in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL. Samples for pesticide analysis will be collected as post-excavation samples in accordance with Sections 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL and 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL.


SD-02 Shop Drawings

Drilling Log; G

SD-03 Product Data

Permits, Certifications, Licenses, and Staff Experience Schedule of Drilling, Sampling, and Testing; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Soil Analytical Test Results; G

1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Contractor shall prepare a UFP-QAPP which includes field sampling procedures in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL for review and approval by the Contracting Officer and EPA prior to performing any sampling. Results for the pre-characterization sampling shall be received and reviewed by the Contracting Officer prior to beginning excavations in the TSCA areas. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with all Federal, State and local laws, regulations and ordinances relating to the performance of this work. Procure all required permits, certifications and licenses required by Federal, State, and local law for the execution of this work. Prior to starting work, submit copies of all permits, certifications, and licenses, as well as a statement of the prior



experience (in the type of work described in these specifications) of the person or persons designated to perform the work specified herein.

Contractor shall prepare a UFP-QAPP which includes field sampling procedures in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL for review and approval by the Contracting Officer and EPA prior to performing any sampling.

1.5 SAMPLE LOCATIONS The pre-excavation sample locations are shown on the contract drawings. Any adjustments to pre-excavation sample locations will require prior approval from the Contracting Officer.

1.6 SAMPLE ANALYSIS All samples shall be analyzed for PCBs using a 48-hour turnaround time (TAT). Sample analysis shall be in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL. Samples for pesticide analysis will be collected in accordance with Sections 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL and 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL.


PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION 3.1.1 Mobilization Mobilization consists of the delivery to the site of all plant, equipment, materials and supplies to be furnished by the Contractor, the complete assembly in satisfactory working order of all such plant and equipment at the jobsite and the satisfactory storage at the site of all such materials and supplies.

3.1.2 Demobilization Demobilization consists of the removal from the site of all equipment, investigative derived waste materials and supplies after completion of the work and also includes, at the direction of the Contracting Officer, the cleanup and removal of all scrap, waste backfill material, waste drilling fluid, soil contaminated with engine/hydraulic oil, backfilling all sumps or excavations resulting from the operations.

3.2 DRILLING

Borings shall be advanced using direct-push drilling techniques. 3.2.1 Procedure



All holes shall be advanced vertically at locations shown on the drawings. Borings shall be advanced to the bottom depths indicated on the drawings. Off-setting of borings from the locations shown on the drawings, will not be permitted without prior approval from the Contracting Officer.

3.2.2 Sampling Obtain soil samples from each boring at the depths/elevations indicated on the drawings. Samples shall be placed in jars provided by the laboratory and packed in ice for shipment to the laboratory for analytical analysis. Analytical sampling shall be in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL.

3.2.3 Investigation Derived Waste Management Investigation-derived waste (IDW) may be left on site and disposed of with contaminated excavated soil. Water generated during sampling shall be treated through the temporary groundwater treatment plant. IDW shall be collected into Department of Transportation (DOT) approved drums for temporary on-site storage and off-site disposal. Waste characterization and disposal shall be in accordance with 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

3.3 RECORDS Submit complete, legible copies of DRILLING LOG and records to the Contracting Officer within 14 days after a hole is completed. All such records shall be recorded during the actual performance of the work and shall be preserved in good condition and order until they are delivered and accepted. The Contracting Officer has the right to examine and review all such records at any time prior to their delivery and has the right to request changes to the record keeping procedure. The following information shall be included on the logs or in the records for each boring:

a. Boring designation and elevation of top of hole.

b. Driller's name and Geologist's name.

c. Make, size, and manufacturer's model designation of drilling,

equipment.

d. Type of drilling operation by depth.

e. Hole diameter.

f. Dates and time by depths when drilling and sampling operations were performed.

g. Depths at which samples or cores were recovered or attempts made to

sample or core including top and bottom depth of each run.

h. Classification or description by depths of the materials sampled using the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487) and including a description of moisture conditions, consistency and other appropriate descriptive information. This classification or description shall be made immediately after the samples or cores are retrieved.



i. Indication of penetration resistance such as [drive-hammer blows given in blows per foot for driving sample spoons and casing] [and] [the pressure in psi applied to push thin-wall or piston-type samplers].

j. Weight of drive hammer.

k. Percentage of sample or core recovered per run.

l. Depth at which groundwater is encountered initially and when

stabilized.

o. Depth of bottom of hole. -- End of Section --



SECTION 02 41 16

DEMOLITION

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES


AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE/AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY ENGINEERS (ANSI/ASSE)

ANSI/ASSE A10.6 Safety and Health Program Requirements

for Demolition Operations

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA) 40 CFR 61 National Emission Standards for

Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) 40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)



NJAC 5:23 Uniform Construction Code NJAC 7:26 Solid Waste Regulations

ENGINEERING MANUALS (EM)

EM 385-1-1 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Safety and Health Requirements

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to remove building contents and demolish the building, concrete slab, subsurface components (foundations, footings, etc.), and utilities as indicated in the Contract Drawings and specified herein. The Pre-Design Investigation for OU1 Soil and Building Remediation Report, Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation Superfund Site, Fairfield, Essex County, New Jersey (Sept. 2018) included with the Contract Documents provides information regarding building materials sampling that has been conducted to date for asbestos containing materials (ACM), lead-based paint (LBP), and poly-chlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). Prior to the building demolition work, the Contractor shall complete a pre-demolition building inspection/survey for the ACM, paint with lead (PWL) or materials containing lead (MCL), and other hazardous materials (e.g., Universal Waste) to confirm/supplement prior findings regarding these materials, and to develop the required project plans addressing these materials as part of the work. The Contractor shall perform abatement of ACM and PWL/MCL as required by applicable regulations regarding these materials and in accordance with the



Contractor’s project plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the sequence of work and degree of abatement which shall maintain personnel and public safety at all times. The Contractor shall remove suspect PCB-containing lighting ballasts, mercury-containing fluorescent lamps, and other Universal Waste in accordance with local, State of New Jersey, or federal regulations. The Contractor shall remove and segregate these materials prior to demolition. An estimated quantity of approximately 250 solar panels are located on the building roof. Removal and disposition of the solar panels will be completed by others, prior to demolition. The Contractor shall not begin demolition until authorization is received from the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall ensure that all demolition work is performed safely in accordance with the safety requirements of SECTION 01 35 29.13 – HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES; EM 385-1-1; ANSI/ASSE A10.6; OSHA regulations; and the respective codes and ordinances from the Township of Fairfield, New Jersey. All void spaces and other hazardous openings shall be temporarily filled and/or clearly marked to prevent personal injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation of the Accident Prevention Plan/Site Safety and Health Plan (APP/SSHP).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation; submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only or as otherwise designated. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

Demolition Plan; G

The Contractor shall prepare a Demolition Plan and submit to the Contracting Officer for approval prior to the commencement of demolition work. The Demolition Plan shall include procedures for coordination with other work which may be in progress including demolition material decontamination, asbestos abatement, and lead hazard control activities. The plan shall include a detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each operation and of the sequence of operations, providing contingencies for changes that may be required during work based on safety requirements or unexpected conditions encountered. The plan shall identify components and materials to be salvaged for reuse or recycling with reference to Section 3.1. The Contractor shall append tracking forms for all removed materials indicating type, quantities, condition, destination, and end use. The plan shall state provisions for securing the safety of the workers throughout the performance of the work. The plan shall coordinate with other plans as necessary including but not limited to the Excavation and Waste Handling Plan, and the Waste Management and Transportation Plan. The plan shall comply with the Site Safety and Health Plan.

1.4 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any and all permits necessary to complete demolition work in accordance with applicable Federal, State, and local regulatory requirements. This includes but is not limited



to: demolition permits, permits for field trailers and other temporary construction facilities (e.g., generators), soil erosion and sediment control certification from the Hudson Essex Passaic Soil Conservation District, notifications/approvals for ACM/LBP abatement as required. Permit requirements for asbestos abatement are presented in SECTION 02 82 13 – ASBESTOS ABATEMENT.

1.5 WASTE TYPES

The following types of wastes are expected from the demolition operations:

TABLE 02 41 16-1 Waste Type

Waste Definition

TSCA, Non-Hazardous (>50 ppm PCBs)

Concrete and other building materials, including miscellaneous interior equipment/debris.

Friable ACM Friable ACM which has been abated or segregated, or demolition waste containing friable ACM from which any amount of friable ACM cannot be segregated.

Category I Nonfriable ACM Category I nonfriable ACM which has been abated or segregated from demolition debris, or demolition debris from which Category I nonfriable ACM cannot be segregated. Includes asbestos-containing packings, gaskets, resilient floor covering, and asphalt roofing products containing more than one percent asbestos.

Category II Nonfriable ACM Category II nonfriable ACM which has been abated or segregated from demolition debris, or demolition debris from which Category II nonfriable ACM cannot be segregated. Includes any other nonfriable material, excluding Category I nonfriable ACM, containing more than one percent asbestos.

Notes: 1. Assumed waste type. Contractor shall characterize and dispose of accordingly.

1.6 ITEMS TO REMAIN IN PLACE

1.6.1 Existing Construction Limits and Protection

The Contractor shall not disturb existing construction beyond the extent indicated. The Contractor shall provide protective measures to control accumulation and migration of dust and dirt in all work areas. Dust, dirt, and debris shall be removed from work areas daily.

1.6.2 Utility Service



The Contractor shall disconnect all existing utilities within the work area (e.g., electric, water, gas) prior to commencement of the demolition work. This includes removal and off-site disposition of the existing pad-mounted transformer located adjacent to the building. The Contractor shall furnish any temporary utilities needed to complete the scope of work defined herein (e.g., generators, water for dust control).

1.7 DUST CONTROL

The Contractor shall disconnect all existing utilities (e.g., electric, water, gas) prior to commencement of the demolition work. The Contractor shall furnish any temporary utilities needed to complete the scope of work defined herein (e.g., generators, water for dust control).

1.8 PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL

Before, during, and after the demolition work, the Contractor shall continuously evaluate the condition of the structure being demolished and take immediate action to protect all personnel working in and around the project site. No area, section, or component of floors, roofs, walls, columns, pilasters, or other structural element will be allowed to be left standing without sufficient bracing, shoring, or lateral support to prevent collapse or failure while workmen remove debris or perform other work in the immediate area. The Contractor shall make the determination of the order of demolition steps to be followed with primary consideration given to the continuous protection of personnel during demolition.

1.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS

Before beginning any demolition work, the Contractor shall record existing conditions showing the condition of structures and other facilities adjacent to areas of alteration or removal. Photographs taken in accordance with SECTION 01 32 50 – PHOTOGRAPH AND VIDEO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION will be acceptable as a record of existing conditions. The Contractor shall conduct pre-construction and post-construction conditions surveys of the existing water mains and any structures within 100-ft of the construction activities. Conditions surveys shall be completed in accordance with SECTION 01 15 00 – VIBRATION MONITORING.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION 3.1.1 Structures

Demolition work shall be performed in accordance with the Contractor’s approved Demolition Plan, the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein. The Contractor is responsible for determination of structural integrity and the sequence and method of demolition utilized in order to maintain personnel safety at all times. This shall involve demolition of structures in a systematic manner from the top of the structure to the ground.

3.1.2 Utilities

The Contractor shall coordinate with the utility owners to field-verify the locations of utility lines and to complete all required utility work to



perform the remediation, including disconnection and removal of any utility service lines to the building as applicable. This includes removal and off-site disposition of the existing pad-mounted transformer located adjacent to the building. The work shall be completed as required by utility owners. The Contractor shall not interrupt existing utilities serving neighboring facilities, except when authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall not begin demolition work until all utility disconnections have been made. Unexpected active utilities encountered during demolition shall not be disturbed without written approval from the Contracting Officer.

3.1.3 Solar Panels

An estimated quantity of approximately 250 solar panels are located on the building roof. Sampling results indicate that the solar panels are not impacted by PCBs. Removal and disposition of the solar panels will be completed by others, prior to commencement of the Contractor’s building demolition work.

3.1.4 Disposition of Building Materials and Equipment

The Contractor shall remove concrete and all other building materials (including miscellaneous interior equipment/debris) encountered within the building area. The materials and equipment shall be managed and disposed of consistent with the disposition approach identified for the surrounding building materials, as identified on the Contract Drawings. The demolition waste shall be broken into manageable sections, crushed, and loaded for off-site disposal in accordance with Section 3.4.

3.1.5 Recycling of Steel Beam Trusses

The three large steel beam trusses/supports located in the Warehouse/Inventory Area shall be removed from the building by the Contractor, decontaminated, and recycled in accordance with the TSCA self-implementing decontamination procedures for non-porous materials at 40 CFR 761. The decontamination procedures shall capture and containerize all PCB paint removed from the steel beam trusses/supports and decon residuals for off-site disposal. Following decontamination, the steel beam support materials shall be shipped for recycling at a properly licensed/permitted off-site facility.

3.1.6 Universal Waste The Contractor shall remove PCB-containing lighting ballasts, mercury-containing fluorescent lamps, and other Universal Waste prior to building demolition. As ballast are removed from the lighting fixture, the Contractor shall inspect the label on ballast. Ballasts without a "No PCB" label shall be assumed to contain PCBs. These materials shall be protected from breakage, containerized, and disposed of as required under Section 3.4.

3.1.7 Miscellaneous Items

The Contractor shall remove and dispose of any other encountered items with unique or regulated disposal requirements in the manner dictated by law or in the most environmentally responsible manner.

3.1.8 Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM)

All ACM abatement/removal work shall be performed in accordance with SECTION 02 82 13 – ASBESTOS ABATEMENT.



3.1.9 Paint With Lead (PWL) and Materials Containing Lead (MCL)

All PWL/MCL abatement/removal work shall be performed in accordance with the Contractor’s approved Lead Compliance Plan, and as specified in SECTION 02 83 13 – LEAD HAZARD CONTROL ACTIVITIES.

3.2 CONCURRENT EARTH-MOVING OPERATIONS

The Contractor shall not begin excavation or other earth-moving operations that are sequential to demolition work in areas occupied by structures to be demolished until all demolition in the area has been completed and debris removed.

3.3 HOUSEKEEPING/MAINTENANCE

The Contractor shall remove rubbish and debris from the site daily, unless otherwise directed. The Contractor shall store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas specified by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall remove and transport the debris in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas. The Contractor shall apply local regulations regarding hauling and disposal. No rubbish or debris of any kind shall be buried on the project site.

3.4 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS

The Contractor shall segregate demolition wastes according to their respective categories as listed in Table 02 41 16-1. All demolition waste shall be transported offsite to the appropriate disposal facilities for treatment, recycling and/or disposal in accordance with SECTION 02 81 00 – TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL. The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional waste characterization sampling required for the profiling and disposal of all building demolition and other waste materials generated as part of the work, as required by the Contractor’s selected disposal facilities.

3.5 RECYCLING OF REMOVED MATERIALS

The decontaminated steel beam support materials shall be shipped for recycling at a properly licensed/permitted off-site facility.

-- END OF SECTION --



SECTION 02 61 13

EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work consists of excavation and temporary storage for off-site disposal of approximately 32,000 cubic yards of soil contaminated with pesticides and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). Of this amount approximately 9,700 cubic yards has PCB concentrations of 50 mg/kg or greater. In addition, an estimated 6,000 cubic yards of clean soil will be excavated and reused as backfill. The estimated excavation limits for the overall excavation and the areas having greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg of PCBs (TSCA excavation areas) are shown on the drawings. Based on characterization data, the soil is contaminated with PCB concentrations up to 1,700 mg/kg. Pesticides exceeding the remediation goals includes aldrin, chlordane, dieldrin, heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and DDE/DDT. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to excavate soil contaminated above the soil remediation goals for PCBs and pesticides and temporarily stockpile material (including the building concrete pad and footings) for off-site disposal. All excavations shall be completed in a safe manner in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal regulations, including the requirements of 40 CFR 761, 29 CFR 1910.120, and the requirements of this specification section.



ASTM D2487 (2017) Standard Practice for Classification

of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)

ASTM D422 (1963; R 2007; E 2014; E 2014) Particle-Size

Analysis of Soils ASTM D5434 (2012) Field Logging of Subsurface

Explorations of Soil and Rock

U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE) EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements Manual


29 CFR 1910.1000 Air Contaminants


Response




and Tags 29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for

Construction 40 CFR 302 Designation, Reportable Quantities, and

Notification 40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)



EPA 530/F-93/004 (1993; Rev O; Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, and

III) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste (Vol IA, IB, IC, and II) (SW-846)

EPA 560/5-86-017 (1986) Field Manual for Grid Sampling of PCB

Spill Sites to Verify Cleanup


N.J.A.C 7:26D New Jersey Administration Code Title 7 Remediation Standards

N.J.A.C 7:26E New Jersey Administration Code Title 7

Technical Requirements for Site Remediation 1.3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Excavation Work Plan; G PCB Notification;

SD-03 Product Data

Field Screening Test Results (if used) Vehicle Decontamination Verification

1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.4.1 Scheduling Notify the Contracting Officer 14 calendar days prior to the start of excavation of contaminated material.



1.4.2 Discrepancies Notify the Contracting Officer within 24 hours, and before excavation, if contaminated material is discovered that has not been previously identified or if other discrepancies between data provided and actual field conditions are discovered.

1.4.3 Excavation Work Plan Submit an Excavation Work Plan to the Contracting Officer and JCMUA within 30 calendar days after notice to proceed. No work at the site, with the exception of site inspections and surveys, shall be performed until the Excavation Work Plan is approved by both JCMUA and the Contracting Officer. Allow 21 calendar days in the schedule for the Contracting Officer’s review. No adjustment for time or money will be made if resubmittals of the Excavation Work Plan is required due to deficiencies in the plan. At a minimum, the Excavation Work Plan shall include:

a. Schedule of activities and sequence of operations.

b. Method of excavation and equipment to be used.

c. Shoring or side-wall slopes proposed.

d. Dewatering plan (refer to Section 02 61 15 DEWATERING)

e. Storage methods and locations for liquid and solid contaminated

material.

f. Borrow sources and haul routes. g. Backfill and compaction methods and equipment (refer to Section 31 23

00 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION)

h. Decontamination procedures (refer to Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES).

i. Spill contingency plan.

Ensure that work operations or processes involving PCB-contaminated materials are conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 761 and the applicable requirements of this section, including but not limited to:

a. Obtaining advance approval of PCB storage sites.

b. Notifying Contracting Officer prior to commencing the operation.

c. Reporting leaks and spills to the Contracting Officer.

d. Cleaning up spills.

e. Maintaining an access log of employees working in a PCB control area

and providing a copy to the Contracting Officer upon completion of the operation.

f. Inspecting waste containers for leaks and forwarding copies of

inspection reports to the Contracting Officer.



g. Maintaining a spill kit.

h. Maintaining inspection, inventory, and spill records.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.5.1 Permits and Licenses Obtain required federal, state, and local permits for excavation and storage of contaminated material.

1.5.2 Air Emissions Air emissions shall be monitored and controlled in accordance with Sections 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES and 01 12 00 PERIMETER AIR MONITORING.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SPILL RESPONSE MATERIALS Provide appropriate spill response materials including, but not limited to the following: containers, adsorbents, shovels, and personal protective equipment. Spill response materials shall be available at all times when contaminated materials/wastes are being handled or transported. Spill response materials shall be compatible with the type of materials and contaminants being handled.

2.2 PLASTIC SHEETING Provide plastic sheeting meeting ASTM D4397.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF WORKERS AND THE ENVIORNMENT Protect workers and the environment from PCB hazards as specified herein. Coordinate these requirements with the requirements from Sections 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES and 01 57 19 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION.

3.1.1 Worker Safety Provide portable decontamination and shower rooms. Workers shall wear and use PPE, as recommended by the industrial hygienist, upon entering a PCB control area. If PPE is not required by the Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH), specify in the Excavation Work Plan and APP. Keep work footwear inside work area until completion of the job. Do not carry out PCB handling operations in confined spaces. Do not delay aid to a seriously injured worker for reasons of decontamination.



3.1.2 PCB Control Area Establish a PCB control area to prevent unauthorized entry of personnel. Rope off area and provide 29 CFR 1910.145 signs at approaches and around perimeter. Locate signs at such a distance that personnel may read the sign and take the necessary precautions before entering the area. Allow only personnel briefed on the elements and trained as specified herein into the area. Do not permit food, drink, or smoking materials in the control area. Smoking is not permitted within 50 feet of the PCB control area. Provide "No Smoking" signs as directed by the Contracting Officer.

3.1.3 Air Quality Include provisions to ensure that airborne PCB concentrations are below the PEL for air and are not exceeded outside of the PCB control area or by workers inside the PCB control area. Provide air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and sampling to ensure workers safety as required by the Perimeter Air Monitoring Plan, Section 01 12 00 PERIMETER AIR MONITORING, and Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES.

3.1.4 Special Hazards

a. Do not expose PCBs to open flames or other high temperature sources since toxic decomposition by-products may be produced.

b. Do not heat PCBs to temperatures of 135 degrees F or higher without

Contracting Officer's concurrence.

3.2 SURVEYS Perform surveys immediately prior to and after excavation of contaminated material to determine the volume of contaminated material removed. Also, perform surveys immediately after backfill of each excavation. Provide cross-sections on 25foot intervals and at break points for all excavated areas. Locations of confirmation samples shall also be surveyed and shown on the drawings. Perform surveys in accordance with Section 01 11 10 SURVEYING.

3.3 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES Location of the existing utilities indicated is approximate and other underground utilities may be present. Scan the construction site with electromagnetic and sonic equipment and mark the surface of the ground where existing underground utilities are discovered. Physically verify the location and elevation of the existing utilities indicated prior to starting construction. Take the necessary precautions to ensure no damage occurs to existing structures and utilities not labeled for removal. Damage to existing structures and utilities resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of utilities encountered that were not previously shown or otherwise located prior to their disturbance.

3.3.1 JCMUA Water Mains The JCMUA water mains are located on the JCMUA property north of the Unimatic property. The approximate locations are shown on the contract



drawings. The Contractor is responsible for verifying the location of both water mains before doing work within 20-ft of the locations shown on the plan. The Contractor shall visibly mark out the location of the water mains and protect this area during construction. Excavation in the vicinity of the pipelines shall be conducted using soft digging methods (see drawing C-03).

3.4 CLEARING Clearing shall be performed to the limits shown on the drawings in accordance with Section 31 11 00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.

3.5 CONTAMINATED MATERIAL REMOVAL 3.5.1 Excavation Areas of contamination shall be excavated to the depth and extent shown on the drawings and not more than 0.2 ft beyond the depth and extent shown on the drawings unless directed by the Contracting Officer. Excavation shall be performed in a manner that will limit spills and the potential for contaminated material to be mixed with uncontaminated material. An excavation log describing visible signs of contamination encountered shall be maintained for each area of excavation. Excavation logs shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D5434. Remove and dispose of any material that becomes contaminated as a result of the Contractor's operation. Stage operations to minimize the time the contaminated soil is exposed to the weather. Provide protection measures around the area of contaminated soils to divert runoff of water from within the excavation boundaries.

3.5.1.1 Excavation Limits The Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA) requires specific disposal and handling requirements for soils based on the in-situ PCB concentrations. Soils having PCB concentrations greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg (TSCA) will be maintained separate from Non-TSCA areas (less than 50 mg/kg of PCBs). The estimated limits of the excavation areas are shown on the drawings and the Contractor shall verify each excavation limit separately. After excavating to the limits indicated on the drawings, the excavation shall be examined for evidence of contamination. If the excavation appears to be free of contamination, conduct an analysis of the excavation to determine if any remaining PCB-contaminated soils greater than the applicable limit of 50 mg/kg for TSCA designated excavation areas, and PCBs/pesticides contaminated soils greater than the applicable limits for the overall excavation. Confirmatory samples will be collected and analyzed on a 48-hr turn-around-time (TAT) to verify limits, in accordance with the approved QAPP.

3.5.1.2 Excavations on JCMUA Property All work, including excavations, performed on the JCMUA property shall be completed by a JCMUA-approved contractor, per Section 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall excavate to the limits and depths shown on the JCMUA property. Excavations shall be conducted in a manner to prevent any damage to the existing 72-inch water mains traversing through



this area. Refer to contract drawing G-01 for work restrictions near the JCMUA water mains. No more than 10 feet of the JCMUA water mains shall be exposed at any given time. The Contractor shall provide security measures such as fences or barricades surrounding open excavations that expose the existing water main when active work is not being conducted in the vicinity of the exposed pipe. During these periods, the hourly security tour conducted by the security guard required under Section 01 54 00 SECURITY shall include the exposed pipe. Upon excavating the outer limits of the excavation on the JCMUA property shown to the north, east and west, the Contractor will collect post-excavation samples for 48-hr TAT to confirm PCB and pesticide concentrations meet the soil cleanup limits specified in the ROD. If sampling indicates PCB and pesticide concentrations greater than the soil cleanup limits, the outer limit of the excavation will be extended at the direction of the Contracting Officer until acceptable limits are achieved. The excavation limits to the south will end at the perimeter of the sheet pile wall installed between the Unimatic property and the JCMUA water mains. Upon excavating to the depths shown on the drawings for the overall excavation area, the Contractor will collect post-excavation samples. If samples indicate PCB and pesticides concentrations greater than the applicable soil cleanup objectives and the excavation depth is less than 4 feet, additional excavations will be performed at the direction of the Contracting Officer until a maximum depth of 7 feet is achieved or confirmatory sample results indicate PCBs and pesticides meet the cleanup limits.

In areas where the maximum depth of 7 feet is excavated and PCB and/or pesticide concentrations are greater than soil cleanup limits, a demarcation barrier will be installed prior to backfilling with clean soil.

3.5.2 Shoring If workers must enter the excavation, it shall be evaluated, shored, sloped or braced as required by EM 385-1-1 and 29 CFR 1926 section 650. The perimeter sheet pile wall shall be in accordance with Section 31 41 16 METAL SHEET PILING. All sloping and benching systems not utilizing options outlined at 1926.652(b)(1), (2), or (3) shall be designed and certified by a New Jersey Licensed Professional Engineer.

3.5.3 Dewatering Surface water shall be diverted to prevent entry into the excavation. Dewatering shall be provided to maintain water levels below the bottom of the excavation to assure adequate access, a safe excavation, prevent the spread of contamination, and to ensure that compaction requirements can be met. Dewatering shall be in accordance with Section 02 61 15 DEWATERING.

3.5.4 Dust Control Maintain strict dust control at all times to prevent dust particles containing PCBs from becoming airborne. Sprinkle or treat the soil at the site and other areas disturbed by operations with dust suppressants or



water. Dust suppression techniques shall be in accordance with Section 01 13 00 ODOR AND EMISSIONS CONTROL.

3.5.5 Stockpiled Material Material shall be placed in temporary containment area immediately after excavation. Separate containment areas are required for soils contaminated with PCBs greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg and soils with PCB concentrations less than 50 mg/kg. Each area shall be clearly labeled with an identification number and a written log shall be kept to track the source of contaminated material in each temporary containment area. The temporary containment area shall be constructed to isolate stored contaminated materials from the environment. As an option, soil may be stockpiled in roll-offs or directly loaded into trucks (as practicable) suitable for carrying PCB-contaminated soils as specified in Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL. Temporary containment areas shall be constructed to include: a. A chemically resistant geomembrane liner free of holes and other

damage. Non-reinforced geomembrane liners shall have a minimum thickness of 30 millimeters. Scrim reinforced geomembrane liners shall have a minimum weight of 40 lbs/1000 square feet. The ground surface on which the geomembrane is to be placed shall be free of rocks greater than 0.5 inches in diameter and any other object which could damage the membrane.

b. Geomembrane cover free of holes or other damage to prevent

precipitation from entering the stockpile. Non-reinforced geomembrane covers shall have a minimum thickness of 10 millimeters. Scrim-reinforced geomembrane covers shall have a minimum weight of 26 lbs/1000 square feet. The cover material shall be extended over the berms and anchored or ballasted to prevent it from being removed or damaged by wind. The excavated soil shall be covered at all times when not being worked. Sheeting shall be maintained and replaced when worn or ripped.

c. Berms surrounding the stockpile, a minimum of 12 inches in height.

Vehicle access points shall also be bermed.

d. The liner system shall be sloped to allow for collection of leachate. Storage and removal of liquid which collects in the stockpile shall be done in accordance with paragraph Liquid Storage.

e. Divert water from the containment area.

3.5.5.1 Composite Testing of Stockpiled Material Take composite samples from stockpiled material prior to removing from site. Analyze a minimum of one composite sample for every 500 cubic yards or as otherwise required by the disposal facility. To develop a composite sample of the size necessary to run the required tests, take several samples from different areas along the surface and in the center of the stockpile. Combine these samples and thoroughly mix to develop the composite sample.

3.5.5.2 Liquid Storage



Collect washwater. Collect surface water that comes into contact with PCB-contaminated material, including water collected in the open excavation pit or temporary containment. Soak up with absorbent material so that no free liquid is present. Containerize, sample, and analyze PCB-absorbed material and dispose of as specified for contaminated soils. Liquid collected from stockpiles shall be temporarily stored in 55-gallon drums or tanks. Liquid storage containers shall be water-tight and shall be located in temporary staging areas for treatment and discharge or off-site disposal to an approved treatment and disposal facility. Treatment and discharge shall be in accordance with Section 02 61 15 DEWATERING and transportation for off-site disposal shall be in accordance with Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

3.5.6 Unexpected Subsurface Structures If the Contractor encounters unexpected subsurface structures during the excavation the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer before proceeding with any removal.

3.5.6.1 Underground Storage Tanks If the unexpected subsurface structure is an underground storage tank (UST) the contractor shall complete the following activities: • Contractor shall perform exploratory excavations to identify the size

and condition of the UST. Contractor shall determine whether any liquid has leaked from the tank. If leaks are discovered the contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer and report the spill to the NJDEP Hotline at 1-877-WARNDEP/1-877-927-6337.

• Contractor shall collect samples of the contents of the UST and have them analyzed in order to identify the contents of any discovered USTs. Sample analysis shall be in accordance with New Jersey requirements and the disposal facility accepting the waste.

• Prior to removing the UST all contents from the tank shall be removed. The contents of the UST shall be pumped into approved containers and disposed off-site in accordance with all applicable state, Federal and local regulations.

• The UST shall then be removed. After the UST has been removed the adjacent and underlying soil shall be examined for any evidence of leakage. If the UST is discovered in an area where the bottom of the excavation is greater than the UST excavation no samples will be required. If the UST excavation is at the bottom of or greater than the excavation area, samples will be required to verify no contamination remains after UST Removal.

• The tank can be crushed and transported off site for disposal with contaminated soil.

• Contractor shall prepare a UST closure memo providing the following information:

o Condition of UST o Evidence of leaks o Actions taken o Sample locations and results (if required) o Notifications made with Spill Number (if applicable) o Soil/tank disposal documentation including any waste manifests o Photo documentation of UST removal



3.6 CONFIRMATION SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS Once areas are excavated to the limits shown on the contract drawings, samples will be collected to verify that the required soil levels for PCBs and pesticides have been attained. For excavation areas labeled as TSCA excavations, the limits for PCBs shall be less than 50 mg/kg. For the Non-TSCA excavation area the limit for PCBs shall be less than 1 mg/kg and the limit for pesticides shall be those shown in Table 1 below.

Table 1 –Remediation Goals (ppm)

Standard Source

Total PCBs (including Aroclor 1248 and 1254) 1.00 NJNRDCSRS DDE (4,4’- dichlorodiphenyldichloroethene) 9 NJNRDCSRS DDT (4,4’ – dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane) 8 NJNRDCSRS Aldrin 0.2 NJNRDCSRS Chlordane (alpha (cis) and gamma) 1.00 NJNRDCSRS Dieldrin 0.03 IGW Heptachlor 0.7 NJNRDCSRS Heptachlor epoxide 0.3 NJNRDCSRS Lindane (gamma-BHC) 0.002 IGW

NJNRDCSRS – New Jersey Non-Residential Direct Contact Soil Remediation Standards IGW – Site Specific Impact to Groundwater Standards

3.6.1 Sample Frequency Sample collection will be in accordance with NJDEP requirements and will be collected at a minimum frequency of one per 900 square feet of bottom area and sidewall samples every 30 linear feet or as otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer. A minimum of three sidewall samples shall be collected near the top, midpoint, and bottom of the excavation biased to the highest concentration based on field observations or known elevation of discharge. Locations of samples shall be marked in the field and locations and elevations shall be documented on the as-built drawings. An estimated total of 516 post-excavation samples shall be collected as summarized in Table 2.

Table 2 –Post-Excavation Samples

Sample Type Number of Samples

Sidewall 441 Bottom 75 Total 516

The estimate is only a guide and is based on the sampling frequency identified above and the excavation limits shown on the drawings. The actual number of samples that will be collected shall be based on the excavation methods implemented by the Contractor and field observations made during sample collection. Sample locations shall be biased based on visual observations.



Additional samples shall be collected for secondary excavations performed based on the results of initial post-excavation samples collected to verify cleanup objectives have been met. Additional samples not summarized in Table 2 above will be required to verify TSCA material has been completely removed before completing the overall excavation as discussed in paragraph 3.6.2 below.

3.6.2 Post-Excavation Samples Samples will be collected for laboratory analysis for contaminants shown in Table 1. Samples will be collected along the bottom and sidewalls of each individual excavation area. Compositing of samples for analysis shall not be allowed. Submit and receive approval of Post-Excavation Grid Sampling Plan scheme prior to starting work, a preliminary layout is provided in the drawings. Analyze samples in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL. Two types of post-excavation samples shall be collected: 1) TSCA post-excavation samples, 2) Overall excavation post-excavation samples. TSCA post-excavation samples shall be collected to confirm all TSCA material has been removed. Overall excavation post-excavation samples shall be collected to verify the cleanup objectives listed in the ROD have been achieved. TSCA Post-Excavation Samples Following the excavation of the TSCA areas post-excavation samples shall be collected to confirm all TSCA soils have been removed for those areas not pre-defined during the pre-excavation samples collected under Section 02 32 00 SUBSURFACE DRILLING, SAMPLING, AND TESTING. The TSCA post-excavation samples shall be analyzed for PCBs. Levels for these soils shall be less than 50 mg/kg. Verification that all TSCA material has been removed is required before proceeding with the overall excavation. Overall Excavation Post-Excavation Samples Post-excavation samples shall be collected and analyzed for PCBs and pesticides for the overall excavation areas. The remediation goals for cleaning up the contaminated soil are listed in Table 1.

3.7 SPILLS In the event of a spill or release of a hazardous substance (as designated in 40 CFR 302), pollutant, contaminant, or oil (as governed by the Oil Pollution Act [OPA], 33 U.S.C. 2701 et seq.), notify the Contracting Officer immediately. If the spill exceeds the reporting threshold, follow the pre-established procedures as described in the Environmental Protection Plan required by Section 01 57 19 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS for immediate reporting and containment. Immediate containment actions shall be taken to minimize the effect of any spill or leak. Cleanup shall be in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations. As directed by the Contracting Officer, additional sampling and testing shall be performed to verify spills have been cleaned up. Spill cleanup and testing shall be done.

3.7.1 PCB Spill Prevention Use appropriate vehicles and operating practices to prevent spillage or leakage of contaminated materials from occurring during operations. Inspect



vehicles leaving the contaminated soil removal site to ensure that no contaminated soil adheres to the wheels or undercarriage. Decontamination of vehicles shall be in accordance with Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES. Immediately report any spills to the Contracting Officer and provide cleanup in accordance with 40 CFR 761, Subpart G.

3.8 BACKFILLING 3.8.1 Confirmation Test Results Excavations shall be backfilled immediately after all contaminated materials have been removed and confirmation test results have been approved by the Contracting Officer. Backfill shall be in accordance with Section 31 23 00 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION.

3.8.2 Compaction Compaction shall be in accordance with Section 31 23 00 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION.

3.9 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Off-site disposal of contaminated material shall be in accordance with Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.




SECTION 02 61 15

DEWATERING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for collecting, treating, and discharging of contaminated surface and subsurface water that collects in excavations at the site. Storage, handling, treatment and discharge or off-site disposal of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) contaminated water will be in accordance with applicable requirements of 40 CFR 761. A discharge permit shall be obtained.




Response 40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls Manufacturing,

Processing, Distribution in Commerce, and Use Prohibitions

New Jersey Administrative Code (NJAC)

N.J.A.C. 7:14A New Jersey Pollutant Discharge Elimination

System (NJPDES) Rules N.J.A.C. 7:26 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Regulations



Dewatering Work Plan; G Includes drawing(s) of the treatment plant for review by EPA and the Contracting Officer as indicated in paragraph 1.4 below.

SD-07 Certificates

Discharge Permit



1.4 DEWATERING WORK PLAN The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Dewatering Work Plan for review and approval by the Contracting Officer and EPA which will include the following minimum information:

• Proposed type of dewatering system with complete description of equipment and instrumentation to be used;

• Drawing of treatment plant equipment including arrangement, locations, and depths of system components;

• Pipe sizes and capacities; • Filter types and sizes; • Water disposal method and location; • Surface water control devices; • System operation, monitoring, and maintenance procedures; • Method of monitoring water quality; and • Signed and sealed by professional engineer licensed in New Jersey.

1.5 CONTAMINANTS OF CONCERN The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all contaminants that will require treatment and for treating contaminants to levels below applicable discharge limits. Based on water samples collected from groundwater purged during hydraulic testing conducted during the Pre-Design Investigation, treatment shall need to be provided for 1,4-dioxane, volatile organic compounds (VOCs), PCBs, pesticides, and total suspended solids (TSS). The Contractor shall use all available information/studies to design the dewatering and treatment plant system. A list of available information resources is included in Section 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK.

1.6 PERMITS The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all local and state permits required for the treatment and discharge of water generated during construction activities. Permits include but are not necessarily limited to the following:

• CERCLA Application Permit Equivalency (BWA-010) • NJDEP BGR - General Remediation Cleanup Permit • NJDEP Treatment Works Approval

The Contractor is responsible for preparing all permits and submitting permits for approval. The Contractor shall account for preparation time and agency review time so that the permitting process does not unnecessarily slow down the progress of the work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 DEWATERING EQUIPMENT Select dewatering equipment to meet specified performance requirements. The system shall be appropriately sized to collect, convey, store, and/or treat the quantity of water generated so that water management does not impact construction work. In general the system may include some combination of the following components:



• Pumping systems from excavations, dewatering systems, and/or decontamination facilities;

• Piping to convey water from the point of generation to storage/treatment and final discharge points;

• Construction water storage facilities to temporarily store untreated, treated, and/or water designated for off-site disposal;

• Systems for controlling and metering discharge as required by the permit; and

• Water treatment equipment such as an oil/water separator, settling tanks, particulate filtration systems, granular activated carbon (GAC) adsorption, advanced oxidation, and other components necessary to meet applicable permit limits.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 DEWATERING Control groundwater flowing toward or into excavations to prevent sloughing of excavation slopes and walls, uplift and heave in the excavation and to eliminate interference with orderly progress of construction. Take control measures by the time the excavation reaches the water level in order to maintain the integrity of the in-situ material. While the excavation is open, maintain the water level continuously below the working level.

3.2 COLLECTION, TREATMENT, AND DISCHARGE OF PCB-CONTAMINATED WATER Furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for collecting, treating, and discharging of PCB-contaminated surface and subsurface water in excavations at the site. Conduct excavation and backfilling operations at the site in a manner that minimizes the amount of surface and subsurface water that may collect in the open excavation. Collect and treat surface water that comes into contact with PCB-contaminated material. 3.2.1 Subsurface Drainage Remove water by pumping or other methods to prevent softening of surfaces exposed by excavation. Provide water treatment necessary to treat water to levels required by the Contractor-obtained discharge permit. Operate dewatering system continuously until construction work below existing water levels is complete. After placement of initial backfill, water level may be allowed to rise, but never above one foot below the prevailing level of excavation or backfill. Submit performance records weekly. Measure and record performance of dewatering system at the same time each day by use of observation wells or piezometers installed in conjunction with the dewatering system. 3.2.2 Treatment System Requirements The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of verifying design parameters designing, providing, installing, operating, maintaining, and removing collection, storage, and treatment facilities as required to discharge treated waters within the treatment limits required. The water treatment system shall be designed by a New Jersey licensed Professional Engineer and design documents shall be certified by the New Jersey Professional Engineer. The treatment system shall:



a. Be capable of removing site contaminants to below the discharge limits defined in the permit.

b. Have sufficient storage capacity to meet testing requirements in the discharge permit.

c. Include recycle capability for retreatment of effluent not meeting the discharge requirements of this specification, as determined by on-site testing.

3.2.3 Treatment System Operations Monitor, test, and adjust the treatment system in accordance with the work plan, or as otherwise modified by special regulatory requirements. If there is a conflict between requirements, the more stringent requirement shall prevail. 3.2.4 Discharge of Treated Water Discharge of water shall be in compliance with one of the following: for on-site discharge, in accordance with permit equivalency; for discharge off-site or to public treatment, a permit will be required. Do not discharge any water until prove-out tests results demonstrate that discharged water will meet the effluent standards defined in the discharge permit. Once prove-out test results meeting the effluent permit limits are received subsequent discharges and sampling shall be performed as defined in the discharge permit. Provide erosion control at outlet of piping to minimize erosion. Discharge for treated water shall be to the existing stormwater drainage system. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all permissions and permits to discharge treated water. 3.2.5 Cleanup and Removal of Treatment System Upon completion of work, close and remove from the site the surface water and groundwater treatment system. Restore the site to its original condition. Decontaminate equipment in accordance with the Contractor's Site Health and Safety Plan and Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES. Containerize, sample, test, and dispose of carbon, residues, cleaning aids, decontamination liquids, and waste as specified for the contaminated soils and in accordance with Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

3.3 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL Transportation and disposal shall be in accordance with Section 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.




SECTION 02 81 00

TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL


The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to remove all wastes from the site and properly dispose them at approved disposal facilities. Waste storage, transport and disposal shall be in accordance with all required local, state and Federal regulations. Prepare and maintain waste shipment records and manifests required by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), U.S. Federal Department of Transportation (DOT), and State transportation department. Waste materials anticipated to be generated include but are not limited to the following:

• Demolition debris; • TSCA PCB and/or hazardous contaminated soils; • Non-hazardous contaminated soils; • Contaminated liquids; • Land Clearing Debris; • Investigation Derived Waste (IDW); and • Personal protective equipment.



EP 415-1-266 (2000) Resident Engineer Management Guide

(REMG) for Hazardous, Toxic, and Radioactive Waste (HTRW) Projects

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (DOT)

DOT 4500.9R Defense Transportation Regulation, Part 2,

Cargo Movement, Chapter 204, Hazardous Material


29 CFR 1910.1000 Air Contaminants


and Tags 40 CFR 261 Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste

40 CFR 262 Standards Applicable to Generators of

Hazardous Waste



40 CFR 263 Standards Applicable to Transporters of

Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 264 Standards for Owners and Operators of

Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities

40 CFR 265 Interim Status Standards for Owners and

Operators of Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities

40 CFR 266 Standards for the Management of Specific

Hazardous Wastes and Specific Types of Hazardous Waste Management Facilities

40 CFR 268 Land Disposal Restrictions

40 CFR 270 EPA Administered Permit Programs: The

Hazardous Waste Permit Program 40 CFR 279 Standards for the Management of Used Oil

40 CFR 300 National Oil and Hazardous Substances

Pollution Contingency Plan 40 CFR 302 Designation, Reportable Quantities, and

Notification 40 CFR 61 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air

Pollutants 40 CFR 761 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)


49 CFR 107 Hazardous Materials Program Procedures




49 CFR 173 Shippers - General Requirements for Shipments

and Packagings 49 CFR 174 Carriage by Rail

49 CFR 177 Carriage by Public Highway 49 CFR 178 Specifications for Packagings 49 CFR 179 Specifications for Tank Cars





Waste Transportation and Management Plan; G

SD-03 Product Data

Notices of Non-Compliance and Notices of Violation Packaging Notifications

SD-06 Test Reports

Recordkeeping; G Exception Report; G Waste Inspection Area Reports

SD-07 Certificates

Certification Transportation and Disposal Coordinator; G Training; G EPA Offsite Policy; G Certificates of Disposal Shipping Documents and Packagings Certification; G Waste Minimization Notification Transporter certification of notification to EPA of their PCB waste activities and EPA ID numbers

1.4 DEFINITIONS 1.4.1 Hazardous Debris As defined in paragraph SOLID WASTE, debris that contains listed hazardous waste (either on the debris surface, or in its interstices, such as pore structure) in accordance with 40 CFR 261. Hazardous debris also includes debris that exhibits a characteristic of hazardous waste in accordance with 40 CFR 261.

1.4.2 Hazardous Materials Hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171 and listed in 49 CFR 172.

Hazardous material is any material that: Is regulated as a hazardous material in accordance with 49 CFR 173; or requires a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120; or during end use, treatment, handling, packaging, storage, transportation, or disposal meets or has components that meet or have potential to meet the definition of a hazardous waste as defined by 40 CFR 261 Subparts A, B, C, or D. Designation of a material by this definition, when separately regulated or controlled by other sections or directives, does not eliminate the need for adherence to that hazard-specific guidance which takes precedence over this section for



"control" purposes. Such material includes ammunition, weapons, explosive actuated devices, propellants, pyrotechnics, chemical and biological warfare materials, medical and pharmaceutical supplies, medical waste and infectious materials, bulk fuels, radioactive materials, and other materials such as asbestos, mercury, and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).

1.4.3 Hazardous Waste Hazardous Waste is any material that meets the definition of a solid waste and exhibit a hazardous characteristic (ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity) as specified in 40 CFR 261, Subpart C, or contains a listed hazardous waste as identified in 40 CFR 261, Subpart D.

1.4.4 Non-TSCA Contaminated Soils Soils contaminated with PCB concentrations less than 50 mg/kg.

1.4.5 PCB Surface Contaminated Solids Solids containing surface concentrations greater than 10 micrograms PCB per square centimeter.

1.4.6 Regulated Waste Regulated waste are solid wastes that have specific additional federal, state, or local controls for handling, storage, or disposal.

1.4.7 TSCA Contaminated Soils Soils contaminated with PCB concentrations greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5.1 Transportation and Disposal Coordinator Designate, by position and title, one person to act as the Transportation and Disposal Coordinator (TDC) for this contract. The TDC may be the same individual serving as the Environmental Compliance Manager described in Section 01 57 19 TEMPORARY ENVIORNMENTAL CONTROLS. The TDC shall serve as the single point of contact and overall responsibility for all environmental regulatory matters relating to storage, handling and disposal of waste including at the site including, but not limited to, accurate identification and classification of waste and hazardous materials; determination of proper shipping names; identification of marking, labeling, packaging and placarding requirements; completion of waste profiles, hazardous waste manifests, asbestos waste shipment records, PCB manifests, bill of ladings, exception and discrepancy reports; and all other waste handling, storage and disposal environmental documentation. The TDC shall have, at a minimum, one year of specialized experience in the management and transportation of hazardous waste and have been Department of Transportation certified under 49 CFR 172, Subpart H.



1.5.2 Training The Contractor's hazardous materials employees shall be trained, tested, and certified to safely and effectively carry out their assigned duties in accordance with Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES. Individuals involved in the transportation of hazardous materials or preparing hazardous materials for transportation, including samples, shall be trained, tested, and certified in accordance with 49 CFR 172, Subpart H, including security awareness and any applicable security plans. Contractor employees making determinations that shipments do not constitute DOT regulated hazardous materials shall also be trained, tested, and certified in accordance with 49 CFR 172, Subpart H. Instruct employees on the dangers of PCB exposure, on respirator use, decontamination, and applicable OSHA and EPA regulations. Submit training certificates, prior to the start of work but after the main abatement submittals, signed and dated by the CIH and by each employee stating that the employee has received training. Certificates shall be organized by individual worker, not grouped by type of certificates.

1.5.3 Certification The Contractor and/or subcontractors transporting hazardous materials shall possess a current certificate of registration issued by the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), U.S. Department of Transportation, when required by 49 CFR 107, Subpart G. Submit copies of the certificates or written statements certifying exemption from these requirements.

1.5.4 Laws and Regulations Requirements Work shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements established by Federal, state, and local laws and regulations which are applicable. These requirements are amended frequently and compliance with amendments is required as they become effective. In the event that compliance exceeds the scope of work or conflicts with specific requirements of the contract, notify the Contracting Officer immediately. Disposal of PCB-contaminated soils shall be in compliance with 40 CFR Part 761. Maintain at all times one copy each at the office and one copy each in view at the job site 29 CFR 1910.1000, 40 CFR 761, and Contractor work practices for removal, storage and disposal of PCBs.

1.5.5 Surveillance Personnel Surveillance personnel may enter PCB control areas for brief periods of time provided they wear disposable polyethylene gloves and disposal polyethylene foot covers, as a minimum. Additional protective equipment may be required if respiratory hazard is involved or if skin contact with PCB is involved.

1.6 WASTE TRANSPORTATION AND MANAGEMENT PLAN

Prepare and submit a Waste Transportation and Management Plan 15 calendar days prior to the pre-construction conference. The plan shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and local waste regulations applicable to the



site including requirements for PCBs and address the following minimum information:

a. Identification of waste associated with the work (non-hazardous, hazardous, TSCA);

b. Estimated quantities of wastes to be generated and disposed;

c. Names and qualifications of each contractor that will be transporting, storing, treating, or disposing the wastes. Include the facility location and a 24-hour point of contact. Furnish two copies of EPA PCB waste permit and EPA identification numbers;

d. Names and qualifications (experience and training) of personnel who will be working on-site with waste materials;

e. Identify the method to be used to ensure accurate weights of shipments;

f. Identify waste minimization methods;

g. List of waste handling equipment to be used in performing the work, to include cleaning, volume reduction and transport equipment;

h. Spill prevention, containment and cleanup contingency measures to be implemented for off-site spills;

i. Schedule indicating times during day when waste hauling will occur;

j. Procedures for securing waste materials at the end of each work day; and

k. Plans showing the work area, haul routes, waste storage areas, access routes and loading areas;

1.7 EPA’S OFF-SITE RULE The Off-Site Rule (OSR) was promulgated on September 22, 1993 (58 FR 49200) and requires that CERCLA wastes only be placed in a facility operating in compliance with the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) or other applicable Federal or State requirements. More information on the OSR can be found at: https://www.epa.gov/superfund/site-rule. Section 121(d)(3) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA, or "Superfund") applies to any CERCLA response action involving the off-site transfer of any hazardous substance, or pollutant or contaminant (CERCLA wastes). This section of the statute is interpreted in the Off-Site Rule (OSR), published in the National Contingency Plan (NCP), at 40 CFR 300.440. The purpose of the OSR is to avoid having CERCLA wastes from response actions authorized or funded under CERCLA contribute to present or future environmental problems by directing these wastes to management units determined to be environmentally sound. The OSR establishes the criteria and procedures for determining whether facilities are acceptable for the receipt of CERCLA wastes from response actions authorized or funded under CERCLA. The OSR establishes compliance criteria and release criteria, and establishes a process for determining whether facilities are acceptable based on those criteria. The OSR also establishes procedures for notification of unacceptability, reconsideration of unacceptability determinations, and re-evaluation of unacceptability determinations.

https://www.epa.gov/superfund/site-rule



Following verification that each disposal facility meets the requirements of 40 CFR 300.440 the Contractor shall complete the certification included as Attachment A for each disposal facility proposed to accept waste from the site. The Contractor shall be aware that the request may take as much as a week or more before receiving a reply. The Contractor shall take this into consideration so as not to cause any delays in the project schedule.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Provide all the materials required for the packaging, labeling, marking, placarding and transportation of hazardous wastes and hazardous materials in conformance with Department of Transportation standards. Details in this specification shall not be construed as establishing the limits of the Contractor's responsibility.

2.1.1 Packagings Provide bulk and non-bulk containers for packaging hazardous materials/wastes consistent with the authorizations referenced in the Hazardous Materials Table in 49 CFR 172, Section .101, Column 8. Bulk and non-bulk packaging shall meet the corresponding specifications in 49 CFR 173 referenced in the Hazardous Materials Table, 49 CFR 172, Section .101. Each packaging shall conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of 49 CFR 173, to the requirements of 49 CFR 178 at the specified packing group performance level, to the requirements of special provisions of column 7 of the Hazardous Materials Table in 49 CFR 172, Section.101, and shall be compatible with the material to be packaged as required by 40 CFR 262. Also provide other packaging-related materials such as materials used to cushion or fill voids in overpacked containers, etc. Sorbent materials shall not be capable of reacting dangerously with, being decomposed by, or being ignited by the hazardous materials being packaged. Additionally, sorbents used to treat free liquids to be disposed in landfills shall be non-biodegradable as specified in 40 CFR 264, Section .314. In addition, packaging notifications will be provided to the Government in accordance with 49 CFR 172, Section .178.2(c) regarding type and dimensions of closures, including gaskets, needed to satisfy performance test requirements.

2.1.2 Markings Provide markings for each hazardous material/waste package, freight container, and transport vehicle consistent with the requirements of 49 CFR 172, Subpart D and 40 CFR 262, Section .32 (for hazardous waste), 40 CFR 761, Section .45 (for PCBs), 40 CFR 61, and Section .149(d) (for asbestos). Markings shall be capable of withstanding, without deterioration or substantial color change, a 180-day exposure to conditions reasonably expected to be encountered during container storage and transportation.

2.1.3 Labeling Provide primary and subsidiary labels for hazardous materials/wastes consistent with the requirements in the Hazardous Materials Table in 49 CFR 172, Section .101, Column 6. Labels shall meet design specifications required by 49 CFR 172, Subpart E including size, shape, color, printing,



and symbol requirements. Labels shall be durable and weather resistant and capable of withstanding, without deterioration or substantial color change, a 180-day exposure to conditions reasonably expected to be encountered during container storage and transportation.

2.1.4 Placards For each offsite shipment of hazardous material/waste, provide primary and subsidiary placards consistent with the requirements of 49 CFR 172, Subpart F. Placards shall be provided for each side and each end of bulk packaging, freight containers, transport vehicles, and rail cars requiring such placarding. Placards may be plastic, metal, or other material capable of withstanding, without deterioration, a 30-day exposure to open weather conditions and shall meet design requirements specified in 49 CFR 172, Subpart F.

2.1.5 Spill Response Materials Provide spill response materials including, but not limited to, containers, adsorbent, shovels, and personal protective equipment. Spill response materials shall be available at all times in which hazardous materials/wastes are being handled or transported. Spill response materials shall be compatible with the type of material being handled.

2.2 EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Provide miscellaneous equipment and tools necessary to handle hazardous materials and hazardous wastes in a safe and environmentally sound manner.

2.2.1 Special Clothing Provide PPE in accordance with Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1

Protection measures shall be in accordance with Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES.

3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT These paragraphs apply to Government-owned waste only. Contractors are prohibited by 10 U.S.C. 2692 from storing Contractor-owned waste onsite for any length of time. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring compliance with all Federal, state, and local waste laws and regulations and shall verify those requirements when preparing reports, waste shipment records, hazardous waste manifests, or other documents.

3.2.1 Hazardous Waste Identify hazardous wastes using criteria set forth in 40 CFR 261 or all applicable state and local laws, regulations, and ordinances. When accumulating hazardous waste onsite, comply with generator requirements in



40 CFR 262 and any applicable state or local law or regulations. Onsite accumulation times shall be restricted to applicable time frames referenced in 40 CFR 262, Section .34 and any applicable state or local law or regulation. Accumulation start dates shall commence when waste is first generated (i.e. containerized or otherwise collected for discard). Only use containers in good condition and compatible with the waste to be stored. Ensure containers are closed except when adding or removing waste, and immediately mark all hazardous waste containers with the words "hazardous waste" and other information required by 40 CFR 262, Section .32 and any applicable state or local law or regulation as soon as the waste is containerized. An additional marking shall be placed on containers of "unknowns" designating the date sampled, and the suspected hazard. Inspect containers for signs of deterioration and for responding to any spills or leaks. Inspect all hazardous waste areas weekly and provide written documentation of the inspection. Include date and time of inspection, name of individual conducting the inspection, problems noted, and corrective actions taken on the inspection logs.

3.2.2 Waste Classification Identify, in consultation with the Contracting Officer, all waste codes applicable to each waste stream based on requirements in 40 CFR 261 and 40 CFR 761 or any applicable state or local law or regulation. Also identify all applicable treatment standards in 40 CFR 268 and state land disposal restrictions and make a determination as to whether or not the waste meets or exceeds the standards. Waste profiles, analyses, classification and treatment standards information shall be submitted to Contracting Officer for review and approval. Waste classifications anticipated for generation on site include the following: • Non-Hazardous, Non-TSCA Waste: Waste materials containing PCBs with

concentrations less than 50 mg/kg and which do not exhibit the characteristics of a hazardous waste (toxic, corrosive, ignitable, reactive).

• Non-Hazardous, TSCA Waste: Materials containing PCBs with concentrations greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg and which do not exhibit the characteristics of a hazardous waste (toxic, corrosive, ignitable, or reactive).

• Non-Hazardous, TSCA Concrete/Building Materials Waste: Concrete and building materials containing PCBs with concentrations greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg and which do not exhibit the characteristics of a hazardous waste (toxic, corrosive, ignitable, or reactive).

3.2.2.1 Waste Classification Samples The Contractor shall collect waste classification samples at a frequency of 1 sample per 500 cubic yards, or as otherwise required by the disposal facility. Samples will be analyzed for TCLP VOCs, TCLP SVOCs, TCLP Pesticides, TCLP Herbicides, TCLP Metals, PCBs, corrosivity, and ignitability. Other sample analyses may be required by the disposal facility. Sample analyses shall be in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL.



3.2.3 Inspections The Contractor shall perform weekly inspections of all waste storage areas to ensure areas are contained and properly maintained. Complete written documentation of weekly hazardous waste inspections and submit on a monthly basis.

3.3 PCB WASTE MANAGEMENT 3.3.1 Storage Containers for PCBs 49 CFR 178. Store liquid PCBs in DOT Specification 17E containers. Store non-liquid PCB mixtures, articles, or equipment in DOT Specification 5, 5B, or 17C containers with removable heads.

3.3.2 Waste Containers Label with the following:

a) "Solid (or Liquid) Waste Polychlorinated Biphenyls"

b) The PCB Caution Label, paragraph entitled "PCB Caution Label"

c) The date the item was placed in storage and the name of the cognizant

activity/building. 3.3.3 PCB Articles and PCB-Contaminated Items Label with items b. through c. above.

3.3.4 Approval of Storage Site Obtain in advance Contracting Officer approval using the following criteria without exception.

a) Provide adequate measures approved by the Contracting Officer to

prevent rainwater from reaching TSCA contaminated soils. Measures may include covering the stockpiled areas with a tarp when not in use and during rain events to prevent water from contacting TSCA contaminated soil.

b) An adequate floor which has continuous containment with a minimum 6

inch high curb or similar measure. Such floor and curbing shall provide a containment volume adequate to contain PCB contaminated soils temporarily stockpiled before transportation to an off-site disposal facility.

c) No drain valves, floor drains, expansion joints, sewer lines, or other

openings that would permit liquids to flow from the containment area.

d) Floors and curbing constructed of continuous smooth and impervious materials such as portland cement, concrete or steel to prevent or minimize cross contamination from TSCA contaminated soils. Alternatively the Contractor may provide a chemically resistant geomembrane liner meeting the requirements of Section 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL.



e) Each storage site shall be posted with the PCB Caution Sign, paragraph entitled "PCB Caution Sign."

3.4 ASBESTOS WASTE MANAGEMENT If work involves asbestos containing wastes, manage these wastes in accordance with specification Section 02 82 13 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT.

3.5 SHIPPING DOCUMENTS Ensure that each shipment of hazardous material sent offsite is accompanied by properly completed shipping documents. This includes shipments of samples that may potentially meet the definition of a Department of Transportation regulated hazardous material.

3.5.1 PCB Waste Shipment Documents Prepare hazardous waste manifests for each shipment of PCB waste shipped offsite. Complete manifests using instructions in 40 CFR 761, Sections .207 and .208 and all other applicable requirements. Submit documents to Contracting Officer for review and approval.

3.5.2 Asbestos Waste Shipment Documents Prepare waste shipment records, as required by 40 CFR 61, for shipments of asbestos. Submit waste shipment records to the Contracting Officer for review and approval. Waste shipment records shall be signed by the Contractor.

3.5.3 Other Hazardous Material Shipment Documents Prepare a bill of lading for each shipment of hazardous material which is not accompanied by a hazardous waste manifest or asbestos waste shipment record which fulfills the shipping paper requirements. The bill of lading shall satisfy the requirements of 49 CFR 172, Subpart C, and any applicable state or local law or regulation, and shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer for review and approval. For laboratory samples and treatability study samples, prepare bills of lading and other documentation as necessary to satisfy conditions of the sample exclusions in 40 CFR 261, Section .4(d) and (e) and any applicable state or local law or regulation. Bill of ladings requiring shipper's certifications shall be signed by the Contracting Officer or their representative.

3.6 OFFSITE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT Use RCRA Subtitle C-permitted facilities which meet the requirements of 40 CFR 264 or facilities operating under interim status which meet the requirements of 40 CFR 265. Offsite treatment, storage, and/or disposal facilities with significant RCRA violations or compliance problems (such as facilities known to be releasing hazardous constituents into ground water, surface water, soil, or air) shall not be used. Submit Notices of Non-Compliance and Notices of Violation by a Federal, state, or local regulatory agency issued to the Contractor in relation to any work performed under this contract. Immediately provide copies of such notices to the Contracting Officer. Also furnish all relevant documents regarding the incident and any information requested by the Contracting Officer, and coordinate its response to the notice with the Contracting Officer or the designated



representative prior to submission to the notifying authority. Also furnish a copy to the Contracting Officer of all documents submitted to the regulatory authority, including the final reply to the notice, and all other materials, until the matter is resolved.

3.6.1 Treatment, Storage, and/or Disposal Facility and Transporter Provide the Contracting Officer with EPA ID numbers, names, locations, and telephone numbers of TSD facilities and transporters. This information shall be contained in the Waste Management Plan and shall be approved by the Contracting Officer prior to waste disposal.

3.6.2 Status of the Facility Facilities receiving hazardous waste shall be permitted in accordance with 40 CFR 270 or operating under interim status in accordance with 40 CFR 265 requirements, or permitted by a state authorized by the Environmental Protection Agency to administer the RCRA permit program. Additionally, prior to using a TSD Facility, contact the EPA Regional Offsite Coordinator specified in 40 CFR 300, Section 440, to determine the facility's status, and document all information necessary to satisfy the requirements of the EPA Offsite policy (Attachment A) and submit this information to the Contracting Officer.

3.6.3 Shipping Documents and Packagings Certification Prior to shipment of any hazardous material offsite and a minimum of 14 days prior to anticipated pickup, provide for review written certification to the Contracting Officer that hazardous materials have been properly packaged, labeled, and marked in accordance with Department of Transportation and EPA requirements. No later than 35 days after the waste has been accepted by the approved disposal facility the Contractor’s TDC shall submit a certificate of final disposal. Furnish designated disposal facility packaging assurances by no later than 35 days after acceptance of the shipment. The Contractor's TDC shall also provide written certification regarding waste minimization efforts documenting that efforts have been taken to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste to the degree economically practicable and that the method of treatment, storage, or disposal selected minimizes threats to human health and the environment.

3.6.4 Transportation Prior to conducting hazardous materials activities, the Contractor responsible for pre-transportation activities shall either certify to the Government that a Security Plan is in place which meets the requirements of 49 CFR 172, Subpart I or in the event that the types or amounts of hazardous materials are excluded from the security planning requirements, a written statement to that effect detailing the basis for the exception. Use manifests for transporting hazardous wastes as required by 40 CFR 263 or any applicable state or local law or regulation. Transportation shall comply with all requirements in the Department of Transportation referenced regulations in the 49 CFR series. Prepare hazardous waste manifests for each shipment of hazardous waste shipped offsite. Manifests shall be completed using instructions in 40 CFR 262, Subpart B and any applicable state or local law or regulation. Submit manifests and waste profiles to Contracting Officer for review and approval. Prepare land disposal restriction notifications as required by 40 CFR 268 or any applicable state



or local law or regulation for each shipment of hazardous waste. Submit notifications with the manifest to the Contracting Officer for review and approval.

3.6.5 Treatment and Disposal of Hazardous Wastes The hazardous waste shall be transported to an approved hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility within 90 days of the accumulation start date on each waste pile or container. Ship hazardous wastes only to facilities which are properly permitted to accept the hazardous waste or operating under interim status. Ensure wastes are treated to meet land disposal treatment standards in 40 CFR 268 prior to land disposal. Propose TSD facilities via submission of the Hazardous Waste Management Plan, subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. Submit Certificates of Disposal documenting the ultimate disposal, destruction or placement of hazardous wastes, CERCLA remediation waste, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and/or asbestos within 180 days of initial shipment. Receipt of these certificates will be required for final payment.

3.7 OFFSITE PCB WASTE MANAGEMENT Comply with disposal requirements and procedures outlined in 40 CFR 761. Do not accept PCB waste unless it is accompanied by a manifest signed by the Contracting Officer. Before transporting the PCB waste, sign and date the manifest acknowledging acceptance of the PCB waste from the Site. Return a signed copy to the Contracting Officer before leaving the job site. Ensure that the manifest accompanies the PCB waste at all times. Submit transporter certification of notification to EPA of their PCB waste activities.

3.7.1 Certificate of Disposal 40 CFR 761. Submit to the Contracting Officer within 30 days of the date that the disposal of the PCB waste identified on the manifest was completed. Certificate for the PCBs and PCB items disposed shall include:

a) The identity of the disposal facility, by name, address, and EPA

identification number.

b) The identity of the PCB waste affected by the Certificate of Disposal including reference to the manifest number for the shipment.

c) A statement certifying the fact of disposal of the identified PCB

waste, including the date(s) of disposal, and identifying the disposal process used.

d) A certification as defined in 40 CFR 761, Section 3.

3.8 OBTAINING EPA ID NUMBERS Complete EPA Form 8700-12, Notification of Hazardous Waste Activity, and submit to the Contracting Officer for review and approval. Allow a minimum of 30 days for processing the application and assigning the EPA ID number. Shipment shall be made not earlier than one week after receipt of the EPA ID number.



3.9 WASTE MINIMIZATION Minimize the generation of hazardous waste to the maximum extent practicable and take all necessary precautions to avoid mixing clean and contaminated wastes. Identify and evaluate recycling and reclamation options as alternatives to land disposal. Requirements of 40 CFR 266 shall apply to: hazardous wastes recycled in a manner constituting disposal; hazardous waste burned for energy recovery; lead-acid battery recycling; and hazardous wastes with economically recoverable precious metals. Submit written certification that waste minimization efforts have been undertaken to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste to the degree economically practicable and that the method of treatment, storage, or disposal selected minimizes threats to human health and the environment.

3.10 RECORDKEEPING Maintain adequate records to support information provided to the Contracting Officer regarding exception reports, annual reports, and biennial reports; maintain asbestos waste shipment records for a minimum of 3 years from the date of shipment or any longer period required by any applicable law or regulation or any other provision of this contract; and maintain bill of ladings for a minimum of 375 days from the date of shipment or any longer period required by any applicable law or regulation or any other provision of this contract. Submit information necessary to file state annual or EPA biennial reports for all hazardous waste transported, treated, stored, or disposed of under this contract. Do not forward these data directly to the regulatory agency but to the Contracting Officer at the specified time. The submittal shall contain all the information necessary for filing of the formal reports in the form and format required by the governing Federal or state regulatory agency. A cover letter shall accompany the data to include the contract number, Contractor name, and project location. In the events that a manifest copy documenting receipt of hazardous waste at the treatment storage and disposal facility is not received within 35 days of shipment initiation, or that a manifest copy documenting receipt of PCB waste at the designated facility is not received within 35 days of shipment initiation, prepare and submit an exception report to the Contracting Officer within 37 days of shipment initiation.

3.11 SPILL RESPONSE In the event of a spill or release of a hazardous substance (as designated in 40 CFR 302), or pollutant or contaminant, or oil (as governed by the Oil Pollution Act (OPA), 33 U.S.C. 2701 et seq.), notify the Contracting Officer immediately. Any direction from the Contracting Officer concerning a spill or release shall not be considered a change under the contract. If the spill exceeds a reporting threshold, follow the pre-established procedures for immediate reporting to the Contracting Officer. Comply with all applicable requirements of Federal, state, or local laws or regulations regarding any spill incident.

3.12 EMERGENCY CONTACTS The Contractor is responsible for complying with the emergency contact provisions in 49 CFR 172, Section .604. Whenever the Contractor ships hazardous materials, provide a 24-hr emergency response contact and phone number of a person knowledgeable about the hazardous materials being shipped and who has comprehensive emergency response and incident mitigation



information for that material, or has immediate access to a person who possesses such knowledge and information. The phone shall be monitored on a 24-hour basis at all times when the hazardous materials are in transportation, including during storage incidental to transportation. Ensure that information regarding this emergency contact and phone number are placed on all hazardous material shipping documents. Designate an emergency coordinator and post the following information at areas in which hazardous wastes are managed:

a) The name of the emergency coordinator.

b) Phone number through which the emergency coordinator can be contacted

on a 24 hour basis.

c) The telephone number of the local fire department.

d) The location of fire extinguishers and spill control materials.



Attachment A SAMPLE OFF-SITE POLICY CERTIFICATION MEMO

Project/Contract #:

Waste Stream:

Primary TSD Facility, EPA ID # and Location:

Alter. TSD Facility, EPA ID # and Location:

EPA Region Contact Name Email Telephone

I Audrey Sheetz [email protected] 617.918.1218

II Beckett Grealish [email protected] 732.321.4341

III Stephen Forostiak [email protected] 215.814.2136

IV Paula Whiting [email protected] 404.562.9277

V William Damico [email protected] 312.353.8207

VI Wilkin (Ron) Shannon [email protected] 214.665.2282

VII Mike Martin [email protected] 913.551.7149

VIII Linda Jacobson [email protected] 303.312.6503

IX Sharon Lin [email protected] 415.972.3446

X Scott Wilder [email protected] 206.553.6693

EPA representative contacted:

EPA representative phone number:

Date contacted:

Comment:

The above EPA representative was contacted on __________. As of that date the above sites were considered acceptable in accordance with the Off-Site Policy in 40 CFR 300.440.

Date: Signature:

Phone number:



SECTION 02 82 13

ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES


AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY PROFESSIONALS (ASSP)

ASSP Z9.2 (2018) Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Ventilation Systems


ASTM C732 (2006; R 2012) Aging Effects of Artificial

Weathering on Latex Sealants

ASTM D2794 (1993; R 2019) Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact)

ASTM D4397 (2016) Standard Specification for

Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications

ASTM D522/D522M (2014) Mandrel Bend Test of Attached

Organic Coatings

ASTM E119 (2018c; E 2018) Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials

ASTM E1368 (2014) Visual Inspection of Asbestos

Abatement Projects

ASTM E1494 (2012) Encapsulants for Spray- or Trowel-Applied Friable Asbestos-Containing Building Materials

ASTM E736/E736M (2017) Standard Test Method for

Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members

ASTM E84 (2018a) Standard Test Method for Surface

Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

ASTM E96/E96M (2016) Standard Test Methods for Water

Vapor Transmission of Materials

COMPRESSED GAS ASSOCIATION (CGA)


CGA G-7 (2014) Compressed Air for Human Respiration; 6th Edition

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATION (ISEA)

ANSI/ISEA Z87.1 (2015) Occupational and Educational

Personal Eye and Face Protection Devices

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 701 (2019) Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films


NIOSH NMAM (2016; 5th Ed) NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods


NJAC 5:23-8 Asbestos Hazard Abatement Subcode NJAC 7:26 Solid Waste Management Regulations NJAC 8:60 Training Courses NJAC 12:120 Asbestos Licenses and Permits

NEW JERSEY STATUTES ANNOTATED (NJSA)

NJSA 34:5a-32 et seq. Asbestos Control and Licensing Act


EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements Manual


EPA 340/1-90/018 (1990) Asbestos/NESHAP Regulated Asbestos

Containing Materials Guidance

EPA 560/5-85-024 (1985) Guidance for Controlling Asbestos-Containing Materials in Buildings (Purple Book)


29 CFR 1910.147 The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock

Out/Tag Out)

29 CFR 1926.103 Respiratory Protection

29 CFR 1926.1101 Asbestos

29 CFR 1926.200 Accident Prevention Signs and Tags

29 CFR 1926.51 Sanitation

29 CFR 1926.59 Hazard Communication


40 CFR 61-SUBPART A General Provisions

40 CFR 61-SUBPART M National Emission Standard for Asbestos

40 CFR 763 Asbestos

42 CFR 84 Approval of Respiratory Protective Devices

49 CFR 107 Hazardous Materials Program Procedures

49 CFR 171 General Information, Regulations, and Definitions

49 CFR 172 Hazardous Materials Table, Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications, Emergency Response Information, and Training Requirements

49 CFR 173 Shippers - General Requirements for Shipments and Packagings

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 586 (2009; Reprint Dec 2017) UL Standard for Safety High-Efficiency Particulate, Air Filter Units

1.2 DEFINITIONS 1.2.1 ACM

Asbestos Containing Materials.

1.2.2 Amended Water

Water containing a wetting agent or surfactant with a maximum surface tension of 2.9 Pa 0.00042 psi.

1.2.3 Area Sampling

Sampling of asbestos fiber concentrations which approximates the concentrations of asbestos in the theoretical breathing zone but is not actually collected in the breathing zone of an employee.

1.2.4 Asbestos

The term asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos and any of these minerals that has been chemically treated or altered. Materials are considered to contain asbestos if the asbestos content of the material is determined to be at least one percent.

1.2.5 Asbestos Control Area

That area where asbestos removal operations are performed which is isolated by physical boundaries which assist in the prevention of the uncontrolled release of asbestos dust, fibers, or debris.

1.2.6 Asbestos Fibers

Those fibers having an aspect ratio of at least 3:1 and longer than 5


micrometers as determined by National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Method 7400.

1.2.7 Asbestos Permissible Exposure Limit

0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air as an 8-hour time weighted average measured in the breathing zone as defined by 29 CFR 1926.1101 or other Federal legislation having legal jurisdiction for the protection of workers health.

1.2.8 Authorized Person

Any person authorized by the Contractor and required by work duties to be present in the regulated areas.

1.2.9 Background

The ambient airborne asbestos concentration in an uncontaminated area as measured prior to any asbestos hazard abatement efforts. Background concentrations for other (contaminated) areas are measured in similar but asbestos free locations.

1.2.10 Competent Person (CP)

A person meeting the requirements for competent person as specified in 29 CFR 1926.1101 including a person capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards in the workplace and selecting the appropriate control strategy for asbestos exposure, who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them, and is specifically trained in a training course which meet the criteria of EPA's Model Accreditation Plan (40 CFR 763) for project designer or supervisor, or its equivalent. The competent person must have a current State of New Jersey asbestos contractors or supervisors license.

1.2.11 Contractor

The Contractor is that individual, or entity under contract to perform the herein listed work.

1.2.12 Disposal Bag

A 0.15 mm (6 mil) thick, leak-tight plastic bag, pre-labeled in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, used for transporting asbestos waste from containment to disposal site.

1.2.13 Disturbance

Activities that disrupt the matrix of ACM, crumble or pulverize ACM, or generate visible debris from ACM. Disturbance includes cutting away small amounts of ACM, no greater than the amount which can be contained in one standard sized glovebag or waste bag, not larger than 1.5 m 60 inches in length and width in order to access a building component.

1.2.14 Encapsulation

The abatement of an asbestos hazard through the appropriate use of chemical encapsulants.

1.2.15 Encapsulants


Specific materials in various forms used to chemically or physically entrap asbestos fibers in various configurations to prevent these fibers from becoming airborne. There are four types of encapsulants as follows which must comply with performance requirements as specified herein.

a. Removal Encapsulant (can be used as a wetting agent)

b. Bridging Encapsulant (used to provide a tough, durable surface coating

to asbestos containing material)

c. Penetrating Encapsulant (used to penetrate the asbestos containing material encapsulating all asbestos fibers and preventing fiber release due to routine mechanical damage)

d. Lock-Down Encapsulant (used to seal off or "lock-down" minute asbestos

fibers left on surfaces from which asbestos containing material has been removed).

1.2.16 Friable Asbestos Material

A term defined in 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M and EPA 340/1-90/018 meaning any material which contains more than 1 percent asbestos, as determined using the method specified in 40 CFR 763, Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM), that when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure.

1.2.17 Glovebag Technique

Those asbestos removal and control techniques put forth in 29 CFR 1926.1101.

1.2.18 Government Consultant (GC)

That qualified person employed directly by the Government to monitor, sample, inspect the work or in some other way advise the Contracting Officer. The GC is normally a private consultant, but can be an employee of the Government.

1.2.19 HEPA Filter Equipment

High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filtered vacuum and exhaust ventilation equipment with a filter system capable of collecting and retaining asbestos fibers. Filters must retain 99.97 percent of particles 0.3 microns or larger as indicated in UL 586.

1.2.20 Model Accreditation Plan (MAP)

USEPA training accreditation requirements for persons who work with asbestos as specified in 40 CFR 763.

1.2.21 Negative Pressure Enclosure (NPE)

That engineering control technique described as a negative pressure enclosure in 29 CFR 1926.1101.

1.2.22 NESHAP

National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants. The USEPA NESHAP regulation for asbestos is at 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M.

1.2.23 Nonfriable Asbestos Material


Material that contains asbestos in which the fibers have been immobilized by a bonding agent, coating, binder, or other material so that the asbestos is well bound and will not normally release asbestos fibers during any appropriate use, handling, storage or transportation. It is understood that asbestos fibers may be released under other conditions such as demolition, removal, or mishap.

1.2.24 Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs)

1.2.24.1 PEL-Time Weighted Average(TWA)

Concentration of asbestos not in excess of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (f/cc) as an 8-hour time weighted average (TWA).

1.2.24.2 PEL-Excursion Limit

An airborne concentration of asbestos not in excess of 1.0 f/cc of air as averaged over a sampling period of 30 minutes.

1.2.25 Personal Sampling

Air sampling which is performed to determine asbestos fiber concentrations within the breathing zone of a specific employee, as performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101.

1.2.26 Private Qualified Person (PQP)

That qualified person hired by the Contractor to perform the herein listed tasks.

1.2.27 Qualified Person (QP)

A Registered Architect, Professional Engineer, Certified Industrial Hygienist, consultant or other qualified person who has successfully completed training and is therefore accredited under a legitimate State Model Accreditation Plan as described in 40 CFR 763 as a Building Inspector, Contractor/Supervisor Abatement Worker, and Asbestos Project Designer; and has successfully completed the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 582 course "Sampling and Evaluating Airborne Asbestos Dust" or equivalent. The QP must be qualified to perform visual inspections as indicated in ASTM E1368. The QP must be appropriately licensed in the State of New Jersey.

1.2.28 TEM

Refers to Transmission Electron Microscopy.

1.2.29 Time Weighted Average (TWA)

The TWA is an 8-hour time weighted average airborne concentration of asbestos fibers.

1.2.30 Transite

A generic name for asbestos cement wallboard and pipe.

1.2.31 Wetting Agent

A chemical added to water to reduce the water's surface tension thereby increasing the water's ability to soak into the material to which it is


applied. An equivalent wetting agent must have a surface tension of at most 2.9 Pa 0.00042 psi.

1.2.32 Worker

Individual (not designated as the Competent Person or a supervisor) who performs asbestos work and has completed asbestos worker training required by 29 CFR 1926.1101, to include EPA Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) "Worker" training; accreditation, if required by the OSHA Class of work to be performed or by the state where the work is to be performed. The worker must be appropriately licensed in the State of New Jersey.

1.3 REQUIREMENTS

1.3.1 Description of Work

The work covered by this section includes the handling and control of asbestos containing materials and describes some of the resultant procedures and equipment required to protect workers, the environment and occupants of the building or area, or both, from contact with airborne asbestos fibers. The asbestos work includes the abatement of asbestos containing materials located within the on-site building. The Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment, labor, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete abatement, transportation, and disposal of all Asbestos-Containing Materials (ACMs) and suspect ACMs. ACMs have been identified in building materials as detailed in Appendix E of the Pre-Design Investigation for OU1 Soil and Building Remediation, Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation Superfund Site, Fairfield, Essex County, New Jersey (Sept. 2018). The Contractor shall conduct a pre-demolition building inspection/survey to evaluate/confirm the presence of ACMs and suspect ACMs as applicable, and to develop the Asbestos Hazard Abatement plan (AHAP) as defined in this specification. A competent person must supervise the building inspection/survey and asbestos removal work as specified herein. Bulk sampling and analysis of potential ACMs shall be performed by the Contractor as required to evaluate the presence of ACMs, and to properly characterize materials for handling/disposal. Bulk sampling and analysis protocols shall be performed as described in 40 CFR 763, Subpart E and other relevant EPA/state sampling and analysis protocols. The building is vacant. The Contractor shall coordinate ACM abatement with the demolition work in accordance with SECTION 02 41 16 DEMOLITION. The Contractor shall obtain all required federal, state, and local approvals. The building materials must be kept adequately wet at all times, starting with the demolition process, through the site cleanup, transport and final disposal. If visible emissions are observed, the demolition must cease, and additional wetting must be performed until no emissions are occurring. If the ACM cannot be segregated and building is demolished with ACM, the Contractor shall follow the Asbestos/NESHAP Regulated Asbestos Containing Material Guidance (EPA 340/1-90-018) to determine whether a material is Regulated Asbestos Containing Material (RACM), and dispose of the demolition debris accordingly. To the degree practicable, Contractor shall abate ACM prior to demolition per this specification and all federal, state, and local regulations. The Contractor shall take all safety measures and precautions necessary to protect employees in accordance with OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910 and 1926,


EM 385-1-1 and EPA Standard 40 CFR, Part 61, Subpart M, and applicable state regulations. Under normal conditions non-friable or chemically bound materials containing asbestos would not be considered hazardous; however, this material may release airborne asbestos fibers during demolition and removal and therefore must be handled in accordance with the removal and disposal procedures as specified herein.

1.3.1.1 Wallboard/Joint Compound

Both composite samples of the wallboard and discrete samples of the components (wallboard and joint compound) have been tested and results are attached (see Appendix E of the Pre-Design Investigation for OU1 Soil and Building Remediation, Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation Superfund Site, Fairfield, Essex County, New Jersey [Sept. 2018]).

1.3.2 Unexpected Discovery of Asbestos

Notify the Contracting Officer if any previously untested building components suspected to contain asbestos are impacted by the work. Any previously untested building components suspected to contain asbestos and located in areas impacted by the work shall be presumed to be ACM and handled accordingly. If the increased quantity of ACM in a particular building will cause significant changes to the demolition and/or disposal plan for that building, the Contracting Officer will have the option of ordering bulk samples to be obtained and delivered to a laboratory accredited under the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) and analyzed by PLM. If the asbestos content is less than 10 percent, as determined by a method other than point counting, the asbestos content shall be verified by point counting. Sampling shall be conducted by personnel who have successfully completed the EPA Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) "Building Inspector" training course and is EPA/State certified/licensed as a "Building Inspector".

1.3.3 Medical Requirements

Provide medical requirements including but not limited to medical surveillance and medical record keeping as listed in 29 CFR 1926.1101.

1.3.3.1 Medical Examinations

Before exposure to airborne asbestos fibers, provide workers with a comprehensive medical examination as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101 or other pertinent State or local directives. This requirement must have been satisfied within the 12 months prior to the start of work on this contract. The same medical examination must be given on an annual basis to employees engaged in an occupation involving asbestos and within 30 calendar days before or after the termination of employment in such occupation. Specifically identify x-ray films of asbestos workers to the consulting radiologist and mark medical record jackets with the word "ASBESTOS."

1.3.3.2 Medical Records

Maintain complete and accurate records of employees' medical examinations, medical records, and exposure data for a period of 50 years after termination of employment and make records of the required medical examinations and exposure data available for inspection and copying to: The Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health


(OSHA), or authorized representatives of them, and an employee's physician upon the request of the employee or former employee.

1.3.4 Employee Training

Submit certificates, prior to the start of work but after the main abatement submittal, signed by each employee indicating that the employee has received training in the proper handling of materials and wastes that contain asbestos in accordance with 40 CFR 763; understands the health implications and risks involved, including the illnesses possible from exposure to airborne asbestos fibers; understands the use and limits of the respiratory equipment to be used; and understands the results of monitoring of airborne quantities of asbestos as related to health and respiratory equipment as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.1101 on an initial and annual basis. Organize certificates by individual worker, not grouped by type of certification. Post appropriate evidence of compliance with the training requirements of 40 CFR 763. Train personnel involved in the asbestos control work in accordance with United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) training criteria or State training criteria whichever is more stringent. Document the training by providing: dates of training, training entity, course outline, names of instructors, and qualifications of instructors upon request by the Contracting Officer. Furnish each employee with respirator training and fit testing administered by the PQP as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 29 CFR 1926.103. Fully cover engineering and other hazard control techniques and procedures. Employee training shall also be established in accordance with NJAC 12:120. Asbestos workers must have a current State of New Jersey asbestos worker's license.

1.3.5 Permits, Licenses, and Notifications

Prior to the start of work, obtain necessary permits and licenses in conjunction with asbestos removal, encapsulation, hauling, and disposition, and furnish notification of such actions required by Federal, State, regional, and local authorities. Notify the Regional Office (Region 2) of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), the New Jersey Department of Labor (in accordance with NJAC 12:120), the New Jersey Department of Health (in accordance with NJAC 8:60), and the New Jersey Department of Community Affairs (in accordance with NJAC 5:23) in writing at least 10 days prior to commencement of work in accordance with 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M, and state and local requirements. Notify the Contracting Officer and other appropriate Government agencies in writing 20 working days prior to the start of asbestos work as indicated in applicable laws, ordinances, criteria, rules, and regulations. Submit copies of all Notifications to the Contracting Officer. Notify the local fire department 3 days prior to removing fire-proofing material from the building including notice that the material contains asbestos. The Contractor shall submit proof of license and/or registration in the State of New Jersey in accordance with applicable regulations prior to asbestos removal.

1.3.6 Environment, Safety and Health Compliance

In addition to detailed requirements of this specification, comply with those applicable laws, ordinances, criteria, rules, and regulations of Federal, State, regional, and local authorities regarding handling, storing, transporting, and disposing of asbestos waste materials. Comply with the applicable requirements of the current issue of EM 385-1-1, 29 CFR 1926.1101, 40 CFR 61-SUBPART A, 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M, and 40 CFR 763. Submit matters of interpretation of standards to the appropriate


administrative agency for resolution before starting the work. Where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws, rules, criteria, ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary, the most stringent requirement applies.

1.3.7 Respiratory Protection Program

Establish and implement a respirator program as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101, and 29 CFR 1926.103. Submit a written description of the program to the Contracting Officer. Submit a written program manual or operating procedure including methods of compliance with regulatory statutes. The Contractor's PQP shall establish minimum respiratory protection requirements based on measured or anticipated levels of airborne asbestos fiber concentrations during the asbestos abatement and building demolition work.

1.3.7.1 Respirator Program Records

Submit records of the respirator program as required by 29 CFR 1926.103, and 29 CFR 1926.1101.

1.3.7.2 Respirator Fit Testing

The Contractor's PQP must conduct a qualitative or quantitative fit test conforming to 29 CFR 1926.103 for each worker required to wear a respirator, and any authorized visitors who enter a regulated area where respirators are required to be worn. A respirator fit test must be performed prior to initially wearing a respirator and every 12 months thereafter. If physical changes develop that will affect the fit, a new fit test must be performed. Functional fit checks must be performed each time a respirator is put on and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.

1.3.7.3 Respirator Selection and Use Requirements

Provide respirators, and ensure that they are used as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101 and in accordance with CGA G-7 and the manufacturer's recommendations. Respirators must be approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH, under the provisions of 42 CFR 84, for use in environments containing airborne asbestos fibers. For air-purifying respirators, the particulate filter must be high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA)/(N-,R-,P-100). The initial respirator selection and the decisions regarding the upgrading or downgrading of respirator type must be made by the Contractor's Designated IH based on the measured or anticipated airborne asbestos fiber concentrations to be encountered.

1.3.8 Asbestos Hazard Control Supervisor

The Contractor must be represented on site by a supervisor, trained using the model Contractor accreditation plan as indicated in the Federal statutes for all portions of the herein listed work.

1.3.9 Hazard Communication

Adhere to all parts of 29 CFR 1926.59 and provide the Contracting Officer with a copy of the Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all materials brought to the site.

1.3.10 Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan


Submit a detailed plan of the safety precautions such as lockout, tagout, tryout, fall protection, and confined space entry procedures and equipment and work procedures to be used in the abatement of materials containing asbestos. The plan, not to be combined with other hazard abatement plans, must be prepared, signed, and sealed by the PQP. Provide a Table of Contents for each abatement submittal, which follows the sequence of requirements in the contract. The plan must include but not be limited to the precise personal protective equipment to be used including, but not limited to, respiratory protection, type of whole-body protection (including decontamination methods for reusable items), the location of asbestos control areas including clean and dirty areas, buffer zones, showers, storage areas, change rooms, abatement methods, interface of trades involved in the construction, sequencing of asbestos related work, disposal plan, type of wetting agent and asbestos sealer to be used, locations of local exhaust equipment, planned air monitoring strategies, and a detailed description of the method to be employed in order to control environmental pollution. The plan must also include (both fire and medical emergency) response plans and an Activity Hazard Analyses (AHAs) in accordance with EM 385-1-1. The Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan must be approved in writing prior to starting any asbestos work. The Contractor, Asbestos Hazard Control Supervisor, CP and PQP must meet with the Contracting Officer prior to beginning work, to discuss in detail the Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan, including work procedures and safety precautions. Once approved by the Contracting Officer, the plan will be enforced as if an addition to the specification. Any changes required in the specification as a result of the plan must be identified specifically in the plan to allow for free discussion and approval by the Contracting Officer prior to starting work.

1.3.11 Testing Laboratory

Submit the name, address, and telephone number of each testing laboratory selected for the sampling, analysis, and reporting of airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers. Submit evidence that each laboratory selected holds the appropriate State license and certification that each laboratory is American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) accredited and that persons counting the samples have been judged proficient by current inclusion on the AIHA Asbestos Analysis Registry (AAR) and successful participation of the laboratory in the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program. Where analysis to determine asbestos content in bulk materials or transmission electron microscopy is required, submit evidence that the laboratory is accredited by the National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST) under National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) for asbestos analysis. The testing laboratory firm must be independent of the asbestos contractor and must have no employee or employer relationship which could constitute a conflict of interest.

1.3.12 Landfill Approval

Submit written evidence that the landfill is approved for asbestos disposal at the disposal facilities selected by the Contractor. Within three working days after delivery, submit detailed delivery tickets, prepared, signed, and dated by an agent of the landfill, certifying the amount of asbestos materials delivered to the landfill. Submit a copy of the waste shipment records within one day of the shipment leaving the project site.

1.3.13 Transporter Certification


Submit written evidence that the transporter is approved to transport asbestos waste in accordance with the DOT requirements of 49 CFR 171, 49 CFR 172 and 49 CFR 173 as well as registration requirements of 49 CFR 107 and all other State and local regulatory agency requirements. All ACM waste shall be transported offsite to the appropriate disposal facility in accordance with SECTION 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

1.3.14 Medical Certification

Provide a written certification for each worker and supervisor, signed by a licensed physician indicating that the worker and supervisor has met or exceeded all of the medical prerequisites listed herein and in 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 29 CFR 1926.103 as prescribed by law. Submit certificates prior to the start of work but after the main abatement submittal.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation; submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only or as otherwise designated. Submit the following as applicable in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Amended Water; G

Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for All Materials; G

Encapsulants; G

Respirators; G

Local Exhaust Equipment; G

Pressure Differential Automatic Recording Instrument; G

Vacuums; G

Glovebags; G SD-06 Test Reports

Air Sampling Results; G

Pressure Differential Recordings for Local Exhaust System; G

Encapsulation Test Patches; G

Clearance Sampling; G

Asbestos Disposal Quantity Report; G

SD-07 Certificates

Employee Training; G

Notifications; G

Respiratory Protection Program; G


Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan; G

Testing Laboratory; G

Landfill Approval; G

Delivery Tickets; G

Waste Shipment Records; G

Transporter Certification; G

Medical Certification; G

Private Qualified Person Documentation; G

Competent Person; G

Worker's License; G

Contractor's License; G

Federal, State or Local Citations on Previous Projects; G

Encapsulants; G

Equipment Used to Contain Airborne Asbestos Fibers; G

Water Filtration Equipment; G

Vacuums; G

Ventilation Systems; G


Permits and Licenses; G

Notifications; G

Respirator Program Records; G Protective Clothing Decontamination Quality Control Records; G

Protective Clothing Decontamination Facility Notification; G

Rental Equipment; G

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5.1 Private Qualified Person Documentation

Submit the name, address, and telephone number of the Private Qualified Person (PQP) selected to prepare the Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan, direct monitoring and training, and documented evidence that the PQP has successfully completed training in and is accredited and where required is certified as, a Building Inspector, Contractor/Supervisor Abatement Worker, and Asbestos Project Designer as described by 40 CFR 763 and has successfully completed the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 582 course "Sampling and Evaluating Airborne Asbestos Dust" or equivalent. The PQP must be appropriately licensed in the State of New


Jersey as a Project Monitor. The PQP and the asbestos contractor must not have an employee/employer relationship or financial relationship which could constitute a conflict of interest. The PQP must be a first tier subcontractor.

1.5.2 Competent Person Documentation

The Competent Person must be experienced in the administration and supervision of asbestos abatement projects including exposure assessment and monitoring, work practices, abatement methods, protective measures for personnel, setting up and inspecting asbestos abatement work areas, evaluating the integrity of containment barriers, placement and operation of local exhaust systems, ACM generated waste containment and disposal procedures, decontamination units installation and maintenance requirements, site safety and health requirements, and notification of other employees onsite. The Competent Person must be on-site at all times when asbestos abatement activities are underway. Submit training certification and a current State of New Jersey Asbestos Contractor's and Supervisor's License. Submit evidence that the Competent Person has a minimum of 2 years of on-the-job asbestos abatement experience relevant to OSHA competent person requirements.

1.5.3 Worker's License

Submit documentation that workers meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1101, 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M and have a current State of New Jersey Asbestos Workers License.

1.5.4 Contractor's License

Submit a copy of the asbestos contractor's license issued by the State of New Jersey. Submit the following certification along with the license: "I certify that the personnel I am responsible for during the course of this project fully understand the contents of 29 CFR 1926.1101, 40 CFR 61-SUBPART MEM 385-1-1, and the Federal, State and local requirements for those asbestos abatement activities that they will be involved in." This certification statement must be signed by the Company's President or Chief Executive.

1.5.5 Air Sampling Results

Complete fiber counting and provide results to the PQP for review within 16 hours of the "time off" of the sample pump. Notify the Contracting Officer immediately of any airborne levels of asbestos fibers in excess of the acceptable limits. Submit sampling results to the Contracting Officer and the affected Contractor employees where required by law within three working days, signed by the testing laboratory employee performing air sampling, the employee that analyzed the sample, and the PQP. Notify the Contractor and the Contracting Officer immediately of any variance in the pressure differential which could cause adjacent unsealed areas to have asbestos fiber concentrations in excess of 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter or background whichever is higher. In no circumstance must levels exceed 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter.

1.5.6 Pressure Differential Recordings for Local Exhaust System

Provide a local exhaust system that creates a negative pressure of at least 0.51 mm (0.02 inches) of water relative to the pressure external to the enclosure and operate it continuously, 24-hours a day, until the temporary enclosure of the asbestos control area is removed. Submit pressure differential recordings for each work day to the PQP for review


and to the Contracting Officer within 24-hours from the end of each work day.

1.5.7 Protective Clothing Decontamination Quality Control Records

Provide all records that document quality control for the decontamination of reusable outer protective clothing.

1.5.8 Protective Clothing Decontamination Facility Notification

Submit written evidence that persons who decontaminate, store, or transport asbestos contaminated clothing used in the performance of this contract were duly notified in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101.

1.5.9 Federal, State or Local Citations on Previous Projects

Submit a statement, signed by an officer of the company, containing a record of any citations issued by Federal, State or local regulatory agencies relating to asbestos activities within the last 5 years (including projects, dates, and resolutions); a list of penalties incurred through non-compliance with asbestos project specifications, including liquidated damages, overruns in scheduled time limitations and resolutions; and situations in which an asbestos-related contract has been terminated (including projects, dates, and reasons for terminations). If there are none, a negative declaration signed by an officer of the company must be provided.

1.5.10 Preconstruction Conference

Conduct a safety preconstruction conference to discuss the details of the Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan and Accident Prevention Plan (APP) including the AHAs. The safety preconstruction conference must include the Contractor and their Designated Competent Person, Designated IH and Project Supervisor and the Contracting Officer. Deficiencies in the APP will be discussed. Onsite work must not begin until the APP has been accepted.

1.6 SECURITY

Entry into regulated areas must only be by personnel authorized by the Contractor and the Contracting Officer. Personnel authorized to enter regulated areas must be trained, medically evaluated, and wear the required personal protective equipment. Refer to SECTION 01 54 00 SECURITY.

1.7 EQUIPMENT

1.7.1 Rental Equipment

Provide a copy of the written notification to the rental company concerning the intended use of the equipment and the possibility of asbestos contamination of the equipment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ENCAPSULANTS

Encapsulants must conform to current USEPA requirements, contain no toxic or hazardous substances as defined in 29 CFR 1926.59, and conform to the following performance requirements.


2.1.1 Removal Encapsulants

Requirement Test Standard

Flame Spread - 25, Smoke Emission - 50 ASTM E84

Life Expectancy - 20 years ASTM C732 Accelerated Aging Test

Permeability - Minimum 0.4 perms ASTM E96/E96M

Fire Resistance - Negligible affect on fire resistance rating over 3 hour test (Classified by UL for use over fibrous and cementitious sprayed fireproofing)

ASTM E119

Impact Resistance - Minimum 245.5 mm/N 43 in/lb

ASTM D2794 Gardner Impact Test

Flexibility - no rupture or cracking ASTM D522/D522M Mandrel Bend Test

2.1.2 Bridging Encapsulant Requirement Test Standard




Fire Resistance - Negligible affect on fire resistance rating over 3-hour test (Classified by UL for use over fibrous and cementitious sprayed fireproofing)

ASTM E119




2.1.3 Penetrating Encapsulant Requirement Test Standard





Cohesion/Adhesion Test - 729.5 N of force/meter 50 pounds of force/foot

ASTM E119

Fire Resistance - Negligible affect on fire resistance rating over 3-hour test (Classified by UL for use over fibrous and cementitious sprayed fireproofing)

ASTM E119




2.1.4 Lock-down Encapsulant

Requirement Test Standard




Fire Resistance - Negligible affect on fire resistance rating over 3-hour test (Tested with fireproofing over encapsulant applied directly to steel member)

ASTM E119

Bond Strength: 1459 N of force/meter 100 pounds of force/foot

ASTM E736/E736M

(Tests compatibility with cementitious and fibrous fireproofing)

2.2 ENCASEMENT PRODUCTS

Encasement must consist of primary cellular polymer coat, polymer finish coat, and any other finish coat as approved by the Contracting Officer.

2.3 DUCT TAPE

Industrial grade duct tape of appropriate widths suitable for bonding sheet plastic and disposal container.


2.4 DISPOSAL CONTAINERS

Leak-tight (defined as solids, liquids, or dust that cannot escape or spill out) disposal containers must be provided for ACM wastes as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101. Disposal containers can be in the form of:

a. Disposal Bags

b. Fiberboard Drums

c. Cardboard Boxes

2.5 SHEET PLASTIC

Sheet plastic must be polyethylene of 0.15 mm (6 mil) minimum thickness and must be provided in the largest sheet size necessary to minimize seams. Film must be clear, frosted, or black and conform to ASTM D4397, except as specified below.

2.5.1 Flame Resistant

Where a potential for fire exists, flame-resistant sheets must be provided. Film must be frosted or black and must conform to the requirements of NFPA 701.

2.5.2 Reinforced

Reinforced sheets must be provided where high skin strength is required, such as where it constitutes the only barrier between the regulated area and the outdoor environment. The sheet stock must consist of translucent, nylon-reinforced or woven-polyethylene thread laminated between 2 layers of polyethylene film. Film must meet flame resistant standards of NFPA 701.

2.6 MASTIC REMOVING SOLVENT

Mastic removing solvent must be nonflammable and must not contain methylene chloride, glycol ether, or halogenated hydrocarbons. Solvents used onsite must have a flash point greater than 60 degrees C 140 degrees F.

2.7 LEAK-TIGHT WRAPPING

Two layers of 0.15 mm (6 mil) minimum thick polyethylene sheet stock must be used for the containment of removed asbestos-containing components or materials such as large tanks, boilers, insulated pipe segments and other materials. Upon placement of the ACM component or material, each layer must be individually leak-tight sealed with duct tape.

2.8 VIEWING INSPECTION WINDOW

Where feasible, a minimum of one clear, 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick, acrylic sheet, 450 by 610 mm (18 by 24 inches), must be installed as a viewing inspection window at eye level on a wall in each containment enclosure. The windows must be sealed leak-tight with industrial grade duct tape.

2.9 WETTING AGENTS

Removal encapsulant (a penetrating encapsulant) must be provided when conducting removal abatement activities that require a longer removal time


or are subject to rapid evaporation of amended water. The removal encapsulant must be capable of wetting the ACM and retarding fiber release during disturbance of the ACM greater than or equal to that provided by amended water. Performance requirements for penetrating encapsulants are specified in paragraph ENCAPSULANTS above.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EQUIPMENT

Provide the Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer's Representative, with at least two complete sets of personal protective equipment as required for entry to and inspection of the asbestos control area. Provide equivalent training to the Contracting Officer or a designated representative as provided to Contractor employees in the use of the required personal protective equipment. Provide manufacturer's certificate of compliance for all equipment used to contain airborne asbestos fibers.

3.1.1 Air Monitoring Equipment

The Contractor's PQP must approve air monitoring equipment. The equipment must include, but must not be limited to:

a. High-volume sampling pumps that can be calibrated and operated at a

constant airflow up to 16 liters per minute.

b. Low-volume, battery powered, body-attachable, portable personal pumps that can be calibrated to a constant airflow up to approximately 3.5 liters per minute, and a self-contained rechargeable power pack capable of sustaining the calibrated flow rate for a minimum of 10 hours. The pumps must also be equipped with an automatic flow control unit which must maintain a constant flow, even as filter resistance increases due to accumulation of fiber and debris on the filter surface.

c. Single use standard 25 mm diameter cassette, open face, 0.8 micron

pore size, mixed cellulose ester membrane filters and cassettes with 50 mm electrically conductive extension cowl, and shrink bands for personal air sampling.

d. Single use standard 25 mm diameter cassette, open face, 0.45 micron

pore size, mixed cellulose ester membrane filters and cassettes with 50 mm electrically conductive cowl, and shrink bands when conducting environmental area sampling using NIOSH NMAM Methods 7400 and 7402, (and the transmission electric microscopy method specified at 40 CFR 763 if required).

e. A flow calibrator capable of calibration to within plus or minus 2 percent of reading over a temperature range of minus 20 to plus 60 degrees C minus 4 to plus 140 degrees F and traceable to a NIST primary standard.

3.1.2 Respirators

Select respirators from those approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Department of Health and Human Services.

3.1.2.1 Respirators for Handling Asbestos


Provide personnel engaged in pre-cleaning, cleanup, handling, encapsulation, removal, and demolition of asbestos materials with respiratory protection as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 29 CFR 1926.103. Breathing air must comply with CGA G-7.

3.1.3 Exterior Whole Body Protection

3.1.3.1 Outer Protective Clothing

Provide personnel exposed to asbestos with disposable "non-breathable" or reusable "non-breathable” whole body outer protective clothing, head coverings, gloves, and foot coverings. Provide disposable plastic or rubber gloves to protect hands. Cloth gloves may be worn inside the plastic or rubber gloves for comfort, but must not be used alone. Make sleeves secure at the wrists, make foot coverings secure at the ankles, and make clothing secure at the neck by the use of tape. Reusable whole body outer protective clothing must be either disposed of as asbestos contaminated waste upon exiting from the asbestos regulated work area or be properly decontaminated.

3.1.3.2 Work Clothing

Provide cloth work clothes for wear under the outer protective clothing and foot coverings and either dispose of or properly decontaminate them as recommended by the PQP after each use.

3.1.3.3 Personal Decontamination Unit

Provide a temporary, negative pressure unit with a separate decontamination locker room and clean locker room with a shower that complies with 29 CFR 1926.51(f)(4)(ii) through (V) in between for personnel required to wear whole body protective clothing. Provide two separate lockers for each asbestos worker, one in each locker room. Keep street clothing and street shoes in the clean locker. HEPA vacuum and remove asbestos contaminated disposable protective clothing while still wearing respirators at the boundary of the asbestos work area and seal in impermeable bags or containers for disposal. HEPA vacuum and remove asbestos contaminated reusable protective clothing while still wearing respirators at the boundary of the asbestos work area, seal in two impermeable bags, label outer bag as asbestos contaminated waste, and transport for decontamination. Do not wear work clothing between home and work. Locate showers between the decontamination locker room and the clean locker room and require that all employees shower before changing into street clothes. Collect used shower water and filter with approved water filtration equipment to remove asbestos contamination. Wastewater filters must be installed in series with the first stage pore size 20 microns and the second stage pore size of 5 microns. Dispose of filters and residue as asbestos waste. Discharge clean water to the sanitary system. Dispose of asbestos contaminated work clothing as asbestos contaminated waste, or properly decontaminate as specified in the Contractor's Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan. Keep the floor of the decontamination unit's clean room dry and clean at all times. Proper housekeeping and hygiene requirements must be maintained. Provide soap and towels for showering, washing and drying. Cloth towels provided must be disposed of as ACM waste or must be laundered in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101. Physically attach the decontamination units to the asbestos control area. Construct both a personnel decontamination unit and an equipment decontamination unit onto and integral with each asbestos control area.

3.1.3.4 Decontamination of Reusable Outer Protective Clothing


When reusable outer protective clothing is used, transport the double bagged clothing to a previously notified commercial/industrial decontamination facility for decontamination. Perform non-destructive testing to determine the effectiveness of asbestos decontamination. If representative sampling is used, ensure the statistical validity of the sampling results. If representative sampling is used, reject any entire batch in which any of the pieces exceed 40 fibers per square millimeter. Inspect reusable protective clothing prior to use to ensure that it will provide adequate protection and is not or is not about to become ripped, torn, deteriorated, or damaged, and that it is not visibly contaminated. Notify, in writing, all personnel involved in the decontamination of reusable outer protective clothing as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.1101.

3.1.3.5 Eye Protection

Provide eye protection that complies with ANSI/ISEA Z87.1 when operations present a potential eye injury hazard. Provide goggles to personnel engaged in asbestos abatement operations when the use of a full face respirator is not required.

3.1.4 Regulated Areas

All Class I, II, and III asbestos work must be conducted within regulated areas. The regulated area must be demarcated to minimize the number of persons within the area and to protect persons outside the area from exposure to airborne asbestos. Control access to regulated areas, ensure that only authorized personnel enter, and verify that Contractor required medical surveillance, training and respiratory protection program requirements are met prior to allowing entrance.

3.1.5 Load-out Unit

Provide a temporary load-out unit that is adjacent and connected to the regulated area. Attach the load-out unit in a leak-tight manner to each regulated area.

3.1.6 Warning Signs and Labels

Provide warning signs at all approaches to asbestos control areas. Locate signs at such a distance that personnel may read the sign and take the necessary protective steps required before entering the area. Provide labels and affix to all asbestos materials, scrap, waste, debris, and other products contaminated with asbestos. Containers with preprinted warning labels conforming to the requirements are acceptable

3.1.6.1 Warning Sign

Provide vertical format conforming to 29 CFR 1926.200, and 29 CFR 1926.1101 minimum 500 by 355 mm (20 by 14 inches) displaying the following legend in the lower panel:

Legend Notation

DANGER 25 mm (one inch) Sans Serif Gothic or Block

ASBESTOS 25 mm (one inch) Sans Serif Gothic or Block


MAY CAUSE CANCER 25 mm (one inch) Sans Serif Gothic or Block

CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS 6 mm (1/4 inch) Sans Serif Gothic or Block

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY 6 mm (1/4 inch) Sans Serif Gothic or Block

WEAR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING IN THIS AREA

6 mm (1/4 inch) Sans Serif Gothic or Block

Spacing between lines must be at least equal to the height of the upper of any two lines.

3.1.6.2 Warning Labels

Provide labels conforming to 29 CFR 1926.1101 of sufficient size to be clearly legible, displaying the following legend:

DANGER

CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS

MAY CAUSE CANCER

CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS

DO NOT BREATHE DUST AVOID CREATING DUST

3.1.7 Local Exhaust System

Provide a local exhaust system in the asbestos control area in accordance with ASSP Z9.2 and 29 CFR 1926.1101 that will provide at least four air changes per hour inside of the negative pressure enclosure. Local exhaust equipment must be operated 24-hours per day, until the asbestos control area is removed and must be leak proof to the filter and equipped with HEPA filters. Maintain a minimum pressure differential in the control area of minus 0.51 mm (0.02 inch) of water column relative to adjacent, unsealed areas. Provide continuous 24-hour per day monitoring of the pressure differential with a pressure differential automatic recording instrument. The building ventilation system must not be used as the local exhaust system for the asbestos control area. Filters on exhaust equipment must conform to ASSP Z9.2 and UL 586. Terminate the local exhaust system out of doors and remote from any public access or ventilation system intakes.

3.1.8 Tools

Vacuums must be leak proof to the filter and equipped with HEPA filters. Filters on vacuums must conform to ASSP Z9.2 and UL 586. Do not use power tools to remove asbestos containing materials unless the tool is equipped with effective, integral HEPA filtered exhaust ventilation systems. Remove all residual asbestos from reusable tools prior to storage or reuse. Reusable tools must be thoroughly decontaminated prior to being removed from the regulated areas.


3.1.9 Rental Equipment

If rental equipment is to be used, furnish written notification to the rental agency concerning the intended use of the equipment and the possibility of asbestos contamination of the equipment.

3.1.10 Glovebags

Submit written manufacturers proof that glovebags will not break down under expected temperatures and conditions.

3.1.11 Single Stage Decontamination Area

A decontamination area (equipment room/area) must be provided for Class I work involving less than 7.5 m 25 feet or 0.9 square meters 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing ACM, and for Class II and Class III asbestos work operations where exposures exceed the PELs or where there is no negative exposure assessment. The equipment room or area must be adjacent to the regulated area for the decontamination of employees, material, and their equipment which could be contaminated with asbestos. The area must be covered by an impermeable drop cloth on the floor or horizontal working surface. The area must be of sufficient size to accommodate cleaning of equipment and removing personal protective equipment without spreading contamination beyond the area.

3.1.12 Decontamination Area Exit Procedures Ensure that the following

procedures are followed:

a. Before leaving the regulated area, remove all gross contamination and debris from work clothing using a HEPA vacuum.

b. Employees must remove their protective clothing in the equipment room

and deposit the clothing in labeled impermeable bags or containers for disposal or laundering.

c. Employees must not remove their respirators until showering.

d. Employees must shower prior to entering the clean room. If a shower

has not been located between the equipment room and the clean room or the work is performed outdoors, ensure that employees engaged in Class I asbestos jobs:

a) Remove asbestos contamination from their work suits in the equipment room or decontamination area using a HEPA vacuum before proceeding to a shower that is not adjacent to the work area; or

b) Remove their contaminated work suits in the equipment room, without cleaning worksuits, and proceed to a shower that is not adjacent to the work area.

3.2 WORK PROCEDURE

Perform asbestos related work in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M and as specified herein. Use wet (or dry, if given prior EPA approval) removal procedures, encapsulation procedures as listed in the asbestos hazard abatement plan, and negative pressure enclosure techniques, as appropriate. Wear and utilize protective clothing and equipment as specified herein. No eating, smoking, drinking, chewing gum, tobacco, or applying cosmetics is permitted in the asbestos work or


control areas. Personnel of other trades not engaged in the abatement of asbestos containing material must not be exposed at any time to airborne concentrations of asbestos unless all the personnel protection and training provisions of this specification are complied with by the trade personnel. Seal all roof top penetrations, except plumbing vents, prior to asbestos roofing work. Shut down the building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system, cap the openings to the system prior to the commencement of asbestos work. Power to the regulated area must be locked-out and tagged in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147. Disconnect electrical service when encapsulation or wet removal is performed and provide temporary electrical service with verifiable ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) protection prior to the use of any encapsulant or water. All electrical work must be performed by a licensed electrician. Stop abatement work in the regulated area immediately when the airborne total fiber concentration: (1) equals or exceeds 0.01 f/cc, or the pre-abatement concentration, whichever is greater, outside the regulated area; or (2) equals or exceeds 1.0 f/cc inside the regulated area. Correct the condition to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer, including visual inspection and air sampling. Work must resume only upon notification by the Contracting Officer. Corrective actions must be documented. If an asbestos fiber release or spill occurs outside of the asbestos control area, stop work immediately, correct the condition to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer including clearance sampling, prior to resumption of work.

3.2.1 Building Ventilation System and Critical Barriers

Building ventilation system supply and return air ducts in a regulated area must be isolated by airtight seals to prevent the spread of contamination throughout the system. Edges to wall, ceiling and floor surfaces must be sealed with industrial grade duct tape.

a. A Competent Person must supervise the work.

b. For indoor work, critical barriers must be placed over all openings to

the regulated area.

c. Impermeable dropcloths must be placed on surfaces beneath all removal activity.

3.2.2 Protection of Existing Work to Remain

Perform work without damage or contamination of adjacent work. Where such work is damaged or contaminated as verified by the Contracting Officer using visual inspection or sample analysis, it must be restored to its original condition or decontaminated by the Contractor as deemed appropriate by the Contracting Officer. This includes inadvertent spill of dirt, dust, or debris in which it is reasonable to conclude that asbestos may exist. When these spills occur, stop work immediately. Then clean up the spill. When satisfactory visual inspection and air sampling results are obtained from the PQP work may proceed at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

3.2.3 Furnishings

All remaining furnishings located in the work area are considered to be contaminated with asbestos fibers. Furnishings shall be removed and disposed in the same manner as building materials.

3.2.4 Precleaning (NOT USED)


3.2.5 Asbestos Control Area Requirements 3.2.5.1 Negative Pressure Enclosure

For removal of ACM which requires the use of a negative pressure enclosure, block and seal openings in areas where the release of airborne asbestos fibers can be expected. Establish an asbestos negative pressure enclosure with the use of curtains, portable partitions, or other enclosures in order to prevent the escape of asbestos fibers from the contaminated asbestos work area. Negative pressure enclosure development must include protective covering of uncontaminated walls, and ceilings with a continuous membrane of two layers of minimum 0.15-mm (6-mil) plastic sheet sealed with tape to prevent water or other damage. Provide two layers of 0.15-mm (6-mil) plastic sheet over floors and extend a minimum of 300 mm (12 inches) up walls. Seal all joints with tape. Provide local exhaust system in the asbestos control area. Openings will be allowed in enclosures of asbestos control areas for personnel and equipment entry and exit, the supply and exhaust of air for the local exhaust system and the removal of properly containerized asbestos containing materials. Replace local exhaust system filters as required to maintain the efficiency of the system.

3.2.5.2 Glovebag

If the construction of a negative pressure enclosure is infeasible, use alternate techniques as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.1101. Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated area with the use of rope or other continuous barriers, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control areas. The PQP must conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in asbestos handling (removal, disposal, transport and other associated work) throughout the duration of the project. If the quantity of airborne asbestos fibers monitored at the breathing zone of the workers at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter whichever is greater, stop work, evacuate personnel in adjacent areas or provide personnel with approved protective equipment at the discretion of the Contracting Officer. This sampling may be duplicated by the Government at the discretion of the Contracting Officer. If the air sampling results obtained by the Government differ from those obtained by the Contractor, the Government will determine which results predominate. If adjacent areas are contaminated as determined by the Contracting Officer, clean the contaminated areas, monitor, and visually inspect the area as specified herein.

3.2.5.3 Regulated Area for Class II Removal

Class II asbestos work means activities involving the removal of ACM which is not thermal system insulation or surfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and construction mastics. Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape; install critical barriers, splash guards and signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area except local exhaust. Place impermeable dropcloths on surfaces beneath removal activity extending out 3 feet in all directions. A detached decontamination system may be used. Conduct area monitoring of airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If workers the airborne fiber concentration of the workers or designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work immediately and correct the situation.


3.2.6 Removal Procedures

Wet asbestos material with a fine spray of amended water or other specific wetting agent during removal, cutting, or other handling so as to reduce the emission of airborne fibers. Remove material and immediately place in 0.15 mm (6 mil) plastic disposal bags. Remove asbestos containing material in a gradual manner, with continuous application of the amended water or wetting agent in such a manner that no asbestos material is disturbed prior to being adequately wetted. Where unusual circumstances prohibit the use of 0.15 mm (6 mil) plastic bags, submit an alternate proposal for containment of asbestos fibers to the Contracting Officer for approval. For example, in the case where both piping and insulation are to be removed, the Contractor may elect to wet the insulation, wrap the pipes and insulation in plastic and remove the pipe by sections. Containerize asbestos containing material while wet. Do not allow asbestos material to accumulate or become dry. Lower and otherwise handle asbestos containing material as indicated in 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M.

3.2.6.1 Sealing Contaminated Items Designated for Disposal

Remove contaminated architectural, mechanical, and electrical appurtenances such as venetian blinds, full-height partitions, carpeting, duct work, pipes and fittings, radiators, light fixtures, conduit, panels, and other contaminated items designated for removal by completely coating the items with an asbestos lock-down encapsulant at the demolition site before removing the items from the asbestos control area. These items need not be vacuumed. The asbestos lock-down encapsulant must be tinted a contrasting color and spray-applied by airless method. Thoroughness of sealing operation must be visually gauged by the extent of colored coating on exposed surfaces. Lock-down encapsulants must comply with the performance requirements specified herein.

3.2.6.2 Exposed Pipe Insulation Edges

Contain edges of asbestos insulation to remain that are exposed by a removal operation. Wet and cut the rough ends true and square with sharp tools and then encapsulate the edges with a 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick layer of non-asbestos containing insulating cement troweled to a smooth hard finish. When cement is dry, lag the end with a layer of non-asbestos lagging cloth, overlapping the existing ends by at least 100 mm (4 inches). When insulating cement and cloth is an impractical method of sealing a raw edge of asbestos, take appropriate steps to seal the raw edges as approved by the Contracting Officer.

3.2.7 Methods of Compliance

3.2.7.1 Mandated Practices

The specific abatement techniques and items identified must be detailed in the Contractor's AHAP. Use the following engineering controls and work practices in all operations, regardless of the levels of exposure:

a. Vacuum cleaners equipped with HEPA filters.

b. Wet methods or wetting agents except where it can be demonstrated that

the use of wet methods is unfeasible due to the creation of electrical hazards, equipment malfunction, and in roofing.

c. Prompt clean-up and disposal.

d. Inspection and repair of polyethylene.


e. Cleaning of equipment and surfaces of containers prior to removing

them from the equipment room or area. 3.2.7.2 Control Methods

Use the following control methods:

a. Local exhaust ventilation equipped with HEPA filter;

b. Enclosure or isolation of processes producing asbestos dust;

c. Where the feasible engineering and work practice controls are not

sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs, use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels attainable and must supplement them by the use of respiratory protection.

3.2.7.3 Unacceptable Practices

The following work practices must not be used:

a. High-speed abrasive disc saws that are not equipped with point of cut

ventilator or enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air.

b. Compressed air used to remove asbestos containing materials, unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with an enclosed ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

c. Dry sweeping, shoveling, or other dry clean up.

d. Employee rotation as a means of reducing employee exposure to

asbestos. 3.2.8 Class I Work Procedures

In addition to requirements of paragraphs MANDATED PRACTICES and CONTROL METHODS, the following engineering controls and work practices must be used:

a. A Competent Person must supervise the installation and operation of

the control methods.

b. For jobs involving the removal of more than 7.5 m 25 feet or 0.9 square m 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing material, place critical barriers over all openings to the regulated area.

c. HVAC systems must be isolated in the regulated area by sealing with a

double layer of plastic or air-tight rigid covers.

d. Impermeable dropcloths (0.15 mm [6 mil] or greater thickness) must be placed on surfaces beneath all removal activity.

e. Where a negative exposure assessment has not been provided or where

exposure monitoring shows the PEL was exceeded, the regulated area must be ventilated with a HEPA unit and employees must use PPE.

3.2.9 Specific Control Methods for Class I Work

Use Class I work procedures, control methods and removal methods for the following ACM:


a. Spray Applied Fireproofing

b. Gypsum Wallboard and Joint Compound

c. Thermal System Insulation and Mudded Pipe Fittings

d. Plaster and Textured Ceilings and Walls

e. Vermiculite 3.2.9.1 Negative Pressure Enclosure (NPE) System

The system must provide at least four air changes per hour inside the containment. The local exhaust unit equipment must be operated 24-hours per day until the containment is removed. The NPE must be smoke tested for leaks at the beginning of each shift and be sufficient to maintain a minimum pressure differential of minus 0.5 mm (0.02 inch) of water column relative to adjacent, unsealed areas. Pressure differential must be monitored continuously, 24-hours per day, with an automatic manometric recording instrument and Records must be provided daily on the same day collected to the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer must be notified immediately if the pressure differential falls below the prescribed minimum. The building ventilation system must not be used as the local exhaust system for the regulated area. The NPE must terminate outdoors unless an alternate arrangement is allowed by the Contracting Officer. All filters used must be new at the beginning of the project and must be periodically changed as necessary and disposed of as ACM waste.

3.2.9.2 Glovebag Systems

Glovebags must be used without modification, smoke-tested for leaks, and completely cover the circumference of pipe or other structures where the work is to be done. Glovebags must be used only once and must not be moved. Glovebags must not be used on surfaces that have temperatures exceeding 66 degrees C 150 degrees F. Prior to disposal, glovebags must be collapsed using a HEPA vacuum. Before beginning the operation, loose and friable material adjacent to the glovebag operation must be wrapped and sealed in 2 layers of plastic or otherwise rendered intact. At least two persons must perform glovebag removal. Asbestos regulated work areas must be established for glovebag abatement. Designated boundary limits for the asbestos work must be established with rope or other continuous barriers and all other requirements for asbestos control areas must be maintained, including area signage and boundary warning tape.

a. Attach HEPA vacuum systems to the bag to prevent collapse during

removal of ACM.

b. The negative pressure glove boxes must be fitted with gloved apertures and a bagging outlet and constructed with rigid sides from metal or other material which can withstand the weight of the ACM and water used during removal. A negative pressure must be created in the system using a HEPA filtration system. The box must be smoke tested for leaks prior to each use.

3.2.9.3 Mini-Enclosure

Single bulkhead containment, double bulkhead containment, or mini-containment (small walk-in enclosure)] to accommodate no more than two persons, may be used if the disturbance or removal can be completely


contained by the enclosure. The mini-enclosure must be inspected for leaks and smoke tested before each use. Air movement must be directed away from the employee's breathing zone within the mini-enclosure.

3.2.9.4 Wrap and Cut Operation

Prior to cutting pipe, the asbestos-containing insulation must be wrapped with polyethylene and securely sealed with duct tape to prevent asbestos becoming airborne as a result of the cutting process. The following steps must be taken: install glovebag, strip back sections to be cut 150 mm (6 inches) from point of cut, and cut pipe into manageable sections.

3.2.9.5 Class I Removal Method

Class I ACM must be removed using a control method described above. Prepare work area as previously specified. Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape, critical barriers, signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area. Spread one layer of 0.15-mm (6-mil) seamless plastic sheeting on the floor below the work area. Bag all asbestos debris which has fallen to the floor as asbestos-containing debris. Place all debris in plastic disposal bags of 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness. Once the material is in the disposal bag, apply additional water as needed to achieve "adequately wet" conditions for NESHAP compliance. Place bagged asbestos waste under negative pressure with the use of a HEPA vacuum, goose neck and duct tape to seal the bag, wash to remove any visible contamination and place into a second 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness disposal bag. Containerize asbestos containing waste while wet. Lower and otherwise handle asbestos containing materials as indicated in 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M. Conduct area monitoring of airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If the quantity of airborne asbestos fibers monitored at the breathing zone of the workers or the designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work, and immediately correct the situation.

3.2.10 Class II Work Procedures

In addition to the requirements of paragraphs MANDATED PRACTICES and CONTROL METHODS, the following engineering controls and work practices must be used:

a. A Competent Person must supervise the work.

b. For indoor work, critical barriers must be placed over all openings to

the regulated area.

c. Impermeable dropcloths must be placed on surfaces beneath all removal activity.

3.2.11 Specific Control Methods for Class II Work 3.2.11.1 Vinyl and Asphaltic Flooring Materials, Carpet, and Mastic

Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape, critical barriers, signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area except local exhaust. A detached decontamination system may be used. When removing vinyl floor tile and mastic, or carpet and mastic, which contains ACM, use the following


practices. Remove materials using adequately wet methods. Remove materials intact (if possible). Wetting is not required when floor tiles are heated and removed intact. Do not sand flooring or its backing. Scrape residual adhesive and backing using wet methods. Mechanical chipping is prohibited unless performed in a negative pressure enclosure. Dry sweeping is prohibited. Use vacuums equipped with HEPA filter, disposable dust bag, and metal floor tool (no brush) to clean floors. Place debris into a 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness disposal bag or other approved container. Once the material is in the disposal bag, apply additional water as needed to achieve "adequately wet" conditions for NESHAP compliance. Place bagged asbestos waste under negative pressure with the use of a HEPA vacuum, goose neck and duct tape to seal the bag, wash to remove any visible contamination and place into a second 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness disposal bag. Containerize asbestos containing waste while wet. Lower and otherwise handle asbestos containing materials as indicated in 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M. Conduct area monitoring of airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If workers the airborne fiber concentration of the workers or designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work immediately and correct the situation.

3.2.11.2 Sealants and Mastic

Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape, critical barriers and signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area except local exhaust. Spread 0.15-mm (6-mil) plastic sheeting on the ground around the perimeter of the work area extending out in all directions. Using adequately wet methods, carefully remove the ACM sealants and mastics using a scraper of knife blade. As it is removed place the material into a disposal bag. Make every effort to keep the asbestos material from falling to the ground or work area floor below. Dry sweeping is prohibited. Use vacuums equipped with HEPA filter and disposable dust bag. Place debris into a 0.15 mm (6 mil) minimum thickness disposal bag or other approved container. Once the material is in the disposal bag, apply additional water as needed to achieve "adequately wet" conditions for NESHAP compliance. Place bagged asbestos waste under negative pressure with the use of a HEPA vacuum, goose neck and duct tape to seal the bag, wash to remove any visible contamination and place into a second 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness disposal bag. Containerize asbestos containing waste while wet. Lower and otherwise handle asbestos containing materials as indicated in 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M. Conduct area monitoring of airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If the airborne fiber concentration of the workers or at designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work immediately and correct the situation.

3.2.11.3 Suspect Fire Doors

Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape, critical barriers, signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area except local exhaust. A detached decontamination system may be used. Spread 0.15-mm (6-mil) plastic sheeting on the ground beneath the work area and around the perimeter of the work area extending out in all directions. Remove door intact from hinges and wrap with 6-mil plastic sheeting. Inspect the interior areas of the door to determine if ACM is present. If ACM is not present the door may be disposed of as general construction debris. If ACM is present place whole door in enclosed container for disposal. Conduct area monitoring of


airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If the airborne fiber concentration of the workers or designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work immediately and correct the situation.

3.2.11.4 Roofing Materials

Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape, critical barriers, signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area except local exhaust. When removing roofing materials which contain ACM as described in 29 CFR 1926.1101 (g)(8)(ii), use the following practices. Roofing material must be removed in an intact state. Wet methods must be used to remove roofing materials that are not intact, or that will be rendered not intact during removal, unless such wet methods are not feasible or will create safety hazards. When removing built-up roofs, with asbestos-containing roofing felts and an aggregate surface, using a power roof cutter, all dust resulting from the cutting operations must be collected by a HEPA dust collector, or must be HEPA vacuumed by vacuuming along the cut line. Asbestos-containing roofing material must not be dropped or thrown to the ground, but must be lowered to the ground via covered, dust-tight chute, crane, hoist or other method approved by the Contracting Officer. Any ACM that is not intact must be lowered to the ground as soon as practicable, but not later than the end of the work shift. While the material remains on the roof it must be kept wet or placed in an impermeable waste bag or wrapped in plastic sheeting. Intact ACM must be lowered to the ground as soon as practicable, but not later than the end of the work shift. Unwrapped material must be transferred to a closed receptacle. Critical barriers must be placed over roof level heating and ventilation air intakes. Conduct area monitoring of airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If the airborne fiber concentration of the workers or designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work immediately and correct the situation.

3.2.11.5 Cementitious Siding and Shingles or Transite Panels

Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape, critical barriers, signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area except local exhaust. When removing cementitious asbestos-containing siding, shingles or Transite panels use the following work practices. Intentionally cutting, abrading or breaking is prohibited. Each panel or shingle must be sprayed with amended water prior to removal. Nails must be cut with flat, sharp instruments. Unwrapped or unbagged panels or shingles must be immediately lowered to the ground via covered dust-tight chute, crane or hoist, or placed in an impervious waste bag or wrapped in plastic sheeting and lowered to the ground no later than the end of the work shift. Place debris into a 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness disposal bag or other approved container. Once the material is in the disposal bag, apply additional water as needed to achieve "adequately wet" conditions for NESHAP compliance. Place bagged asbestos waste under negative pressure with the use of a HEPA vacuum, goose neck and duct tape to seal the bag, wash to remove any visible contamination and place into a second 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness


disposal bag. Containerize asbestos containing waste while wet. Conduct area monitoring of airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If the airborne fiber concentration of the workers or designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work immediately and correct the situation.

Alternate work practices which do not involve hand removal may be used in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101(g)(8)(vi), "Alternative Work Practices and Controls"; EPA 340/1-92/013 "A Guide to Normal Demolition Practices Under the Asbestos NESHAP"; EPA document Asbestos/Demolition Decision Tree (1994); state and local requirements; and Department of Army Memorandum ENVR-EP, subject: "Policy guidance on interpretation of revised EPA asbestos rule affecting demolition and renovation of buildings" dated 22 Jan 1992.

3.2.11.6 Gaskets

Establish designated limits for the asbestos regulated work area with the use of red barrier tape, critical barriers, signs, and maintain all other requirements for asbestos control area except local exhaust. Gaskets must be thoroughly wetted with amended water prior to removal and immediately placed in a disposal container. If a gasket is visibly deteriorated and unlikely to be removed intact, removal must be undertaken within a glovebag. Any scraping to remove residue must be performed wet. Place debris into a 0.15 mm (6-mil) minimum thickness disposal bag or other approved container. Once the material is in the disposal bag, apply additional water as needed to achieve "adequately wet" conditions for NESHAP compliance. Place bagged asbestos waste under negative pressure with the use of a HEPA vacuum, goose neck and duct tape to seal the bag, wash to remove any visible contamination and place into a second 0.15-mm (6-mil) minimum thickness disposal bag. Containerize asbestos containing waste while wet. Conduct area monitoring of airborne fibers during the work shift at the designated limits of the asbestos work area and conduct personal samples of each worker engaged in the work. If the airborne fiber concentration of the workers or designated limits at any time exceeds background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop work immediately and correct the situation.

3.2.12 Encapsulation Procedures

3.2.12.1 Preparation of Test Patches

Install test patches as necessary. Use airless spray at the lowest pressure and as recommended by the encapsulant manufacturer. Follow exactly the manufacturer's instructions for thinning recommendations, application procedures and rates. Curing time must be not less than five days or that recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is more. A test patch must be 0.8 square meter 9 square feet in size.

3.2.12.2 Field Testing

Field test the encapsulation test patches in accordance with ASTM E1494, paragraph "Required Field Test," in the presence of the Contracting Officer. Keep a written record of the testing procedures and test results. Upon successful testing of the encapsulant, submit a signed statement to the


Contracting Officer certifying that the encapsulant is suitable for installation on the particular asbestos containing material.

3.2.12.3 Large-Scale Application

Apply encapsulant using the same equipment and procedures as employed for the test patches. Keep the encapsulant material stirred to prevent settling. Keep a clean work area. Change pre-filters in the ventilation equipment as soon as they appear clogged by encapsulant aerosol or pressure differential drops below 0.02 Hg.

3.2.13 Abatement of Asbestos Contaminated Soil (NOT USED)

3.2.14 Air Sampling

Perform sampling of airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, the Contractor's air monitoring plan and as specified herein. Sampling performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101 must be performed by the PQP. Sampling performed for environmental and quality control reasons must be performed by the PQP. Unless otherwise specified, use NIOSH Method 7400 for sampling and analysis. Monitoring may be duplicated by the Government at the discretion of the Contracting Officer. If the air sampling results obtained by the Government differ from those results obtained by the Contractor, the Government will determine which results predominate. Results of breathing zone samples must be posted at the job site and made available to the Contracting Officer. Submit all documentation regarding initial exposure assessments, negative exposure assessments, and air-monitoring results.

3.2.14.1 Sampling Prior to Asbestos Work

Provide area air sampling and establish the baseline one day prior to the masking and sealing operations for each abatement site. Establish the background by performing area sampling in similar but uncontaminated sites in the building.

3.2.14.2 Sampling During Asbestos Work

The PQP must provide personal and area sampling as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.1101 and governing environmental regulations. Breathing zone samples must be taken for at least 25 percent of the workers in each shift, or a minimum of two, whichever is greater. Air sample fiber counting must be completed and results provided within 24-hours (breathing zone samples), and 48 hours (environmental/clearance monitoring) after completion of a sampling period. In addition, provided the same type of work is being performed, provide area sampling at least once every work shift close to the work inside the enclosure, outside the clean room entrance to the enclosure, and at the exhaust opening of the local exhaust system. If sampling outside the enclosure shows airborne levels have exceeded background or 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter, whichever is greater, stop all work, correct the condition(s) causing the increase, and notify the Contracting Officer immediately. Work shall not resume until authorized by the Contracting Officer. Where alternate methods are used, perform personal and area air sampling at locations and frequencies that will accurately characterize the evolving airborne asbestos levels. The written results must be signed by testing laboratory analyst, testing laboratory principal and the Contractor's PQP. The air sampling results must be documented on a Contractor's daily air monitoring log.

3.2.14.3 Final Clearance Requirements, NIOSH PCM Method


For PCM sampling and analysis using NIOSH NMAM Method 7400, the fiber concentration inside the abated regulated area, for each airborne sample, must be less than 0.01 f/cc. The abatement inside the regulated area is considered complete when every PCM final clearance sample is below the clearance limit. If any sample result is greater than 0.01 total f/cc, the asbestos fiber concentration (asbestos f/cc) must be confirmed from that same filter using NIOSH NMAM Method 7402 (TEM). If any confirmation sample result is greater than 0.01 asbestos f/cc, abatement is incomplete and cleaning must be repeated. Upon completion of any required recleaning, resampling with results to meet the above clearance criteria must be completed.

3.2.14.4 Final Clearance Requirements, EPA TEM Method

For EPA TEM sampling and analysis, using the EPA Method specified in 40 CFR 763, abatement inside the regulated area is considered complete when the arithmetic mean asbestos concentration of the five inside samples is less than or equal to 70 structures per square millimeter (70 S/mm). When the arithmetic mean is greater than 70 S/mm, the three blank samples must be analyzed. If the three blank samples are greater than 70 S/mm, resampling must be done. If less than 70 S/mm, the five outside samples must be analyzed and a Z-test analysis performed. When the Z-test results are less than 1.65, the decontamination must be considered complete. If the Z-test results are more than 1.65, the abatement is incomplete and cleaning must be repeated. Upon completion of any required recleaning, resampling with results to meet the above clearance criteria must be done.

3.2.14.5 Sampling After Final Clean-Up (Clearance Sampling) Provide area sampling of asbestos fibers (using aggressive air sampling techniques as defined in the EPA 560/5-85-024, as appropriate) and establish an airborne asbestos concentration of less than 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter after final clean-up but before removal of the enclosure or the asbestos work control area. After final cleanup and the asbestos control area is dry but prior to clearance sampling, the PQP must perform a visual inspection in accordance with ASTM E1368 to ensure that the asbestos control and work area is free of any accumulations of dirt, dust, or debris. Prepare a written report signed and dated by the PQP documenting that the asbestos control area is free of dust, dirt, and debris and all waste has been removed. The asbestos fiber counts from these samples must be less than 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter or be not greater than the background, whichever is greater. Should any of the final samples indicate a higher value take appropriate actions to re-clean the area and repeat the sampling and [TEM] analysis

3.2.14.6 Air Clearance Failure

If clearance sampling results fail to meet the final clearance requirements, reclean, resample, and reanalyzed until final clearance requirements are met.

3.2.15 Lock-Down

Prior to removal of plastic barriers and after pre-clearance clean up of gross contamination, the PQP must conduct a visual inspection of all areas affected by the abatement work in accordance with ASTM E1368. Inspect for any visible fibers.

3.2.16 Site Inspection


While performing asbestos engineering control work, the Contractor must be subject to on-site inspection by the Contracting Officer who may be assisted by or represented by safety or industrial hygiene personnel. If the work is found to be in violation of this specification, the Contracting Officer or his representative will issue a stop work order to be in effect immediately and until the violation is resolved.

3.3 CLEAN-UP AND DISPOSAL

3.3.1 Housekeeping

Essential parts of asbestos dust control are housekeeping and clean-up procedures. Maintain surfaces of the asbestos control area free of accumulations of asbestos fibers. Give meticulous attention to restricting the spread of dust and debris; keep waste from being distributed over the general area. Use HEPA filtered vacuum cleaners. DO NOT BLOW DOWN THE SPACE WITH COMPRESSED AIR. When asbestos removal is complete, all asbestos waste is removed from the work-site, and final clean-up is completed, the Contracting Officer will attest that the area is safe before the signs can be removed. The Contracting Officer will visually inspect all surfaces within the enclosure for residual material or accumulated dust or debris. The Contractor must re-clean all areas showing dust or residual materials. If re-cleaning is required, air sample and establish an acceptable asbestos airborne concentration after re-cleaning. The Contracting Officer must agree that the area is safe in writing before unrestricted entry will be permitted. The Government must have the option to perform monitoring to determine if the areas are safe before entry is permitted.

3.3.2 Title to Materials

All waste materials, except as specified otherwise, become the property of the Contractor and must be disposed of as specified in applicable local, State, and Federal regulations and herein.

3.3.3 Disposal of Asbestos

3.3.3.1 Procedure for Disposal

Coordinate all waste disposal manifests with the Contracting Officer. Collect asbestos waste, contaminated waste water filters, asbestos contaminated water, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and asbestos contaminated clothing which may produce airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers and place in sealed fiber-proof, waterproof, non-returnable containers (e.g. double plastic bags 0.15 mm (6 mils) thick, cartons, drums or cans). Wastes within the containers must be adequately wet in accordance with 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M. Affix a warning and Department of Transportation (DOT) label to each container including the bags or use at least 0.15 mm (6 mils) thick bags with the approved warnings and DOT labeling preprinted on the bag. Clearly indicate on the outside of each container the name of the waste generator and the location at which the waste was generated. Prevent contamination of the transport vehicle (especially if the transport vehicle is a rented truck likely to be used in the future for non-asbestos purposes). These precautions include lining the vehicle cargo area with plastic sheeting (similar to work area enclosure) and thorough cleaning of the cargo area after transport and unloading of asbestos debris is complete. Dispose of waste asbestos material at an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or State-approved asbestos landfill off Government property. For temporary storage, store sealed impermeable bags in asbestos waste drums or skids. An area for interim storage of asbestos waste-containing drums or skids will be


assigned by the Contracting Officer or his authorized representative. Comply with 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M, State, regional, and local standards for hauling and disposal. Sealed plastic bags may be dumped from drums into the burial site unless the bags have been broken or damaged. Damaged bags must remain in the drum and the entire contaminated drum must be buried. Uncontaminated drums may be recycled. Workers unloading the sealed drums must wear appropriate respirators and personal protective equipment when handling asbestos materials at the disposal site. All ACM waste shall be managed, transported, and disposed in accordance with NJAC 7:26. All ACM waste shall be transported off site to the appropriate disposal facility in accordance with SECTION 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL.

3.3.3.2 Asbestos Disposal Quantity Report

Direct the PQP to record and report, to the Contracting Officer, the amount of asbestos containing material removed and released for disposal. Deliver the report for the previous day at the beginning of each day shift with amounts of material removed during the previous day reported in linear meters or square meters linear feet or square feet as described initially in this specification and in cubic meters feet for the amount of asbestos containing material released for disposal.



SECTION 02 83 13

LEAD HAZARD CONTROL ACTIVITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES


AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY PROFESSIONALS (ASSP)

ASSP Z9.2 (2018) Fundamentals Governing the Design

and Operation of Local Exhaust Ventilation Systems

AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE ASSOCIATION (AIHA)

AIHA Z88.6 (2006) Respiratory Protection - Respirator

Use-Physical Qualifications for Personnel NEW JERSEY ADMINISTRATIVE CODE (NJAC)

NJAC 5:17 Lead Hazard Evaluation and Abatement Code


ASTM E1613 (2012) Standard Test Method for Determination of Lead by Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry (ICP-AES), Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (FAAS), or Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (GFAAS) Techniques

ASTM E1644 (2017) Standard Practice for Hot Plate

Digestion of Dust Wipe Samples for the Determination of Lead

ASTM E1726 (2001; R 2009) Preparation of Soil Samples

by Hotplate Digestion for Subsequent Lead Analysis

ASTM E1727 (2016) Standard Practice for Field

Collection of Soil Samples for Subsequent Lead Determination

ASTM E1728 (2016) Collection of Settled Dust Samples

Using Wipe Sampling Methods for Subsequent Lead Determination

ASTM E1792 (2003; R 2016) Standard Specification for

Wipe Sampling Materials for Lead in Surface Dust


NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 701 (2019) Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films


EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements

Manual

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT (HUD)

HUD 6780 (1995; Errata Aug 1996; Rev Ch. 7 - 1997) Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing


29 CFR 1926.103 Respiratory Protection

29 CFR 1926.21 Safety Training and Education

29 CFR 1926.33 Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records

29 CFR 1926.55 Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts, and Mists

29 CFR 1926.59 Hazard Communication

29 CFR 1926.62 Lead

29 CFR 1926.65 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response

40 CFR 260 Hazardous Waste Management System: General

40 CFR 261 Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste

40 CFR 262 Standards Applicable to Generators of Hazardous Waste

40 CFR 263 Standards Applicable to Transporters of Hazardous Waste

40 CFR 264 Standards for Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities

40 CFR 265 Interim Status Standards for Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities

40 CFR 268 Land Disposal Restrictions


40 CFR 745 Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention in Certain Residential Structures

49 CFR 172 Hazardous Materials Table, Special


49 CFR 178 Specifications for Packagings

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL 586 (2009; Reprint Dec 2017) UL Standard for

Safety High-Efficiency Particulate, Air Filter Units

1.2 DEFINITIONS 1.2.1 Abatement

Measures defined in 40 CFR 745, Section 223, designed to permanently eliminate lead-based paint hazards.

1.2.2 Action Level

Employee exposure, without regard to use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air averaged over an 8-hour period.

1.2.3 Area Sampling

Sampling of lead, concentrations within the lead control area and inside the physical boundaries which is representative of the airborne lead concentrations but is not collected in the breathing zone of personnel (approximately 1.5 to 1.8 meters 5 to 6 feet above the floor).

1.2.4 Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH)

As used in this section refers to a person retained by the Contractor who is certified as an industrial hygienist and who is trained in the recognition and control of lead hazards in accordance with current federal, State, and local regulations. CIH must be certified for comprehensive practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene. The Certified Industrial Hygienist must be independent of the Contractor and must have no employee or employer relationship which could constitute a conflict of interest.

1.2.5 Child-Occupied Facility

Real property which is a building or portion of a building constructed prior to 1978 visited regularly by the same child, six-years of age or under, on at least two different days within any week (Sunday through Saturday period), provided that each day's visit lasts at least 3-hours, and the combined annual visits last at least 60-hours. Child-occupied facilities include but are not limited to, day-care centers, preschools and kindergarten classrooms.

1.2.6 Competent Person (CP)


As used in this section, refers to a person employed by the Contractor who is trained in the recognition and control of lead hazards in accordance with current federal, State, and local regulations and has the authority to take prompt corrective actions to control the lead hazard. The Contractor may provide more than one CP as required to supervise and monitor the work. The CP must be a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) certified by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene or a Certified Safety Professional (CSP) certified by the Board of Certified Safety Professionals or a licensed lead-based paint abatement Supervisor/Project Designer in the State of New Jersey.

1.2.7 Contaminated Room

Refers to a room for removal of contaminated personal protective equipment (PPE).

1.2.8 Decontamination Shower Facility

That facility that encompasses a clean clothing storage room, and a contaminated clothing storage and disposal rooms, with a shower facility in between.

1.2.9 Deleading

Activities conducted by a person who offers to eliminate lead-based paint or lead-based paint hazards or to plan such activities in commercial buildings, bridges or other structures.

1.2.10 Eight-Hour Time Weighted Average (TWA)

Airborne concentration of lead to which an employee is exposed, averaged over an 8-hour workday as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.62.

1.2.11 High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filter Equipment

HEPA filtered vacuuming equipment with a UL 586 filter system capable of collecting and retaining lead contaminated particulate. A high efficiency particulate filter demonstrates at least 99.97 percent efficiency against 0.3 micron or larger size particles.

1.2.12 Lead

Metallic lead, inorganic lead compounds, and organic lead soaps. Excludes other forms of organic lead compounds.

1.2.13 Lead-Based Paint (LBP)

Paint or other surface coating that contains lead in excess of 1.0 milligrams per centimeter squared or 0.5 percent by weight.

1.2.14 Lead-Based Paint Activities

In the case of target housing or child occupied facilities, lead-based paint activities include; a lead-based paint inspection, a risk assessment, or abatement of lead-based paint hazards.

1.2.15 Lead-Based Paint Hazards

Paint-lead hazard, dust-lead hazard or soil-lead hazard as identified in 40 CFR 745, Section 65. Any condition that causes exposure to lead from lead-contaminated dust, lead-contaminated soil, lead-based paint that is


deteriorated or present in accessible surfaces, friction surfaces, or impact surfaces that would result in adverse human health effects.

1.2.16 Lead Control Area

A system of control methods to prevent the spread of lead dust, paint chips or debris to adjacent areas that may include temporary containment, floor or ground cover protection, physical boundaries, and warning signs to prevent unauthorized entry of personnel. HEPA filtered local exhaust equipment may be used as engineering controls to further reduce personnel exposures or building/outdoor environmental contamination.

1.2.17 Lead Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)

Fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air as an 8-hour time weighted average as determined by 29 CFR 1926.62. If an employee is exposed for more than 8-hours in a work day, determine the PEL by the following formula:

PEL (micrograms/cubic meter of air) = 400/No. hrs worked per day

1.2.18 Material Containing Lead/Paint with Lead (MCL/PWL)

Any material, including paint, which contains lead as determined by the testing laboratory using a valid test method. The requirements of this section does not apply if no detectable levels of lead are found using a quantitative method for analyzing paint or MCL using laboratory instruments with specified limits of detection (usually 0.01 percent). An X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) instrument is not considered a valid test method.

1.2.19 Personal Sampling

Sampling of airborne lead concentrations within the breathing zone of an employee to determine the 8-hour time weighted average concentration in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62. Samples must be representative of the employees' work tasks. Breathing zone must be considered an area within a hemisphere, forward of the shoulders, with a radius of 150 to 225 mm 6 to 9 inches and centered at the nose or mouth of an employee.

1.2.20 Physical Boundary

Area physically roped or partitioned off around lead control area to limit unauthorized entry of personnel.

1.2.21 Target Housing

Residential real property which is housing constructed prior to 1978, except housing for the elderly or persons with disabilities (unless any one or more children age 6-years or under resides or is expected to reside in such housing for the elderly or persons with disabilities) or any zero bedroom dwelling.

1.3 DESCRIPTION

Construction activities impacting PWL or MCL which are covered by this specification include the demolition or removal of material containing lead in building materials. The work covered by this section includes work tasks and the precautions specified in this section for the protection of workers and the environment during and after the performance of the hazard abatement activities. PWL/MCL components have been identified in building materials as detailed


in Appendix E of the Pre-Design Investigation for OU1 Soil and Building Remediation, Unimatic Manufacturing Corporation Superfund Site, Fairfield, Essex County, New Jersey (Sept. 2018). The Contractor shall conduct a pre-demolition building inspection/survey to evaluate/confirm the presence of PWL/MCL as applicable, and to develop the Lead Compliance Plan including the PWL/MCL abatement approach. The pre-demolition building inspection/survey and Lead Compliance Plan shall be conducted under the supervision of the Contractor’s Competent Person (CP). The Lead Compliance Plan shall include the approach for removal of paint from the three large steel beam trusses/supports located in the Warehouse/Inventory Area, as shown on the Contract Drawings.

1.3.1 Protection of Existing Areas To Remain

Project work including, but not limited to, lead hazard abatement work, storage, transportation, and disposal must be performed without damaging or contaminating adjacent work and areas. Where such work or areas are damaged or contaminated, restore work and areas to the original condition.

1.3.2 Coordination with Other Work

Coordinate with work being performed in adjacent areas to ensure there are no exposure issues. Explain coordination procedures in the Lead Compliance Plan and describe how the Contractor will prevent lead exposure to other contractors and Government personnel performing work unrelated to lead activities.

1.3.3 Sampling and Analysis

Submit a log of the analytical results from sampling conducted during the abatement. Keep the log of results current with project activities and brief the results to the Contracting Officer as analytical results are reported.

1.3.3.1 Dust Wipe Materials, Sampling and Analysis

Sampling must conform to ASTM E1728 or ASTM E1792. Analysis must conform to ASTM E1613 and ASTM E1644.

1.3.3.2 Soil Sampling and Analysis (NOT USED) 1.3.3.3 Clearance Monitoring

Collect dust wipe samples inside the lead hazard control area after the final visual inspection in the quantities and at the locations determined by the CP. Clearance samples shall be collected as required by N.J.A.C. 5:17.

1.3.4 Clearance Requirements (NOT USED) 1.4 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation; submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only or as otherwise designated. Submit the following as applicable in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:


Competent Person Qualifications; G


Training Certification; G

Occupational and Environmental Assessment Data Report; G

Medical Examinations; G

Lead Waste Management Plan; G

Licenses, Permits and Notifications; G

Lead Compliance Plan; G

Initial Sample Results; G

Written Evidence of TSD Approval; G

SD-03 Product Data

Respirators; G

Vacuum Filters; G

Materials and Equipment; G Expendable Supplies; G Local Exhaust Equipment; G Pressure Differential Automatic Recording Instrument; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Sampling and Analysis; G

Occupational and Environmental Assessment Data Report; G

Sampling Results; G

Pressure Differential Recordings for Local Exhaust System; G

SD-07 Certificates

Testing Laboratory; G Third Party Consultant Qualifications; G

Notification of the Commencement of Lead Hazard Abatement; G Clearance Certification; G


Hazardous Waste Manifest; G

Turn-In Documents or Weight Tickets; G 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5.1 Qualifications


1.5.1.1 Competent Person (CP)

Submit name, address, and telephone number of the CP selected to perform responsibilities specified in paragraph COMPETENT PERSON (CP) RESPONSIBILITIES. Provide documented construction project-related experience with implementation of OSHA's Lead in Construction standard (29 CFR 1926.62) which shows ability to assess occupational and environmental exposure to lead, experience with the use of respirators, personal protective equipment and other exposure reduction methods to protect employee health. Submit proper documentation that the CP is trained and licensed/certified in accordance with federal, State, and local laws. The competent person must be a licensed lead-based paint abatement Supervisor/Project Designer in the State of New Jersey.

1.5.1.2 Training Certification

Submit a certificate for each worker and supervisor, signed and dated by the accredited training provider, stating that the employee has received the required lead training specified in 29 CFR 1926.62 and is certified to perform or supervise deleading, lead removal or demolition activities in the State of New Jersey.

1.5.1.3 Testing Laboratory

Submit the name, address, and telephone number of the testing laboratory selected to perform the air and wipe analysis, testing, and reporting of lead concentrations. Use a laboratory participating in the EPA National Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program (NLLAP) by being accredited by either the American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) or the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) and that is successfully participating in the Environmental Lead Proficiency Analytical Testing (ELPAT) program to perform sample analysis. Laboratories selected to perform blood lead analysis must be OSHA approved.

1.5.1.4 Third Party Consultant Qualifications

Submit the name, address and telephone number of the third party consultant selected to perform the wipe sampling for determining concentrations of lead in dust. Submit proper documentation that the consultant is trained and certified as an inspector technician or inspector/risk assessor by the USEPA authorized State certification and accreditation program.

1.5.1.5 Certified Risk Assessor (NOT USED) 1.5.2 Requirements 1.5.2.1 Competent Person (CP) Responsibilities

a. Verify training meets all federal, State, and local requirements.

b. Review and approve Lead Compliance Plan for conformance to the applicable referenced standards.

c. Continuously inspect LBP/PWL or MCL work for conformance with the

approved plan.

d. Perform (or oversee performance of) air sampling. Recommend upgrades or downgrades (whichever is appropriate based on exposure) on the use of PPE (respirators included) and engineering controls.


e. Ensure work is performed in strict accordance with specifications at all times.

f. Control work to prevent hazardous exposure to human beings and to the

environment at all times.

g. Supervise final cleaning of the lead control area, take clearance wipe samples if necessary; review clearance sample results and make recommendations for further cleaning.

h. Certify the conditions of the work as called for elsewhere in this

specification.

i. The CP is responsible for development and implementation of the abatement report and supervise lead hazard abatement work activities.

1.5.2.2 Lead Compliance Plan

Submit a detailed job-specific plan of the work procedures to be used in the disturbance of lead, LBP/PWL or MCL. Include in the plan a sketch showing the location, size, and details of lead control areas, critical barriers, physical boundaries, location and details of decontamination facilities, viewing ports, and mechanical ventilation system. Include a description of equipment and materials, work practices, controls and job responsibilities for each activity from which lead is emitted. Include in the plan, eating, drinking, smoking, hygiene facilities and sanitary procedures, interface of trades, sequencing of lead related work, collected waste water and dust containing lead and debris, air sampling, respirators, personal protective equipment, and a detailed description of the method of containment of the operation to ensure that lead is not released outside of the lead control area. Include site preparation, cleanup and clearance procedures. Include occupational and environmental sampling, training and strategy, sampling and analysis strategy and methodology, frequency of sampling, duration of sampling, and qualifications of sampling personnel in the air sampling portion of the plan. Include a description of arrangements made among contractors on multi-contractor worksites to inform affected employees and to clarify responsibilities to control exposures.

The plan must be developed and signed by a certified lead abatement Project Designer in the State of New Jersey. The plan must include the name and certification number of the person signing the plan.

1.5.2.3 Occupational and Environmental Assessment Data Report If initial monitoring is necessary, submit occupational and environmental sampling results to the Contracting Officer within three working days of collection, signed by the testing laboratory employee performing the analysis, the employee that performed the sampling, and the CP.

In order to reduce the full implementation of 29 CFR 1926.62, the Contractor must provide documentation. Submit a report that supports the determination to reduce full implementation of the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62 and supporting the Lead Compliance Plan.

a. The initial monitoring must represent each job classification, or if

working conditions are similar to previous jobs by the same employer, provide previously collected exposure data that can be used to estimate worker exposures per 29 CFR 1926.62. The data must represent the worker's regular daily exposure to lead for stated work.

b. Submit worker exposure data gathered during the task based trigger


operations of 29 CFR 1926.62 with a complete process description. This includes manual demolition, manual scraping, manual sanding, heat gun, power tool cleaning, rivet busting, cleanup of dry expendable abrasives, abrasive blast enclosure removal, abrasive blasting, welding, cutting and torch burning where lead containing coatings are present.

c. The initial assessment must determine the requirement for further

monitoring and the need to fully implement the control and protective requirements including the Lead Compliance Plan per 29 CFR 1926.62.

1.5.2.4 Medical Examinations

Submit pre-work blood lead levels and post-work blood lead levels for all workers performing lead during the execution of the work. Initial medical surveillance as required by 29 CFR 1926.62 must be made available to all employees exposed to lead at any time (one day) above the action level. Full medical surveillance must be made available to all employees on an annual basis who are or may be exposed to lead in excess of the action level for more than 30 days a year or as required by 29 CFR 1926.62. Adequate records must show that employees meet the medical surveillance requirements of 29 CFR 1926.33, 29 CFR 1926.62 and 29 CFR 1926.103. Provide medical surveillance to all personnel exposed to lead as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.62. Maintain complete and accurate medical records of employees for the duration of employment plus 30 years.

1.5.2.5 Training

Train each employee performing work that disturbs lead who performs LBP/MCL/PWL disposal, and air sampling operations prior to the time of initial job assignment and annually thereafter, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.21, 29 CFR 1926.62, 40 CFR 745, and State and local regulations where appropriate.

1.5.2.6 Respiratory Protection Program

a. Provide each employee required to wear a respirator a respirator fit test at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter as required by 29 CFR 1926.62.

b. Establish and implement a respiratory protection program as required

by AIHA Z88.6, 29 CFR 1926.103, 29 CFR 1926.62, and 29 CFR 1926.55. 1.5.2.7 Hazard Communication Program

Establish and implement a Hazard Communication Program as required by 29 CFR 1926.59.

1.5.2.8 Lead Waste Management

The Lead Waste Management Plan must comply with applicable requirements of federal, State, and local hazardous waste regulations and address:

a. Identification and classification of wastes associated with the work.

b. Estimated quantities of wastes to be generated and disposed of.

c. Names and qualifications of each contractor that will be transporting,

storing, treating, and disposing of the wastes. Include the facility location, operator, and a 24-hour point of contact.


d. Names and qualifications (experience and training) of personnel who

will be working on-site with hazardous wastes.

e. List of waste handling equipment to be used in performing the work, to include cleaning, volume reduction, and transport equipment.

f. Spill prevention, containment, and cleanup contingency measures

including a health and safety plan to be implemented in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.65.

g. Work plan and schedule for waste containment, removal and disposal.

Proper containment of the waste includes using acceptable waste containers (e.g., 55-gallon drums) as well as proper marking/labeling of the containers. Clean up and containerize wastes daily.

h. Include any process that may alter or treat waste rendering a hazardous

waste non-hazardous.

i. Unit cost for hazardous waste disposal according to this plan.

Refer to SECTION 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL. Determination of the expected waste materials as hazardous or solid waste for disposal should be performed in conjunction with the site work. Some construction waste contains lead at lower concentrations, which may be disposed of at local sanitary landfills or Construction and Demolition (C&D) landfills, which are not approved by EPA.

1.5.2.9 Environmental, Safety and Health Compliance

In addition to the detailed requirements of this specification, comply with laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of federal, State, and local authorities regarding lead. Comply with the applicable requirements of the current issue of 29 CFR 1926.62, and EM 385-1-1. Submit matters regarding interpretation of standards to the Contracting Officer for resolution before starting work. Where specification requirements and the referenced documents vary, the most stringent requirements apply.

Licensing and certification in the state of New Jersey is required.

1.5.3 Pressure Differential Recordings for Local Exhaust System

If used, provide a local exhaust system that creates a negative pressure of at least 0.51 mm 0.02 inches of water relative to the pressure external to the enclosure and operate it continuously, 24-hours a day, until the temporary enclosure of the lead control area is removed. Submit pressure differential recordings for each work day to the PQP for review and to the Contracting Officer within 24-hours from the end of each work day.

1.5.4 Licenses, Permits and Notifications

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all licenses, permits, and notifications prior to commencement of the work.

1.5.5 Occupant Protection Plan (NOT USED) 1.5.6 Pre-Construction Conference

Along with the CP, meet with the Contracting Officer to discuss in detail the Lead Waste Management Plan and the Lead Compliance Plan, including procedures and precautions for the work.


1.6 EQUIPMENT 1.6.1 Respirators

Furnish appropriate respirators approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Department of Health and Human Services, for use in atmospheres containing lead dust, fume and mist. Respirators must comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62.

1.6.2 Special Protective Clothing

Personnel exposed to lead contaminated dust must wear proper disposable or uncontaminated, reusable protective whole body clothing, head covering, gloves, eye, and foot coverings as required by 29 CFR 1926.62. Furnish proper disposable plastic or rubber gloves to protect hands. Reduce the level of protection only after obtaining approval from the CP.

1.6.3 Rental Equipment Notification

If rental equipment is to be used during PWL or MCL handling and disposal, notify the rental agency in writing concerning the intended use of the equipment.

1.6.4 Vacuum Filters

UL 586 labeled HEPA filters. 1.6.5 Equipment for Government Personnel

Furnish the Contracting Officer with necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) as needed, for entry into and inspection of the lead removal work within the lead controlled area. PPE must include disposable whole body covering, including appropriate foot, head, eye, and hand protection. PPE remains the property of the Contractor. The Government will provide respiratory protection for the Contracting Officer.

1.6.6 Abrasive Removal Equipment

The use of powered machine for vibrating, sanding, grinding, or abrasive blasting is prohibited unless equipped with local exhaust ventilation systems equipped with high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters.

1.6.7 Negative Air Pressure System (NOT USED) 1.6.8 Vacuum Systems

Vacuum systems must be suitably sized for the project, and filters must be capable of trapping and retaining all mono-disperse particles as small as 0.3 micrometers (mean aerodynamic diameter) at a minimum efficiency of 99.97 percent. Properly dispose of used filters that are being replaced.

1.6.9 Heat Blower Guns

Heat blower guns must be flameless, electrical, paint-softener type with controls to limit temperature to 590 degrees C 1,100 degrees F. Heat blower must be (grounded) 120 volts ac, and must be equipped with cone, fan, glass protector and spoon reflector nozzles.

1.7 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS


1.7.1 Protection of Existing Work to Remain

Perform work without damage or contamination of adjacent areas. Where existing work is damaged or contaminated, restore work to its original condition or better as determined by the Contracting Officer.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

Keep materials and equipment needed to complete the project available and on the site. Submit a description of the materials and equipment required; including Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for material brought onsite to perform the work.

2.1.1 Expendable Supplies

Submit a description of the expendable supplies required. 2.1.1.1 Polyethylene Bags

Disposable bags must be polyethylene plastic and be a minimum of 0.15 mm 6 mils thick (0.1 mm4 mils thick if double bags are used) or any other thick plastic material shown to demonstrate at least equivalent performance; and capable of being made leak-tight. Leak-tight means that solids, liquids or dust cannot escape or spill out.

2.1.1.2 Polyethylene Leak-tight Wrapping

Wrapping used to wrap lead contaminated debris must be polyethylene plastic that is a minimum of 0.15 mm 6 mils thick or any other thick plastic material shown to demonstrate at least equivalent performance.

2.1.1.3 Polyethylene Sheeting

Sheeting must be polyethylene plastic with a minimum thickness of 0.15 mm 6 mil, or any other thick plastic material shown to demonstrate at least equivalent performance; and be provided in the largest sheet size reasonably accommodated by the project to minimize the number of seams. Where the project location constitutes an out of the ordinary potential for fire, or where unusual fire hazards cannot be eliminated, provide flame-resistant polyethylene sheets which conform to the requirements of NFPA 701.

2.1.1.4 Tape and Adhesive Spray

Tape and adhesive must be capable of sealing joints between polyethylene sheets and for attachment of polyethylene sheets to adjacent surfaces. After dry application, tape or adhesive must retain adhesion when exposed to wet conditions, including amended water. Tape must be minimum 50 mm 2 inches wide, industrial strength.

2.1.1.5 Containers

When used, containers must be leak-tight and be labeled in accordance with EPA, DOT and OSHA standards.

2.1.1.6 Chemical Paint Strippers

Chemical paint strippers must not contain methylene chloride and be


formulated to prevent stain, discoloration, or raising of the substrate materials.

2.1.1.7 Chemical Paint Stripper Neutralizer

Neutralizers for paint strippers must be compatible with the substrate and suitable for use with the chemical stripper that has been applied to the surface.

2.1.1.8 Detergents and Cleaners

Detergents or cleaning agents must not contain trisodium phosphate and have demonstrated effectiveness in lead control work using cleaning techniques specified by HUD 6780 guidelines.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.1.1 Protection 3.1.1.1 Notification

a. Notify the Contracting Officer 20 days prior to the start of any lead work.

b. Notification of the Commencement of Lead Hazard Abatement

Submit a copy of the notification of the commencement of lead hazard

abatement to the State of New Jersey, Department of Community Affairs according to the procedures established by NJAC 5:17.

3.1.1.2 Lead Control Area

a. Physical Boundary - Provide physical boundaries around the lead, control area by roping off the area designated in the work plan or providing curtains, portable partitions or other enclosures to ensure that lead will not escape outside of the lead control area. Prohibit the general public from accessing the lead control areas.

b. Warning Signs - Provide warning signs at approaches to lead control

areas. Locate signs at such a distance that personnel may read the sign and take the necessary precautions before entering the area. Signs must comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62.

3.1.1.3 Furnishings

All remaining furnishings located in the work area are considered to be contaminated with asbestos fibers. Furnishings shall be removed and disposed in the same manner as building materials.

3.1.1.4 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems

Shut down, lock out, and isolate HVAC systems that supply, exhaust, or pass through the lead control areas. Seal intake and exhaust vents in the lead control area with 0.15 mm 6 mil plastic sheet and tape. Seal seams in HVAC components that pass through the lead control area.

3.1.1.5 Local Exhaust System


Provide a local exhaust system in the lead control area in accordance with ASSP Z9.2, 29 CFR 1926.62 that will provide at least 4 air changes per hour inside of the negative pressure enclosure. Local exhaust equipment must be operated 24-hours per day, until the lead control area is removed and must be leak proof to the filter and equipped with HEPA filters. Maintain a minimum pressure differential in the lead control area of minus 0.51 mm 0.02 inch of water column relative to adjacent, unsealed areas. Provide continuous 24-hour per day monitoring of the pressure differential with a pressure differential automatic recording instrument. The building ventilation system must not be used as the local exhaust system for the lead control area. Filters on exhaust equipment must conform to ASSP Z9.2 and UL 586. Terminate the local exhaust system out of doors and remote from any public access or ventilation system intakes.

3.1.1.6 Negative Air Pressure System Containment (NOT USED) 3.1.1.7 Decontamination Shower Facility

Provide clean and contaminated change rooms and shower facilities in accordance with this specification and 29 CFR 1926.62.

3.1.1.8 Eye Wash Station

Provide suitable facilities within the work area for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes where eyes may be exposed to injurious corrosive materials.

3.1.1.9 Mechanical Ventilation System

a. Use adequate ventilation to control personnel exposure to lead in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62. To the extent feasible, use local exhaust ventilation or other collection systems, approved by the CP.Evaluate and maintain local exhaust ventilation systems in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62.

b. Vent local exhaust outside the building and away from building

ventilation intakes or ensure system is connected to HEPA filters.

c. Use locally exhausted, power actuated tools or manual hand tools. 3.1.1.10 Personnel Protection

Personnel must wear and use protective clothing and equipment as specified herein. Eating, smoking, or drinking or application of cosmetics is not permitted in the lead control area. No one will be permitted in the lead control area unless they have been appropriately trained and provided with protective equipment.

3.2 ERECTION 3.2.1 Lead Control Area Requirements Establish a lead control area by completely establishing barriers and physical boundaries around the area or structure where PWL or MCL removal operations will be performed.

3.3 APPLICATION 3.3.1 Lead Work


Perform lead work in accordance with approved Lead Compliance Plan. Use procedures and equipment required to limit occupational exposure and environmental contamination with lead when the work is performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62, and as specified herein. Dispose of all PWL or MCL and associated waste in compliance with federal, State, and local requirements.

3.3.2 Paint with Lead or Material Containing Lead Removal Manual or power sanding or grinding of lead surfaces or materials is not permitted unless tools are equipped with HEPA attachments or wet methods. The dry sanding or grinding of surfaces that contain lead is prohibited. Provide methodology for removing lead in the Lead Compliance Plan. Select lead removal processes to minimize contamination of work areas outside the control area with lead contaminated dust or other lead contaminated debris or waste and to ensure that unprotected personnel are not exposed to hazardous concentrations of lead. Describe this removal process in the Lead Compliance Plan.

3.3.2.1 Paint with Lead or Material Containing Lead – Indoor Removal

Perform removal and thermal cutting in the lead control areas using enclosures, barriers or containments and powered locally exhausted tools equipped with HEPA filters. Collect residue and debris for disposal in accordance with federal, State, and local requirements.

3.3.2.2 Paint with Lead or Material Containing Lead - Outdoor Removal

Perform outdoor removal as indicated in federal, State, and local regulations and in the Lead Compliance Plan. The worksite preparation (barriers or containments) must be job dependent and presented in the Lead Compliance Plan.

3.3.3 Personnel Exiting Procedures

Whenever personnel exit the lead control area, they must perform the following procedures and must not leave the work place wearing any clothing or equipment worn in the control area:

a. Vacuum all clothing before entering the contaminated change room.

b. Remove protective clothing in the contaminated change room, and place

them in an approved impermeable disposal bag.

c. Shower. If unavailable, wash hands and face at the site, don appropriate disposable or uncontaminated reusable clothing, move to an appropriate shower facility, shower.

d. Change to clean clothes prior to leaving the clean clothes storage area. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.4.1 Tests 3.4.1.1 Air and Wipe Sampling

Conduct sampling for lead in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62and as specified herein. Air and wipe sampling must be directed or performed by the CP.

a. The CP must be on the job site directing the air and wipe sampling and

inspecting the PWL or MCL removal work to ensure that the requirements


of the contract have been satisfied during the entire PWL or MCL operation.

b. Collect personal air samples on employees who are anticipated to have

the greatest risk of exposure as determined by the CP. In addition, collect air samples on at least twenty-five percent of the work crew or a minimum of two employees, whichever is greater, during each work shift.

c. Submit results of air samples, signed by the CP, within 72-hours after

the air samples are taken.

d. Conduct area air sampling daily, on each shift in which lead and lead-based paint removal operations are performed, in areas immediately adjacent to the lead control area. Conduct sufficient area monitoring to ensure unprotected personnel are not exposed at or above 30 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air. If 30 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air is reached or exceeded, stop work, correct the conditions(s) causing the increased levels. Notify the Contracting Officer immediately. Determine if condition(s) require any further change in work methods. Resume removal work only after the CP and the Contracting Officer give approval.

3.4.1.2 Testing of Material Containing Lead Residue

Test residue in accordance with 40 CFR 261 for hazardous waste, and in accordance with applicable disposal facility requirements, as required to properly characterize all residues for disposal.

3.5 CLEANING AND DISPOSAL 3.5.1 Cleanup

Maintain surfaces of the lead control area free of accumulations of dust and debris. Restrict the spread of dust and debris; keep waste from being distributed over the work area. Do not dry sweep or use pressurized air to clean up the area. At the end of each shift and when the lead operation has been completed, clean the controlled area of all visible contamination by vacuuming with a HEPA filtered vacuum cleaner, wet mopping the area and wet wiping the area as indicated by the Lead Compliance Plan. Reclean areas showing dust or debris. After visible dust and debris is removed, wet wipe and HEPA vacuum all surfaces in the controlled area. If adjacent areas become contaminated at any time during the work, clean, visually inspect, and then wipe sample all contaminated areas. The CP must then certify in writing that the area has been cleaned of lead contamination before clearance testing.

3.5.1.1 Clearance Certification

The CP must certify in writing that air samples collected outside the lead control area during PWL/MCL removal operations are less than 30 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air; the respiratory protection used for the employees was adequate; the work procedures were performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62; and that there were no visible accumulations of material and dust containing lead left in the work site. Do not remove the lead control area or roped off boundary and warning signs prior to the Contracting Officer's acknowledgement of receipt of the CP certification.

3.5.2 Disposal

a. Dispose of material, whether hazardous or non-hazardous in accordance


with all laws and provisions and all federal, State or local regulations. Ensure all waste is properly characterized. The result of each waste characterization (TCLP for RCRA materials) will dictate disposal requirements.

b. Contractor is responsible for segregation of waste. Collect lead

contaminated waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and lead contaminated clothing that may produce airborne concentrations of lead particles. Label the containers in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62 and 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262 and corresponding state regulations.

c. Dispose of lead contaminated material classified as hazardous waste at

an approved hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility off Government property.

d. Accumulate waste materials in U.S. Department of Transportation (49 CFR

178) approved 55 gallon drums or appropriately sized container. Properly label each drum/container to identify the type of hazardous material (49 CFR 172). For hazardous waste, the collection container requires marking/labeling in accordance with 40 CFR 262 and corresponding state regulations during the accumulation/collection timeframe. The Contracting Officer or an authorized representative will assign an area for accumulation of waste containers. Coordinate authorized accumulation volumes and time limits with the Contracting Officer.

e. Handle, store, transport, and dispose lead or lead contaminated waste

in accordance with 40 CFR 260, 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, and 40 CFR 265. Comply with land disposal restriction notification requirements as required by 40 CFR 268.

f. All lead waste generation, management, and disposal will be coordinated

with the Contracting Officer.

Also refer to SECTION 02 81 00 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL. 3.5.2.1 Disposal Documentation

Coordinate all disposal or off-site shipments of lead waste with the Contracting Officer. Submit written evidence of TSD approval to demonstrate the hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility (TSD) is approved for lead disposal by the EPA, State or local regulatory agencies. Submit one copy of the completed hazardous waste manifest, signed and dated by the initial transporter in accordance with 40 CFR 262. Provide a certificate that the waste was accepted by the disposal facility. Provide turn-in documents or weight tickets for non-hazardous waste disposal.

3.5.2.2 Payment for Hazardous Waste

Payment for disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste will not be made until a signed copy of the manifest from the treatment or disposal facility is received and approved by the Contracting Officer. The manifest must detail and certify the amount of lead containing materials or non-hazardous waste delivered to the treatment or disposal facility.




SECTION 31 11 00

CLEARING AND GRUBBING

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to clear trees and vegetation from the limits of the excavation area. The Contractor shall protect all trees noted to be protected.


PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.1.1 Protection 3.1.1.1 Roads and Walks Keep roads and walks on adjacent properties free of dirt and debris at all times.

3.1.1.2 Trees, Shrubs, and Existing Facilities Protect trees and vegetation to be left standing from damage incident to clearing, grubbing, and construction operations by the erection of barriers or by such other means as the circumstances require.

3.1.1.3 Utility Lines Protect existing utility lines that are indicated to remain from damage. Notify the Contracting Officer immediately of damage to or an encounter with an unknown existing utility line. When utility lines which are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations, notify the Contracting Officer in ample time to minimize interruption of the service. No equipment is permitted to be driven over the water mains located on the JCMUA property. The Contractor shall meet all restrictions identified for working within the JCMUA property noted in Section 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS.

3.2 CLEARING Clearing shall consist of the felling, trimming, and cutting of trees into sections and the satisfactory disposal of the trees and other vegetation designated for removal, including downed timber, snags, brush, and rubbish occurring within the areas to be cleared. Clearing shall also include the removal and disposal of structures that obtrude, encroach upon, or otherwise obstruct the work. Trees, stumps, roots, brush, and other vegetation in areas to be cleared shall be cut off flush with or below the original ground surface, except such trees and vegetation as may be indicated or directed to



be left standing. Trees designated to be left standing within the cleared areas shall be trimmed of dead branches 1-1/2 inches or more in diameter and shall be trimmed of all branches the heights indicated or directed. Limbs and branches to be trimmed shall be neatly cut close to the bole of the tree or main branches.

3.2.1 Tree Removal Where indicated or directed, trees and stumps that are designated as trees shall be removed from areas outside those areas designated for clearing and grubbing. This work shall include the felling of such trees and the removal of their stumps and roots as specified in paragraph GRUBBING. Trees shall be disposed as specified in paragraph DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS.

3.2.2 Pruning Prune trees designated to be left standing within the cleared areas of dead branches 1-1/2 inches or more in diameter; and trim branches to heights and in a manner as indicated. Neatly cut limbs and branches to be trimmed close to the bole of the tree or main branches.

3.2.3 Grubbing Grubbing consists of the removal and disposal of stumps, roots larger than 3 inches in diameter, and matted roots from the designated grubbing areas. Remove material to be grubbed, together with logs and other organic or metallic debris not suitable for foundation purposes, to a depth of not less than 18 inches below the original surface level of the ground in areas indicated to be grubbed and in areas indicated as construction areas under this contract. In areas where soil is to be excavated for off-site disposal grubbing will not be required.

3.3 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS The portion of trees, vegetation, logs, stumps, brush, rotten wood, and other refuse from above ground should be disposed of as non-contaminated, while the below-ground portions (roots) should be disposed of in the same manner as the soil in the area it is removed. No burning or burying of these materials on site will be permitted.




SECTION 31 23 00

BACKFILL AND COMPACTION

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals to furnish, place, and compact all backfill, fill and other materials required for site restoration, and to provide finish grades as shown on the contract drawings.

1.2 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.


ASTM C136/C136M (2014) Standard Test Method for Sieve

Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C33/C33M (2016) Standard Specification for Concrete

Aggregates ASTM D1140 (2017) Standard Test Methods for Determining

the Amount of Material Finer than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Soils by Washing

ASTM D1556/D1556M (2015; E 2016) Standard Test Method for

Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by Sand-Cone Method

ASTM D1557 (2012; E 2015) Standard Test Methods for

Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3) (2700 kN-m/m3)

ASTM D1883 (2016) Standard Test Method for California

Bearing Ratio (CBR) of Laboratory-Compacted Soils

ASTM D2216 (2010) Laboratory Determination of Water

(Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass ASTM D2487 (2017) Standard Practice for Classification

of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)

ASTM D3786/D3786M (2018) Standard Test Method for Bursting

Strength of Textile Fabrics-Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method



ASTM D422 (1963; R 2007; E 2014; E 2014) Particle-Size Analysis of Soils

ASTM D4318 (2017) Standard Test Methods for Liquid

Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils

ASTM D4355/D4355M (2014) Deterioration of Geotextiles from

Exposure to Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon-Arc Type Apparatus

ASTM D4491/D4491M (2015) Standard Test Methods for Water

Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity ASTM D4533/D4533M (2015) Standard Test Method for Trapezoid

Tearing Strength of Geotextiles ASTM D4632/D4632M (2015a) Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of

Geotextiles ASTM D4751 (2016) Standard Test Method for Determining

Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile ASTM D4759 (2011; R 2018) Standard Practice for

Determining the Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics

ASTM D4833/D4833M (2007; E 2013; R 2013) Index Puncture

Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products

ASTM D5084 (2016a) Standard Test Methods for Measurement

of Hydraulic Conductivity of Saturated Porous Materials Using a Flexible Wall Permeameter

ASTM D6938 (2017a) Standard Test Method for In-Place

Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

ASTM D698 (2012; E 2014; E 2015) Laboratory Compaction

Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/cu. ft. (600 kN-m/cu. m.))

NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION (NJDEP)

NJAC 7:26D Remediation Standards NJAC 7:26E Technical Requirements for Site Remediation NJAC 7:28 Subchapter 12 Soil Remediation Standards for

Radioactive Materials



1.3 DEFINITIONS 1.3.1 Degree of Compaction Degree of compaction is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D1557, for general soil types, abbreviated as percent laboratory maximum density, unless otherwise stated.

1.3.2 Demarcation Barrier A demarcation barrier installed over contaminated soil left in place at depth. The demarcation barrier will be covered with a minimum soil thickness of 24 inches.

1.3.3 Geotechnical Engineer Independent geotechnical specialist providing field quality control for the project.

1.3.4 Hard Material Weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits, or conglomerate materials which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment, ripper teeth, or jack hammers for removal.

1.3.5 Non-Structural Backfill Soil materials placed and compacted to achieve finish grade elevations to do not support foundations, slabs, paving, or other flatwork.

1.3.6 Non-Structural Support Area

Areas where no new structures, such as paved surfaces, buildings, footings, etc., will be constructed following backfilling activities as part of site restoration.

1.3.7 Structural Backfill Soil materials placed and compacted to achieve finish grade elevations to support foundations, slabs, paving, or other flatwork.

1.3.8 Structural Support Area

Areas where new structures will be constructed (paved surfaces, sidewalks, buildings, etc.) following backfilling activities as part of site restoration.

1.3.9 Subgrade The earth or soil layer immediately below foundation bearing elevation, sub-base material, fill material, backfill material, or topsoil materials.

1.3.10 Unsuitable Soil Materials



Soil materials encountered at or below subgrade elevation of insufficient strength and stiffness to support structures as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer.


SD-06 Test Reports

Borrow Site Testing; G Borrow Site History; G Fill and Backfill Sieve Analysis Results Select Material Test Density Tests Moisture Content Tests

Topsoil Composition Tests (reports and recommendations).

Copies of all laboratory and field test reports within 24 hours of the completion of the test.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Perform in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation of materials.

1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OFF SITE SOIL 1.6.1 Source History The Contractor shall conduct a site assessment for all locations where off-site soil is proposed for use. The review shall evaluate the locations current and historical use, such as historical operations and hazardous substance use. Documentation of the review shall include; but not be limited to evaluating historical aerial photographs of the location and review of regulatory databases that indicate known contaminated sites, Classification Exception Areas (CEAs), or other issues. Documentation of this review shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer for review and acceptance. 1.6.2 Analytical Testing Requirements Soils brought in from off site for use as backfill shall be tested in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL. Samples for testing should be collected at a frequency of one sample per 2,500 cubic yards unless otherwise required by the Contracting Officer. Samples shall be collected and analyzed as discrete samples unless otherwise approved by the



Contracting Officer. Results shall meet the applicable NJDEP Unrestricted Use Soil Cleanup Standards. No material may be brought on site until analytical testing results have been reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer.

1.7 REQUIREMENTS FOR REUSE OF ON-SITE SOILS The Contractor shall stockpile soil excavated outside the limits of contaminated soil shown on the plan for reuse. Samples shall be collected and tested in accordance with Section 01 35 45 CHEMICAL DATA QUALITY CONTROL at a frequency of one sample for every 500 cubic yards of stockpiled soil. Samples shall be collected and analyzed as discrete samples unless otherwise approved by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Office at least 24 hours before collecting these samples so the Contracting Officer can be present to oversee sample collection.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS 2.1.1 Satisfactory Materials Any materials classified by ASTM D2487 as GW, GP, GM, GP-GM, GW-GM, GC, GP-GC, GM-GC, SW, SP, free of debris, roots, wood, scrap material, vegetation, refuse, soft unsound particles, and frozen, deleterious, or objectionable materials. Unless specified otherwise, the maximum particle diameter shall be one-half the lift thickness at the intended location.

2.1.2 Unsatisfactory Materials Materials which do not comply with the requirements for satisfactory materials. Unsatisfactory materials also include man-made fills, trash, refuse, or backfills from previous construction. Unsatisfactory material also includes material classified as satisfactory which contains root and other organic matter, frozen material, and stones larger than 6 inches. The Contracting Officer shall be notified of any contaminated materials.

2.1.3 Common Fill Approved, unclassified soil material with the characteristics required to compact to the soil density specified for the intended location. On-site soils are classified as common fill.

2.1.4 Backfill and Fill Material ASTM D2487, classification GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, SM, with a maximum ASTM D4318 liquid limit of 35, maximum ASTM D4318 plasticity index of 12, and a maximum of 25 percent by weight passing ASTM D1140, No. 200 sieve.

2.1.5 Select Material Provide materials classified as GW, GP, SW, or SP, by ASTM D2487 where indicated.



2.1.6 Topsoil

Natural, friable soil representative of productive, well-drained soils in the area, free of subsoil, stumps, rocks larger than one-inch diameter, brush, weeds, toxic substances, and other material detrimental to plant growth, with a minimum organic content of 2.75 percent and soluble salts less than 0.5 milliohms per centimeter. Amend topsoil pH range to obtain a pH of 5.5 to 7.

2.2 AGGREGATE MATERIALS 2.2.1 Crushed Stone

Material to be used for parking areas. Stone shall be ¾-inch clean crushed stone meeting NJDOT #57 stone.

2.2.2 Stone Material to be used for construction access roads, stabilized construction entrances, and decontamination pads shall meet the requirements as specified in this section. Stone shall be clean crushed angular stone between 1-2 inches meeting ASTM C-33, Size No. 3.

2.3 DEMARCATION BARRIER MATERIALS 2.3.1 Demarcation Barrier Orange warning barrier consisting of a woven, polypropylene 24 x 8 plain weave geotextile consisting of natural fibers in one direction and orange in the other direction. Material should be resistant to ultraviolet and biological deterioration and rotting. Minimum material properties should be noted below: Property Test Method Limit Tensile Strength (MARV) ASTM D-4632 150 x 65 lbs Elongation @Break ASTM D-4632 15 x 10% Wide Width Tensile ASTM D-4595 1,320 x 720 lbs/ft Wide Width Elongation ASTM-4595 15 x 10% Apparent Opening Size ASTM D-4751 35 US Sieve Water Flow Rate ASTM D-4491 15 g/min/sf UV Resistance @200 Hours ASTM D-4355 70%

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 Confirmation Test Results Excavations shall be backfilled after the excavation has been surveyed and immediately after all contaminated materials have been removed and confirmation test results have been received and approved by the Contracting Officer. Do not backfill excavated areas until the excavation has been surveyed and soil analytical results have been received showing that the remaining soils



are below the soil cleanup objectives for pesticides and PCBs and the Contracting Officers gives approval to backfill.

3.1.2 Backfilling Backfilling shall not begin until the excavation has been approved, surveyed and the excavations have been cleaned of all trash and debris. Backfill shall conform to the specified lines, grades, sections, and elevations shown on the Contract Drawings making due allowances for settlement of the material and for placement of topsoil. Grading tolerances shall be plus or minus 0.1 feet for all exposed surfaces of backfill unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. Grading shall not create swales or areas where ponding of water will occur. The fill surface must be made smooth and free from ruts or indentations at the end of any working day when significant precipitation is forecast. Backfill shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 12 inches (uncompacted thickness) or as otherwise indicated. Backfill shall not be placed on saturated or frozen surfaces. Remove and dispose unsuitable materials from the site as directed by the Contracting Officer.

3.2 CONTAMINATED SOIL LEFT AT DEPTH

3.2.1 General Areas of the site or adjacent properties where impacted soils are left in place at depth shall be covered by a demarcation barrier before being backfilled with clean soil.

3.2.2 Demarcation Barrier Placement Following preparation of the subgrades place the demarcation barrier directly on prepared subgrade free of stumps, rocks larger than 2 inches diameter and other debris which may puncture or otherwise damage the fabric. Repair damaged fabric by placing an additional layer of fabric to cover the damaged area a minimum of 3 feet overlap in all directions. Overlap fabric at joints a minimum of 3 feet. Obtain approval of demarcation installation before placing fill or backfill. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures.

3.2.3 Backfill Placement Place fill or backfill on fabric parallel to the direction of overlaps and compact as specified.

3.3 JCMUA PROPERTY 3.3.1 Subgrade Preparation Unsatisfactory material in surfaces to receive fill or in excavated areas shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials as directed by the Contracting Officer. Material shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost.



3.3.2 Backfill Placement Backfilling shall not begin until construction below finish grade has been approved, the exposed section of water main has been inspected, and the excavation cleaned of trash and debris. Select fill shall be used to backfill area to the indicated finish grade. Select Fill shall be free from stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension when placed above the water mains. Heavy equipment for spreading and compacting backfill shall not be operated over or within four feet of the water mains; Backfill shall be placed carefully around pipes to avoid damage.

3.3.3 Compaction The area shall be compacted in layers not more than 6 inches in compacted thickness. Compaction over the JCMUA water mains shall be completed using hand-operated equipment, such as a manual tamper. Vibratory rollers or excavator bucket tamping shall not be used. The compaction method shall be suitable for the material being compacted. Area shall be compacted to 85% - 90% of ASTM D698. Vibration monitoring is not required during compaction in the vicinity of the JCMUA water mains.

3.4 STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AREAS Areas where new structures will be constructed (paved surfaces, sidewalks, buildings, etc.) following backfilling activities as part of site restoration.

3.4.1 Subgrade Preparation Unsatisfactory material in surfaces to receive fill or in excavated areas shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials as directed by the Contracting Officer. The surface shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches before the fill is started. Sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal shall be plowed, stepped, benched, or broken up so that the fill material will bond with the existing material. When subgrades are less than the specified density, the ground surface shall be broken up to a minimum depth of 6 inches, pulverized, and compacted to the specified density. Material shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost. Compaction shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, or other approved equipment well suited to the soil being compacted. Material shall be moistened or aerated as necessary to provide the moisture content that will readily facilitate obtaining the specified compaction with the equipment used. Minimum subgrade density shall be as specified herein.

3.4.2 Backfill Placement Place in 12 inch loose lifts or less based on compaction test results. Do not place over wet or frozen areas. Place backfill material adjacent to structures as the structural elements are completed and accepted.

3.4.3 Compaction Compact top 12 inches of subgrades to 95 percent of ASTM D1557. Compact fill and backfill materials to 95 percent of ASTM D1557.



3.5 NON-STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AREAS

Areas where no new structures such as paved surfaces, buildings, footings, etc., will be constructed following backfilling activities as part of site restoration.

3.5.1 Subgrade Preparation

Unsatisfactory material in surfaces to receive fill or in excavated areas shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials as directed by the Contracting Officer. The surface shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches before the fill is started. Sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal shall be plowed, stepped, benched, or broken up so that the fill material will bond with the existing material. When subgrades are less than the specified density, the ground surface shall be broken up to a minimum depth of 6 inches, pulverized, and compacted to the specified density. Material shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost. Compaction shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, or other approved equipment well suited to the soil being compacted. Material shall be moistened or aerated as necessary to provide the moisture content that will readily facilitate obtaining the specified compaction with the equipment used. Minimum subgrade density shall be as specified herein.

3.5.2 Backfill Placement Use satisfactory materials placed in 12 inch loose lifts. Compact areas not accessible to rollers or compactors with mechanical hand tampers. Aerate material excessively moistened by rain to a satisfactory moisture content. Finish to a smooth surface by blading, rolling with a smooth roller, or both.

3.5.3 Compaction Compact underneath areas designated for vegetation and areas outside the 5 foot line of the paved area or structure to 85 percent of ASTM D1557.

3.6 FINISH OPERATIONS 3.6.1 Grading Finish grades as indicated within one-tenth of one foot. Grade areas to drain water away from structures. Maintain areas free of trash and debris. For existing grades that will remain but which were disturbed by Contractor's operations, grade as directed.

3.6.2 Topsoil and Seed

Scarify existing subgrade. Provide 6 inches of topsoil for newly graded finish earth surfaces and areas disturbed by the Contractor. Topsoil shall not be placed when the subgrade is frozen, excessively wet, extremely dry, or in a condition otherwise detrimental to seeding, planting, or proper grading. Seed areas as specified in Section 32 92 19 SITE RESTORATION.

3.6.3 Protection of Surfaces



Protect newly backfilled, graded, and topsoiled areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements that may occur. Repair or reestablish damaged grades, elevations, or slopes.

3.7 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS MATERIAL Remove from site surplus or other soil material not required or suitable for filling or backfilling, and brush, refuse, stumps, roots, and timber.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.8.1 Testing Perform one of each of the following tests for each material used. Provide additional tests for each source change.

3.8.1.1 Fill and Backfill Material Testing Test fill and backfill material in accordance with ASTM C136/C136M for conformance to ASTM D2487 gradation limits; ASTM D1140 for material finer than the No. 200 sieve; ASTM D4318 for liquid limit and for plastic limit; ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557 for moisture density relations, as applicable.

3.8.1.2 Select Material Testing Test select material in accordance with ASTM C136/C136M for conformance to ASTM D2487 gradation limits; ASTM D1140 for material finer than the No. 200 sieve; ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557 for moisture density relations, as applicable.

3.8.1.3 Density Tests Test density in accordance with ASTM D1556/D1556M/D6938. Test each lift at randomly selected locations every 2,500 square feet of existing grade in fills for structures and every 10,000 square feet for other fill areas and subgrade in cut. Include density test results in daily report.

Bedding and backfill in trenches: One test per 100 linear feet in each lift.

3.8.1.4 Moisture Content Tests In the stockpile, excavation or borrow areas, a minimum of two tests per day per type of material or source of materials being placed is required during stable weather conditions. During unstable weather, tests shall be made as dictated by local conditions and approved moisture content shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D2216. Include moisture content test results in daily report.




SECTION 31 41 16

METAL SHEET PILING

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to design and install sheet piling shown on the drawings. Following completion of construction all sheet piling shall be extracted and removed from the site. The Contractor shall install metal sheet piling along the perimeter of the excavation area at the alignments shown on the drawings. Sheet piling installed parallel to the JCMUA water mains shall be maintained a minimum of 20 feet from the outside edge of the nearest water main. Interlocks of sheet piling shall be sealed using a hydrophilic sealant or other measure to prevent infiltration of groundwater through the sheet pile interlocks. Prior to installing sheet piling the JCMUA water mains shall be field-located and visibly marked in the field. During sheet piling installation, the Contractor shall perform vibration monitoring, leak detection and structural monitoring of the JCMUA water mains as described in SECTION 01 15 00 VIBRATION AND LEAK DETECTION MONITORING and in accordance with the contract specifications to ensure unacceptable conditions are not observed. 1.2 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) AWS D1.1/D1.1M (2015; Errata 1 2015; Errata 2 2016)

Structural Welding Code - Steel

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) ASTM A328/A328M (2013; R 2018) Standard Specification for

Steel Sheet Piling ASTM A572/A572M (2018) Standard Specification for High-

Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel

ASTM A6/A6M (2017a) Standard Specification for General

Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling

ASTM A690/A690M (2013a; R 2018) Standard Specification for

High-Strength Low-Alloy Nickel, Copper, Phosphorus Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance for Use in Marine Environments



ASTM A857/A857M (2007; R 2013) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Piling, Cold-Formed, Light Gage

ASTM B221 (2014) Standard Specification for Aluminum

and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes

ASTM B308/B308M (2010) Standard Specification for Aluminum-

Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles



Metal Sheet Piling Installation Work Plan; G

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Metal Sheet Piling; G

SD-03 Product Data

Driving Pile Driving Equipment; G Pulling and Redriving; G Installer Qualifications; G Interlocked Joint Strength in Tension Test Procedures; G Interlock Sealant; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Materials Tests Interlocked Joint Strength in Tension Test


Pile Driving Record Post Construction Survey; G

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4.1 Material Certificates For each shipment, submit certificates identified with specific lots prior to installing piling. Include in the identification data piling type, dimensions, chemical composition, mechanical properties, section properties, heat number, and mill identification mark.



1.4.2 Interlocked Joint Tension Test Submit, for approval, the procedure for testing the tension strength of piling interlocks prior to testing sheet piling. 1.4.3 Qualifications Sheeting installer must have, as a minimum, three successful past installations of sheet piling of comparable overall heights and sections and comparable penetration into soils similar to those found on the project site. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Materials delivered to the site shall be new and undamaged and shall be accompanied by certified test reports. Provide the manufacturer's logo and mill identification mark on the sheet piling as required by the referenced specifications. Store and handle sheet piling in the manner recommended by the manufacturer to prevent permanent deflection, distortion, or damage to the interlocks; as a minimum, support on level blocks or racks spaced not more than 10 feet apart and not more than 2 feet from the ends. Storage of sheet piling should also facilitate required inspection activities and prevent damage to coatings and corrosion prior to installation. Handle sheet piling over 80 feet in length using a minimum of two pickup points. 1.6 METAL SHEET PILING INSTALLATION WORK PLAN The Contractor shall submit a Work Plan 30 days following notice to proceed to the Contracting Officer for approval. The Work Plan shall include the following minimum information:

• Proposed construction method(s); • Engineering calculations and design for sheet pile wall installation

certified by a NJ licensed professional engineer; • Anticipated vibration levels at the closest water main; • Coordination activities with JCMUA; and • Corrective action measures and procedures to be implemented if

vibrations exceed acceptable levels.

JCMUA must review the Metal Sheet Piling Work Plan prior to beginning work.

1.6.1 Sheet Piling Design

The Contractor shall have a New Jersey Professional Engineer design the sheet piling and bracing system to adequately support all loads. The calculations and design shall be certified by a NJ Licensed Professional Engineer and submitted for information purposes only. 1.6.2 Vibration Controls Vibration monitoring will be conducted in accordance with Section 01 15 00 VIBRATION AND LEAK DETECTION MONITORING.

1.6.3 Coordination with JCMUA The Contractor shall notify the JCMUA of planned activities conducted within 20-ft of the water main. Any concerns noted during sheet piling installation shall also be immediately reported to the Contracting Officer



and JCMUA. The Government will be responsible for providing property access to the JCMUA property.

1.6.4 Corrective Action The Contractor shall provide proposed alternative construction methods and equipment that will be used in the event acceptable vibration limits are exceeded.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL SHEET PILING Submit detail drawings for sheet piling, including fabricated sections, showing complete piling dimensions and details, driving sequence, and location of installed piling.

a. Include in the drawings details of top protection, special

reinforcing tips, tip protection, lagging, splices, fabricated additions to plain piles, cut-off method, corrosion protection, and dimensions of templates and other temporary guide structures for installing piling. Provide details of the method for handling piling to prevent permanent deflection, distortion or damage to piling interlocks.

b. Metal sheet piling shall be hot-rolled steel sections conforming to

ASTM A328/A328M, Grade 50 at a minimum. 2.1.1 Interlocks The interlocks of sheet piling shall be free-sliding, provide a swing angle suitable for the intended installation but not less than 5 degrees when interlocked, and maintain continuous interlocking when installed. All interlocks shall be sealed to provide a bulk hydraulic conductivity for the sheet pile wall of 1x10-8 m/s. All sealants and lubricants used in interlocks shall be environmentally friendly. 2.1.2 General Requirements Sheet piling shall be full-length sections of the dimensions shown. Sheet piling to be placed in a circular cell or a connecting arc shall be of the same manufacture. Provide sheet piling with standard pulling holes. 2.2 APPURTENANT METAL MATERIALS Provide metal plates, shapes, bolts, nuts, rivets, and other appurtenant fabrication and installation materials conforming to manufacturer's standards. 2.3 TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND VERIFICATIONS 2.3.1 Materials Tests



Submit certified materials test reports showing that sheet piling and appurtenant metal materials meet the specified requirements, for each shipment and identified with specific lots prior to installing materials. Material test reports shall meet the requirements of ASTM A6/A6M. Perform materials tests conforming to the following requirements. Sheet piling and appurtenant materials shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer to meet the specified chemical, mechanical, and section property requirements prior to delivery to the site. Testing of sheet piling for mechanical properties shall be performed after the completion of all rolling and forming operations. Testing of sheet piling shall meet the requirements of ASTM A6/A6M. 2.3.2 Interlocked Joint Strength in Tension Test Submit the procedure for testing sheet piling interlocked joint strength in tension, prior to testing piling. The interlocked joint strength in tension test shall conform to the piling manufacturer's standard test, include testing at least two 3-inch long coupons taken randomly from different as-produced pilings of each heat number and shall be approved. Submit a certified report showing results based on approved testing procedures. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION SEQUENCE The Contractor shall begin sheet pile installation at the point farthest from the JCMUA property. During sheet pile installation at this point the Contractor shall conduct a vibration monitoring pilot study in accordance with Section 01 15 00 VIBRATION AND LEAK DETECTION MONITORING. 3.2 EARTHWORK Perform in accordance with Section 02 61 13 EXCAVATION AND HANDLING OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL. Pre-excavation will not be permitted. Backfill as indicated and in accordance with Section 31 23 00 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION. 3.3 INSTALLATION 3.3.1 Pile Driving Equipment Submit complete descriptions of sheet pile driving equipment, including hammers, extractors, protection caps and other installation appurtenances, prior to commencement of work. Descriptive information includes manufacturer's name, model numbers, capacity, rated energy, hammer details, cushion material, helmet, and templates. Provide pile driving equipment conforming to the following requirements. 3.3.1.1 Driving Hammers Hammers shall be steam, air, or diesel drop, single-acting, double-acting, differential-acting, or vibratory type. The driving energy of the hammers shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the piling weights and subsurface materials to be encountered. Repair damage to piling caused by use of a pile hammer with excess delivered force or energy. 3.3.1.2 Jetting Equipment



Jetting will not be permitted. 3.3.2 Placing and Driving 3.3.2.1 Placing Any excavation required within the area where sheet pilings are to be installed shall be completed prior to placing sheet pilings. Pilings properly placed and driven shall be interlocked and sealed throughout their length with adjacent pilings to form a continuous diaphragm throughout the length or run of piling wall.

a. Pilings shall be carefully located as indicated. Pilings shall be placed plumb with out-of-plumbness not exceeding 1/8 inch per foot of length and true to line. Place the pile so the face will not be more than 6 inches from vertical alignment at any point. Top of pile at elevation of cut-off shall be within 1/2 inch horizontally and 2 inches vertically of the location indicated. Manipulation of piles to force them into position will not be permitted. Check all piles for heave. Re-drive all heaved piles to the required tip elevation.

b. Provide temporary wales, templates, or guide structures to ensure

that the pilings are placed and driven to the correct alignment. Use a system of structural framing sufficiently rigid to resist lateral and driving forces and to adequately support the sheet piling until design tip elevation is achieved. Use two templates, at least, when placing each piling not less than 20 feet apart. Templates shall not move when supporting sheet piling. Fit templates with wood blocking to bear against the web of each alternate sheet pile and hold the sheet pile at the design location alignment. Provide outer template straps or other restraints as necessary to prevent the sheets from warping or wandering from the alignment. Mark template for the location of the leading edge of each alternate sheet pile. If in view, also mark the second level to ensure that the piles are vertical and in position. If two guide marks cannot be seen, other means shall be used to keep the sheet pile vertical along its leading edge.

3.3.2.2 Driving Submit records of the completed sheet piling driving operations, including a system of identification which shows the disposition of approved piling in the work, driving equipment performance data, piling penetration rate data, piling dimensions, and top and bottom elevations of installed piling. Drive pilings with the proper size hammer and by approved methods so as not to subject the pilings to damage and to ensure proper interlocking throughout their lengths.

a. Maintain driving hammers in proper alignment during driving

operations by use of leads or guides attached to the hammer. Caution shall be taken in the sustained use of vibratory hammers when a hard driving condition is encountered to avoid interlock-melt or damages. Discontinue the use of vibratory hammers and impact hammers employed when the penetration rate due to vibratory loading is one foot or less per minute.



b. Employ a protecting cap in driving when using impact hammers to prevent damage to the tops of pilings. Use cast steel shoe to prevent damage to the tip of the sheet piling. Remove and replace pilings damaged during driving or driven out of interlock.

c. Drive pilings without the aid of a water jet.

d. Take adequate precautions to ensure that pilings are driven plumb.

Where possible, drive Z-pile with the ball end leading. If an open socket is leading, a bolt or similar object placed in the bottom of the interlock will minimize packing material into it and ease driving for the next sheet. If at any time the forward or leading edge of the piling wall is found to be out-of-plumb in the plane of the wall, the piling being driven shall be driven to the required depth and tapered pilings shall be provided and driven to interlock with the out-of-plumb leading edge or other approved corrective measures shall be taken to insure the plumbness of succeeding pilings. The maximum permissible taper for any tapered piling shall be 1/8 inch per foot of length.

e. Pilings in each run or continuous length of piling wall shall be

driven alternately in increments of depth to the required depth or elevation. No piling shall be driven to a lower elevation than those behind it in the same run except when the pilings behind it cannot be driven deeper. Incrementally sequence driving of individual piles such that the tip of any sheet pile shall not be more than 4 feet below that of any adjacent sheet pile. When the penetration resistance exceeds five blows per inch, the tip of any sheet pile shall not be more than 2 feet below any adjacent sheet pile. If the piling next to the one being driven tends to follow below final elevation it may be pinned to the next adjacent piling.

f. If obstructions restrict driving a piling to the specified

penetration, the obstructions shall be removed or penetrated with a chisel beam. If the Contractor demonstrates that removal or penetration is impractical, make changes in the design alignment of the piling structure as directed to ensure the adequacy and stability of the structure. Pilings shall be driven to depths shown and shall extend up to the elevation indicated for the top of pilings noted on the drawings. Piling driven to rock shall be seated individually on the rock. A tolerance of two inches above the indicated top elevation will be permitted. Pilings shall not be driven within 100 feet of concrete less than 7 days old.

g. Pre-augering or spudding of piles may be used. Use of pre-augering

or spudding shall be in accordance with the sheet pile design requirements with limits determined by the sheet pile designer.

3.3.3 Cutting-Off and Splicing Pilings driven to refusal or to the point where additional penetration cannot be attained and are extending above the required top elevation in excess of the specified tolerance shall be cut off to the required elevation shown on the drawings. Pilings driven below the required top elevation and pilings damaged by driving and cut off to permit further driving shall be extended as required to reach the top elevation by splicing when directed.



a. Pilings adjoining spliced pilings shall be full length unless otherwise approved. Splicing of pilings shall be as indicated. Ends of pilings to be spliced shall be squared before splicing to eliminate dips or camber. Pilings shall be spliced together with concentric alignment of the interlocks so that there are no discontinuities, dips or camber at the abutting interlocks. Spliced pilings shall be free sliding and able to obtain the maximum swing with contiguous pilings. Welding shall be in accordance with the current standards of the American Welding Society. Shop and field welding, qualification of welding procedures, welders, and welding operators shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

b. The tops of pilings excessively battered during driving shall be

trimmed when directed. Piling cut-offs shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site.

c. Cut holes in pilings for bolts, rods, drains, or utilities in a neat

and workmanlike manner, as shown or as directed. Use a straight edge in cuts made by burning to avoid abrupt nicks. Bolt holes in steel piling shall be drilled or may be burned and reamed by approved methods which will not damage the surrounding metal. Holes other than bolt holes shall be reasonably smooth and the proper size for rods and other items to be inserted. Do not use explosives for cutting.

3.3.4 Inspection of Driven Piling Perform continuous inspection during pile driving. Inspect all piles for compliance with tolerance requirements. Bring any unusual problems which may occur to the attention of the Contracting Officer. Inspect the interlocked joints of driven pilings extending above ground. Pilings found to be out of interlock shall be removed and replaced. 3.3.5 Pulling and Redriving Submit the proposed method of pulling sheet piling, prior to pulling any piling. Pull, as directed, selected pilings after driving to determine the condition of the underground portions of pilings. Any piling so pulled and found to be damaged, to the extent that its usefulness in the structure is impaired, shall be removed and replaced. Pilings pulled and found to be in satisfactory condition shall be re-driven when directed. 3.4 REMOVAL The removal of sheet pilings shall consist of pulling, sorting, cleaning the interlocks, inventorying and storing previously installed sheet pilings as shown and directed. 3.4.1 Pulling The method of pulling piling shall be approved. Provide pulling holes in pilings, as required. Extractors shall be of suitable type and size. Care shall be exercised during pulling of pilings to avoid damaging piling interlocks and adjacent construction. If the Contracting Officer determines that adjacent permanent construction has been damaged during pulling, the Contractor will be required to repair this construction. Pull pilings one sheet at a time. Pilings fused together shall be separated prior to pulling, unless the Contractor demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the



Contracting Officer, that the pilings cannot be separated. The Contractor will not be paid for the removal of pilings damaged beyond structural use due to proper care not being exercised during pulling.

3.4.2 Sorting, Cleaning, Inventorying, and Storing Pulled pilings shall be sorted, cleaned, inventoried and stored by type into groups as:

a. Piling usable without reconditioning; b. Piling requiring reconditioning; and c. Piling damaged beyond structural use.

Cleaning of sheet piling shall be in accordance with equipment decontamination requirements provided in Section 01 35 29.13 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES. 3.5 INSTALLATION RECORDS Maintain a pile driving record for each sheet pile driven. Indicate on the installation record: installation dates and times, type and size of hammer, rate of operation, total driving time, dimensions of driving helmet and cap used, blows required per foot for each foot of penetration, final driving resistance in blows for final 6 inches, pile locations, tip elevations, ground elevations, cut-off elevations, and any re-heading or cutting of piles. Record any unusual pile driving problems during driving. Submit complete records to the Contracting Officer. -- End of Section --



SECTION 32 12 17

HOT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment to install all paving to restore paved parking areas as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (NJDOT)

NJDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (2001) New Jersey Department of

Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction


ASTM C 117 (2003) Materials Finer Than 75

micrometer (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing

ASTM C 136 (2001) Sieve Analysis of Fine and

Coarse Aggregates

ASTM D 1559 (1989) Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus

ASTM D 2172 (2001e1) Quantitative Extraction of

Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixtures

ASTM D 4867/D 4867M (1996) Effect of Moisture on Asphalt Concrete Paving Mixtures

ASTM D 979 (2001) Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures

ASTM D 3666 (2004) Standard Specification for

Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials




SD-05 Design Data

Asphalt Cement Binder; G Job-Mix Designs; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Bituminous Mix Tests; G

SD-07 Certificates Commercial Laboratory Certification; G

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4.1 Required Data

Job-Mix formula shall show the following:

a. Source and proportions, percent by weight, of each ingredient of the mixture;

b. Correct gradation, the percentages passing each size sieve listed in the specifications for the mixture to be used, for the aggregate and mineral filler from each separate source and from each different size to be used in the mixture and for the composite mixture;

c. Amount of material passing the No. 200 sieve determined by dry sieving;

d. Number of blows of hammer compaction per side of molded specimen;

e. Temperature viscosity relationship of the asphalt cement;

f. Stability, flow, percent voids in mineral aggregate, percent air voids, unit weight;

g. Asphalt absorption by the aggregate;

h. Effective asphalt content as percent by weight of total mix;

i. Temperature of the mixture immediately upon completion of mixing;

j. Asphalt performance grade; and

k. Curves for the leveling, binder, and wearing courses.

1.4.2 Charts Plot and submit, on a grain size chart, the specified aggregate gradation band, the job-mix gradation and the job-mix tolerance band.



1.4.3 Selection of Optimum Asphalt Content Base selection on percent of total mix and the average of values at the following points on the curves for each mix:

a. Stability: Peak

b. Unit Weight: Peak

c. Percent Air Voids: Median

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Inspect materials delivered to the site for damage and store with a minimum of handling. Store aggregates in such a manner as to prevent segregation, contamination, or intermixing of the different aggregate sizes.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Place bituminous mixture only during dry weather and on dry surfaces. Place courses only when the surface temperature of the underlying course is greater than 45 degrees F for course thicknesses greater than one inch and 55 degrees F for course thicknesses one inch or less.

1.7 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT Calibrated equipment, such as scales, batching equipment, spreaders and similar equipment, shall have been recalibrated by a calibration laboratory approved by the Contracting Officer’s Representative within 12 months of commencing work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PAVEMENT DETAILS

• Surface course shall be a minimum of 1.5 inches of compacted thickness of HMA Mix 9.5M64 per NJDOT standard specifications.

• Base course shall be a minimum compacted thickness of 3” of HMA mix

12.5M64, 19M64 per NJDOT standard specifications.

• Subbase shall be a minimum of 4” compacted thickness DGABC per NJDOT standard specifications.

• Prime and Tack coat as per Section 404.13 of NJDOT STANDARD

SPECIFICATIONS. The prime coat will be required if it will be at least seven [7] days before the surfacing (Asphalt cement hot mix concrete) layer is constructed on the underlying (base course, etc.) compacted material. Contractor shall receive approval prior to paving, to waive primecoat requirement.

• Asphalt Cement Binder as per NJDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.

2.2 TRAFFIC MARKINGS

Provide traffic marking paint with chlorinated rubber base.



Provide factory-mixed, quick-drying and non-bleeding; FS TT-P-115, Type III.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

Employ a commercial laboratory approved by the Contracting Officer’s Representative to perform testing. The laboratory used to perform all sampling and testing shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666 and NJDOT. A certification signed by the manager of the laboratory stating that it meets these requirements or clearly listing all deficiencies shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer’s Representative prior to the start of construction. The certification shall contain as a minimum:

a) Qualifications of personnel; laboratory manager, supervising

technician, and testing technicians.

b) A listing of equipment to be used in developing the job mix.

c) A copy of the laboratory's quality control system.

d) Evidence of participation in the AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) program.

2.3.1 Tests

Perform testing in accordance with the NJDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Sections 301, 305, 404, and 903.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 Subgrades

Placed subgrades shall be prepared in accordance with Section 31 23 00 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION. Existing Subgrades shall be proof-rolled and prepared in accordance with NJDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Section 301.

3.1.2 Surface Preparation of Underlying Course Prior to the laying of the asphalt concrete, clean underlying course of foreign or objectionable matter with power blowers or power brooms, supplemented by hand brooms and other cleaning methods where necessary. During the placement of multiple lifts of bituminous concrete, each succeeding lift of bituminous concrete shall have its underlying lift cleaned and provided with a bituminous tack coat if the time period between the placement of each lift of bituminous concrete exceeds 14 days, or the underlying bituminous concrete has become dirty. Remove grass and other vegetative growth from existing cracks and surfaces.

3.1.3 Spraying of Contact Surfaces Spray contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement with a thin coat of bituminous materials to act as an anti-stripping agent. Paint contact surfaces of structures with a thin coat of emulsion or other approved bituminous material prior to placing the bituminous mixture. Tack coat the



previously placed primed coats on base courses when surface has become excessively dirty and cannot be cleaned or when primed surface has cured to the extent that it has lost all bonding effect.

3.2 PLACEMENT 3.2.1 Machine Spreading

TABLE IV

MINIMUM SPREADING TEMPERATURES

Base Temp. in Degrees C (*)

Wearing, Binder, or Leveling Course Thickness, (mm)

13 19 25 38 50 75 88 100

-7 - 0 (**) --- --- --- --- --- --- 135 (**) 127 (**)

0 - 4 (**) --- --- --- --- 146 138 132 127

4 - 10 --- --- --- 149 141 135 129 124

10 - 16 --- --- 149 146 138 132 127 124

16 - 21 --- 149 143 141 135 129 124 121

21 - 27 149 143 141 138 132 129 124 121

27 - 32 143 138 135 132 129 127 121 121

32 138 135 132 129 129 124 121 121

* Note: Base on which mix is placed.

** Note: Increase by 8 degrees when placement is on base or subbase containing frozen moisture. Normally, hot mix paving is not allowed on base temperatures below 7 degrees C.

The range of temperatures of the mixtures at the time of spreading shall be between 250 degrees F and 300 degrees F. Bituminous concrete having temperatures less than minimum spreading temperature when dumped into the spreader will be rejected. Adjust spreader and regulate speed so that the surface of the course is smooth and continuous without tears and pulling, and of such depth that, when compacted, the surface conforms with the cross section, grade, and contour indicated. Unless otherwise directed, begin the placing along the centerline of areas to be paved on a crowned section or on the high side of areas with a one-way slope. Place mixture in consecutive adjacent strips having a minimum width of 10 feet, except where the edge lanes require strips less than 10 feet to complete the area. Construct longitudinal joints and edges to true line markings. Establish lines parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved, and place string lines coinciding with the established lines for the spreading machine to follow. Provide the number and location of the lines needed to accomplish proper grade control. When specified grade and smoothness requirements can be met for initial lane construction by use of an approved long ski-type device of



not less than 30 feet in length and for subsequent lane construction by use of a short ski or shoe, in-place string lines for grade control may be omitted. Place mixture as nearly continuous as possible and adjust the speed of placing as needed to permit proper rolling.

3.2.2 Shoveling, Raking, and Tamping After Machine-Spreading Shovelers and rakers shall follow the spreading machine. Add or remove hot mixture and rake the mixture as required to obtain a course that when completed will conform to requirements specified herein. Broadcasting or fanning of mixture over areas being compacted is prohibited. When segregation occurs in the mixture during placing, suspend spreading operation until the cause is determined and corrected. Correct irregularities in alignment left by the spreader by trimming directly behind the machine. Immediately after trimming, compact edges of the course by tamping laterally with a metal lute or by other approved methods. Distortion of the course during tamping is prohibited.

3.2.3 Hand-Spreading in Lieu of Machine-Spreading In areas where the use of machine spreading is impractical, spread mixture by hand. The range of temperatures of the mixtures when dumped onto the area to be paved shall be between 250 and 300 degrees F. Mixtures having temperatures less than minimum spreading temperature when dumped onto the area to be paved will be rejected. Spread hot mixture with rakes in a uniformly loose layer of a thickness that, when compacted, will conform to the required grade, thickness, and smoothness. During hand spreading, place each shovelful of mixture by turning the shovel over in a manner that will prevent segregation. Do not place mixture by throwing or broadcasting from a shovel. Do not dump loads any faster than can be properly handled by the shovelers and rakers.

3.3 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE Compact mixture by rolling. Begin rolling as soon as placement of mixture will bear rollers. Delays in rolling freshly spread mixture shall not be permitted. Start rolling longitudinally at the extreme sides of the lanes and proceed toward center of pavement, or toward high side of pavement with a one-way slope. Operate rollers so that each trip overlaps the previous adjacent strip by at least one foot. Alternate trips of the roller shall be of slightly different lengths. Conduct tests for conformity with the specified crown, grade and smoothness immediately after initial rolling. Before continuing rolling, correct variations by removing or adding materials as necessary. If required, subject course to diagonal rolling with the steel wheeled roller crossing the lines of the previous rolling while mixture is hot and in a compactible condition. Speed of the rollers shall be slow enough to avoid displacement of hot mixture. Correct displacement of mixture immediately by use of rakes and fresh mixture, or remove and replace mixture as directed. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has a density of at least 90 percent but not more than 100 percent of that attained in a laboratory specimen of the same mixture prepared in accordance with ASTM D6927. During rolling, moisten wheels of the rollers enough to prevent adhesion of mixture to wheels, but excessive water is prohibited. Operation of rollers shall be by competent and experienced operators. Provide sufficient rollers for each spreading machine in operation on the job and to handle plant output. In places not accessible to the rollers, compact mixture thoroughly with hot hand tampers.



Skin patching of an area after compaction is prohibited. Remove mixture that becomes mixed with foreign materials or is defective and replace with fresh mixture compacted to the density specified herein. Roller shall pass over unprotected edge of the course only when laying of course is to be discontinued for such length of time as to permit mixture to become cold.

3.4 JOINTS Joints shall present the same texture and smoothness as other portions of the course, except permissible density at the joint may be up to 2 percent less than the specified course density. Carefully make joints between old and new pavement or within new pavements in a manner to ensure a thorough and continuous bond between old and new sections of the course. Vertical contact surfaces of previously constructed sections that are coated with dust, sand, or other objectionable material shall be painted with a thin uniform coat of emulsion or other approved bituminous material just before placing fresh mixture.

3.4.1 Transverse Roller shall pass over unprotected end of freshly laid mixture only when laying of course is to be discontinued. Except when an approved bulkhead is used, cut back the edge of previously laid course to expose an even, vertical surface for the full thickness of the course. When required, rake fresh mixture against joints, thoroughly tamp with hot tampers, smooth with hot smoothers, and roll. Transverse joints in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 2 feet.

3.4.2 Longitudinal Joints Space 6 inches apart. Do not allow joints to coincide with joints of existing pavement or previously placed courses. Spreader screed shall overlap previously placed lanes 2 to 3 inches and be of such height to permit compaction to produce a smooth dense joint. With a lute, push back mixture placed on the surface of previous lanes to the joint edge. Do not scatter mix. Remove and waste excess material. When edges of longitudinal joints are irregular, honeycombed, or poorly compacted, cut back unsatisfactory sections of joint and expose an even vertical surface for the full thickness of the course. When required, rake fresh mixture against joint, thoroughly tamp with hot tampers, smooth with hot smoothers, and roll while hot.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.5.1 Sampling 3.5.1.1 Pavement and Mixture

Take plant samples for the determination of mix properties and field samples for thickness and density of the completed pavements. Furnish tools, labor and material for samples, and satisfactory replacement of pavement. Take samples and tests at not less than frequency specified hereinafter and at the beginning of plant operations; for each day's work as a minimum; each change in the mix or equipment; and as often as directed. Accomplish sampling in accordance with ASTM D 979.



3.5.2 Testing 3.5.2.1 Bituminous Mix Tests Test one sample for each 500 tons, or fraction thereof, of the uncompacted mix for extraction in accordance with ASTM D2172/D2172M; perform a sieve analysis on each extraction sample in accordance with ASTM C136/C136M and ASTM C117. Test one sample for each 500 tons or fraction thereof for stability and flow in accordance with ASTM D6927. Test one sample for each material blend for Tensile Strength Ratio in accordance with ASTM D4867/D4867M.

3.5.2.3 Pavement Courses Perform the following tests:

a. Density: For each 1000 tons of bituminous mixture placed, determine

the representative laboratory density by averaging the density of four laboratory specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM D6927. Samples for laboratory specimens shall be taken from trucks delivering mixture to the site; record in a manner approved by the Contracting Officer’s Representative the project areas represented by the laboratory densities. Determine density of laboratory prepared specimens and cored samples in accordance with ASTM D1188 or ASTM D2726/D2726M, as applicable. Separate pavement layers by sawing or other approved means. Maximum allowable deficiency at any point, excluding joints, shall not be more than 2 percent less than the specified density for any course. The average density of each course, excluding joints, shall be not less than the specified density. Joint densities shall not be more than 2 percent less than specified course densities and are not included when calculating average course densities. When the deficiency exceeds the specified tolerances, correct each such representative area or areas by removing the deficient pavement and replacing with new pavement.

b. Thickness: Determine thickness of binder and wearing courses from

samples taken for the field density test. The maximum allowable deficiency at any point shall not be more than 1/4 inch less than the thickness for the indicated course. Average thickness of course or of combined courses shall be not less than the indicated thickness. Where a deficiency exceeds the specified tolerances, correct each such representative area or areas by removing the deficient pavement and replacing with new pavement.

c. Smoothness: Straightedge test the compacted surface of binder and

wearing course[s] as work progresses. Apply straightedge parallel with and at right angles to the centerline after final rolling. Unevenness of binder courses shall not vary more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet; variations in the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Correct each portion of the pavement showing irregularities greater than that specified.

d. Finish Surface Texture of Wearing Course: Visually check final surface

texture for uniformity and reasonable compactness and tightness. Final wearing course with a surface texture having undesirable irregularities such as segregation, cavities, pulls or tears, checking, excessive



exposure of coarse aggregates, sand streaks, indentations, ripples, or lack of uniformity shall be removed and replaced with new materials.

3.6 PROTECTION

Do not permit vehicular traffic, including heavy equipment, on pavement until surface temperature has cooled to at least 120 degrees F. Measure surface temperature by approved surface thermometers or other satisfactory methods.

3.7 PATCHING

As directed by Contracting Officer’s Representative, in writing, remove and replace all defective areas. Cut out such areas and fill with fresh bituminous concrete. Compact to the required density.

3.8 MARKINGS

New pavement shall be marked to replace the pavement markings that existed prior to construction. Sweep surface with power broom supplemented by hand brooms to remove loose material and dirt; prepare surface in accordance with paint manufacturer’s instructions. Do not begin marking bituminous concrete pavement until approved by Contracting Officer’s Representative. Application: Using mechanical equipment, provide uniform straight edges in two separate coats. Apply in accordance with paint manufacturer’s recommended rates.

3.9 CLEANING

After completion of paving operations, clean surfaces of excess or spilled bituminous materials and all foreign matter. -- End of Section --



SECTION 32 92 19

SITE RESTORATION


Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install seed for lawn restoration. Types of products required include topsoil, lawn grass seed, inorganic soil amendments, organic soil amendments, fertilizers, mulches, erosion-control materials, and accessories.


ASTM C602 (2013a) Agricultural Liming Materials

ASTM D4427 (2013; R 2017) Standard Classification of

Peat Samples by Laboratory Testing ASTM D4972 (2013) pH of Soils

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (USDA)

AMS Seed Act (1940; R 1988; R 1998) Federal Seed Act

DOA SSIR 42 (1996) Soil Survey Investigation Report No.

42, Soil Survey Laboratory Methods Manual, Version 3.0

NEW JERSEY STATE SOIL CONSERVATION COMMITTEE

SCS Standards Standards for Soil Erosion and

Sediment Control in New Jersey (latest edition)

1.2 DEFINITIONS 1.2.1 Stand of Turf 95 percent ground cover of the established species.


SD-03 Product Data

Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch

Fertilizer

Include physical characteristics, and recommendations.



Erosion Control Blank Manufacturer’s Specification

Erosion Control Blank Manufacturer’s Installation Guidelines

SD-07 Certificates

State Certification and Approval for Seed SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Erosion Control Materials 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.4.1 Delivery 1.4.1.1 Seed Protection Protect from drying out and from contamination during delivery, on-site storage, and handling.

1.4.1.2 Fertilizer, Gypsum, Sulfur, Iron, and Lime Delivery Deliver to the site in original, unopened containers bearing manufacturer's chemical analysis, name, trade name, trademark, and indication of conformance to state and federal laws.

1.4.1.3 Erosion Control Blanket Erosion Control Blankets shall be furnished in rolls and wrapped with suitable material to protect against moisture intrusion and extended ultraviolet exposure prior to placement. Each roll shall be labeled with a date code identification, which allows for sufficient tracking of the product back to date of manufacturing and for quality control purposes. Blankets shall be of consistent thickness with fibers distributed evenly over the entire area of the blanket. The Contractor shall inspect erosion control blankets to ensure they are free of visible defects and voids that would interfere with proper installation or impair performance.

1.4.2 Storage 1.4.2.1 Seed, Fertilizer, Gypsum, Sulfur, Iron, and Lime Storage Store in cool, dry locations away from contaminants.

1.4.2.2 Erosion Control Blanket Store in a manner that protects blanket from damage by construction activities

1.4.3 Handling Do not drop or dump materials from vehicles.



1.5 TIME RESTRICTIONS AND PLANTING CONDITIONS 1.5.1 Restrictions Do not plant when the ground is frozen, snow covered, muddy, or when air temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit.

1.6 TIME LIMITATIONS 1.6.1 Seed Apply seed within twenty four hours after seed bed preparation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED 2.1.1 Classification

Provide State-certified seed of the latest season's crop delivered in original sealed packages, bearing producer's guaranteed analysis for percentages of mixtures, purity, germination, weedseed content, and inert material. Label in conformance with AMS Seed Act and applicable state seed laws. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will be rejected. Field mixes will be acceptable when field mix is performed on site in the presence of the Contracting Officer’s Representative.

2.1.2 Planting Dates

Planting Season Planting Dates

Acceptable March 1 to August 14

Optimal August 15 to October 15

2.1.3 Seed Mixture Seed for permanent grass shall be seed mixture 15 as specified in Table 4-2 of the New Jersey Standards for Erosion and Sediment Control Manual.

2.2 TOPSOIL Conform to requirements specified in Section 31 23 00 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION.

2.3 SOIL CONDITIONERS Add conditioners to topsoil as required to bring into compliance with "composition" standard for topsoil as specified herein.



2.3.1 Lime

Commercial grade hydrated limestone containing a calcium carbonate equivalent (C.C.E.) as specified in ASTM C 602 of not less than 85 percent. Limestone shall be ground so that not less than 90 percent passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than 50 percent passes a 100-mesh sieve.

2.3.2 Aluminum Sulfate Commercial grade.

2.3.3 Sulfur 100 percent elemental.

2.3.4 Iron 100 percent elemental.

2.3.5 Peat

Natural product of peat moss derived from a freshwater site and conforming to ASTM D 4427. Shred and granulate peat to pass a 1/2 inch mesh screen and condition in storage pile for minimum 6 months after excavation.

2.3.6 Sand Clean and free of materials harmful to plants.

2.3.7 Perlite Horticultural grade.

2.3.8 Composted Derivatives Ground bark, nitrolized sawdust, humus or other green wood waste material free of stones, sticks, and soil stabilized with nitrogen and having the following properties:

2.3.8.1 Particle Size Minimum percent by weight passing:

No. 4 mesh screen 95 No. 8 mesh screen 80

2.3.8.2 Nitrogen Content Minimum percent based on dry weight:

Fir Sawdust 0.7 Fir or Pine Bark 1.0



2.3.9 Gypsum Coarsely ground gypsum comprised of calcium sulfate dihydrate 80 percent, calcium 18 percent, sulfur 14 percent; minimum 96 percent passing through 20 mesh screen, 100 percent passing thru 16 mesh screen.

2.3.10 Calcined Clay Calcined clay must be granular particles produced from montmorillonite clay calcined to a minimum temperature of 1200 degrees F. Gradation: A minimum 90 percent must pass a No. 8 sieve; a minimum 99 percent must be retained on a No. 60 sieve; and material passing a No. 100 sieve must not exceed 2 percent. Bulk density: A maximum 40 pounds per cubic foot.

2.4 FERTILIZER 2.4.1 Granular Fertilizer

Organic or synthetic, granular controlled release fertilizer containing the following minimum percentages, by weight, of plant food nutrients:

• Not less than 10 percent total nitrogen, • Not less than 20 percent available phosphoric acid, and • Not less than 20 percent soluble potash.

2.5 WATER Source of water must be approved by Contracting Officer’s Representative and of suitable quality for irrigation, containing no elements toxic to plant life.

2.6 MULCH

Mulch shall be free from noxious weeds, mold, and other deleterious materials.

2.6.1 Straw

Stalks from oats, wheat, rye, barley, or rice. Furnish in air-dry condition and of proper consistency for placing with commercial mulch blowing equipment. Straw shall contain no fertile seed.

2.6.2 Hay

Air-dry condition and of proper consistency for placing with commercial mulch blowing equipment. Hay shall be sterile, containing no fertile seed.

2.6.3 Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch

Use recovered materials of either paper-based (100 percent) or wood-based (100 percent) hydraulic mulch. Processed to contain no growth or germination-inhibiting factors and dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual metering of materials application. Composition on air-dry weight basis: 9 to 15 percent moisture, pH range from 5.5 to 8.2. Use with hydraulic application of grass seed and fertilizer.



2.7 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET Erosion control blanket shall provide a temporary, biodegradable cover material to reduce slope erosion and enhance vegetative growth. Erosion control capabilities shall be determined by ASTM D 6459 and ASTM D 6460. Blanket performance requirements must meet the following minimum criteria: Slopes <2.0H:1V C Factor 0.02 Shear Stress 2.0 lb/sf (96 Pa) Velocity 8 ft/sec Functional Longevity < 24 months Provide staples recommended by the erosion control blanket manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SEEDING PREPARATION Provide soil preparation prior to planting (including soil conditioners as required), fertilizing, seeding, and surface topdressing of all newly graded finished earth surfaces, unless indicated otherwise, and at all areas inside or outside the limits of construction that are disturbed by the Contractor's operations.

3.1.1 Topsoil Provide 6 inches of topsoil over areas designated for seed to meet the indicated finish grade. After areas have been brought to the indicated finish grade, incorporate fertilizer, pH adjusters and/or soil conditioners into soil a minimum depth of 4 inches by disking, harrowing, tilling or other method approved by the Contracting Officer’s Representative. Remove debris and stones larger than 3/4 inch in any dimension remaining on the surface after finish grading. Correct irregularities in finish surfaces to eliminate depressions. Protect finished topsoil areas from damage by vehicular or pedestrian traffic.

3.1.2 Soil Conditioner Application Rates Apply soil conditioners at rates as determined by laboratory soil analysis of the soils at the job site.

3.1.3 Fertilizer Application Rates Apply fertilizer at rates as determined by laboratory soil analysis of the soils at the job site.

3.2 SEEDING 3.2.1 Seed Application Seasons and Conditions Immediately before seeding, restore soil to proper grade. Do not seed when ground is muddy frozen, snow covered or in an unsatisfactory condition for seeding. If special conditions exist that may warrant a variance in the above seeding dates or conditions, submit a written request to the



Contracting Officer’s Representative stating the special conditions and proposed variance. Apply seed within twenty four hours after seedbed preparation. Sow seed by approved sowing equipment. Sow one-half the seed in one direction, and sow remainder at right angles to the first sowing.

3.2.2 Seed Application Method Seeding method must be broadcasted and drop seeding.

3.2.2.1 Broadcast and Drop Seeding Seed must be uniformly broadcast at the rate of 5 pounds per 1000 square feet. Use broadcast or drop seeders. Sow one-half the seed in one direction, and sow remainder at right angles to the first sowing. Cover seed uniformly to a maximum depth of 1/4 inch in clay soils and 1/2 inch in sandy soils by means of spike-tooth harrow, cultipacker, raking or other approved devices.

3.2.3 Mulching 3.2.3.1 Hay or Straw Mulch Hay or straw mulch must be spread uniformly at the rate of 2 tons per acre. Mulch must be spread by hand, blower-type mulch spreader, or other approved method. Mulching must be started on the windward side of relatively flat areas or on the upper part of steep slopes, and continued uniformly until the area is covered. The mulch must not be bunched or clumped. Sunlight must not be completely excluded from penetrating to the ground surface. All areas installed with seed must be mulched on the same day as the seeding. Mulch must be anchored immediately following spreading.

3.2.4 Erosion Control Material Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, where indicated or as directed by the Contracting Officer’s Representative.

3.2.5 Watering Start watering areas seeded as required by temperature and wind conditions. Apply water at a rate sufficient to insure thorough wetting of soil to a depth of 2 inches without run off. During the germination process, seed is to be kept actively growing and not allowed to dry out.

3.3 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET 3.3.1 Site Preparation Before placing erosion control blanket, the subgrade shall be properly compacted, graded smooth, and has no depressions, voids, soft or uncompacted areas, and is free from obstructions such as tree roots, protruding stones or other foreign matter, and is seeded and fertilized according to the requirements above. The Contractor shall fine grade the subgrade by hand dressing where necessary to remove local deviations. No vehicular traffic shall be permitted directly on the erosion control blanket.



3.3.2 Slope Installation The erosion control blanket shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation guidelines, staple pattern guides and details. The extent of the erosion control blanket is shown on the drawings. The erosion control blanket shall be orientated in vertical strips and anchored with staples as identified in the manufacturer’s staple pattern guide. Adjacent strips shall be overlapped to allow for installation of a common row of staples that anchor through the nettings of both blankets. Horizontal joints between erosion control blankets shall be sufficiently overlapped with the uphill end on top for a common row of staples so that the staples anchor through the nettings of both blankets. Where exposed to overland sheet flow, a trench shall be located at the uphill termination. Erosion control blanket shall be stapled to the bottom of the trench. The trench shall be backfilled and compacted. Where feasible, the uphill end of the blanket shall be extended three feet over the crest of the slope.

3.4 RESTORATION Restore to original condition existing seeded areas which have been damaged during seeding installation. Clean adjacent paved areas when work is complete. At completion of the work all remaining debris, waste materials, excess materials, and equipment shall be removed from the site and properly disposed off-site.

3.5 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS Immediately after seeding, the area must be protected against traffic and other use. The seeded area will be maintained for a period of 90 days or until a minimum 80% vegetative density has been established as determined by the Contracting Officer.

3.5.1 Frequency of Maintenance Inspect seeded areas at a minimum of once per week and perform needed maintenance promptly and as needed to promote the health and growth of seeded areas.

3.5.2 Mowing Mow seeded areas to a uniform finished height of not less than 4 inches. The height of grass is measured from the soil. Perform mowing in a manner that prevents scalping, rutting, bruising, uneven and rough cutting. Prior to mowing, all rubbish, debris, trash, leaves, rocks, paper, and limbs or braches must be picked up and disposed. Adjacent paved areas must be swept to remove any grass cuttings from these areas.



3.5.3 Watering Perform water in a manner that promotes the health, growth, color, and appearance of seeded areas. Watering shall be accomplished to prevent over watering, water run-off, erosion and ponding due to excessive quantities or rate of application.

3.5.4 Slope Erosion Control Maintenance Provide slope erosion control maintenance to prevent undermining of all slopes. Maintenance tasks include immediate repairs to weak spots in sloped areas. Eroded areas must be filled with amended topsoil and replanted with the same seed species planted. Erosion control blankets damaged due to slope erosion must be reinstalled.

3.5.5 Acceptance of Seeded Areas Final inspection by the Contracting Officer will be made upon written request from the Contractor at least 10 days prior to the last day of the maintenance period. Final inspection will be based on satisfactory health and growth of the seeded areas. If the work is found to not meet design intent and specifications, the maintenance period will be extended until work has been completed, inspected and accepted by the Contracting Officer.
